Provided by: mpv_0.32.0-1ubuntu1_amd64 bug


       mpv - a media player


       mpv [options] [file|URL|PLAYLIST|-]
       mpv [options] files


       mpv  is  a media player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide variety of video
       file formats, audio and video codecs, and subtitle types.  Special  input  URL  types  are
       available  to  read  input  from  a variety of sources other than disk files. Depending on
       platform, a variety of different video and audio output methods are supported.

       Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at the end of this man page.


       mpv has a fully configurable, command-driven control layer which allows you to control mpv
       using  keyboard, mouse, or remote control (there is no LIRC support - configure remotes as
       input devices instead).

       See the --input- options for ways to customize it.

       The following listings are not necessarily complete. See  etc/input.conf  for  a  list  of
       default  bindings.  User  input.conf  files  and  Lua  scripts  can  define additional key

   Keyboard Control
       LEFT and RIGHT
              Seek backward/forward 5 seconds. Shift+arrow  does  a  1  second  exact  seek  (see

       UP and DOWN
              Seek  forward/backward  1  minute.  Shift+arrow  does  a  5  second exact seek (see

       Ctrl+LEFT and Ctrl+RIGHT
              Seek to the previous/next subtitle. Subject to  some  restrictions  and  might  not
              always work; see sub-seek command.

       Ctrl+Shift+Left and Ctrl+Shift+Right
              Adjust  subtitle delay so that the next or previous subtitle is displayed now. This
              is especially useful to sync subtitles to audio.

       [ and ]
              Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.

       { and }
              Halve/double current playback speed.

              Reset playback speed to normal.

              Undo the last seek. This works only if the playlist entry was not changed.  Hitting
              it  a  second  time will go back to the original position.  See revert-seek command
              for details.

              Mark the current position. This will then be  used  by  Shift+BACKSPACE  as  revert
              position  (once  you seek back, the marker will be reset). You can use this to seek
              around in the file and then return to the exact position where you left off.

       < and >
              Go backward/forward in the playlist.

       ENTER  Go forward in the playlist.

       p / SPACE
              Pause (pressing again unpauses).

       .      Step forward. Pressing once will pause, every consecutive press will play one frame
              and then go into pause mode again.

       ,      Step  backward.  Pressing  once  will  pause, every consecutive press will play one
              frame in reverse and then go into pause mode again.

       q      Stop playing and quit.

       Q      Like q, but store the current playback position. Playing the same file  later  will
              resume at the old playback position if possible.

       / and *
              Decrease/increase volume.

       9 and 0
              Decrease/increase volume.

       m      Mute sound.

       _      Cycle through the available video tracks.

       #      Cycle through the available audio tracks.

       f      Toggle fullscreen (see also --fs).

       ESC    Exit fullscreen mode.

       T      Toggle stay-on-top (see also --ontop).

       w and W
              Decrease/increase  pan-and-scan  range. The e key does the same as W currently, but
              use is discouraged.

       o (also P)
              Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on the OSD.

       O      Toggle OSD states between normal and playback time/duration.

       v      Toggle subtitle visibility.

       j and J
              Cycle through the available subtitles.

       z and Z
              Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds. The x key does the same as  Z  currently,
              but use is discouraged.

       l      Set/clear A-B loop points. See ab-loop command for details.

       L      Toggle infinite looping.

       Ctrl + and Ctrl -
              Adjust audio delay (A/V sync) by +/- 0.1 seconds.

       u      Switch  between  applying  no  style overrides to SSA/ASS subtitles, and overriding
              them almost completely with the normal subtitle style. See  --sub-ass-override  for
              more info.

       V      Toggle      subtitle      VSFilter      aspect      compatibility     mode.     See
              --sub-ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat for more info.

       r and R
              Move subtitles up/down. The t key  does  the  same  as  R  currently,  but  use  is

       s      Take a screenshot.

       S      Take  a  screenshot,  without  subtitles.  (Whether this works depends on VO driver

       Ctrl s Take a screenshot, as the window shows it (with subtitles, OSD, and scaled video).

       PGUP and PGDWN
              Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter. In most cases, "previous"  will
              actually go to the beginning of the current chapter; see --chapter-seek-threshold.

       Shift+PGUP and Shift+PGDWN
              Seek  backward  or  forward  by  10  minutes. (This used to be mapped to PGUP/PGDWN
              without Shift.)

       d      Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.

       A      Cycle aspect ratio override.

       Ctrl h Toggle hardware video decoding on/off.

       Alt+LEFT, Alt+RIGHT, Alt+UP, Alt+DOWN
              Move the video rectangle (panning).

       Alt + and Alt -
              Combining Alt with the + or - keys changes video zoom.

              Reset the pan/zoom settings.

       F8     Show the playlist and the current position in it (useful only if  a  UI  window  is
              used, broken on the terminal).

       F9     Show  the  list of audio and subtitle streams (useful only if a UI window  is used,
              broken on the terminal).

       i and I
              Show/toggle an overlay displaying statistics about the currently playing file  such
              as  codec,  framerate,  number  of  dropped  frames  and  so on. See STATS for more

       del    Cycles visibility between never / auto (mouse-move) / always

       `      Show the console. (ESC closes it again. See CONSOLE.)

       (The following  keys  are  valid  only  when  using  a  video  output  that  supports  the
       corresponding adjustment.)

       1 and 2
              Adjust contrast.

       3 and 4
              Adjust brightness.

       5 and 6
              Adjust gamma.

       7 and 8
              Adjust saturation.

       Alt+0 (and command+0 on OSX)
              Resize video window to half its original size.

       Alt+1 (and command+1 on OSX)
              Resize video window to its original size.

       Alt+2 (and command+2 on OSX)
              Resize video window to double its original size.

       command + f (OSX only)
              Toggle fullscreen (see also --fs).

       (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia keys.)

       PAUSE  Pause.

       STOP   Stop playing and quit.

       PREVIOUS and NEXT
              Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

       If  you miss some older key bindings, look at etc/restore-old-bindings.conf in the mpv git

   Mouse Control
       Left double click
              Toggle fullscreen on/off.

       Right click
              Toggle pause on/off.

       Forward/Back button
              Skip to next/previous entry in playlist.

       Wheel up/down
              Seek forward/backward 10 seconds.

       Wheel left/right
              Decrease/increase volume.


       Command line arguments starting with - are interpreted  as  options,  everything  else  as
       filenames  or  URLs. All options except flag options (or choice options which include yes)
       require a parameter in the form --option=value.

       One exception is the lone - (without anything else), which means media data will  be  read
       from  stdin. Also, -- (without anything else) will make the player interpret all following
       arguments as filenames, even if they start with -. (To play a file named -,  you  need  to
       use ./-.)

       Every  flag  option  has  a  no-flag  counterpart, e.g. the opposite of the --fs option is
       --no-fs. --fs=yes is same as --fs, --fs=no is the same as --no-fs.

       If an option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination with the XXX option
       or if XXX is compiled in.

   Legacy option syntax
       The  --option=value  syntax  is  not  strictly enforced, and the alternative legacy syntax
       -option value and -option=value will also work. This is  mostly   for  compatibility  with
       MPlayer. Using these should be avoided. Their semantics can change any time in the future.

       For  example,  the  alternative  syntax  will  consider an argument following the option a
       filename. mpv -fs no will attempt to play a file named no, because --fs is a  flag  option
       that  requires no parameter. If an option changes and its parameter becomes optional, then
       a command line using the alternative syntax will break.

       Until mpv 0.31.0, there was no difference whether an option started with -- or a single -.
       Newer  mpv releases strictly expect that you pass the option value after a =. For example,
       before mpv --log-file f.txt would write a log to f.txt, but now this command  line  fails,
       as  --log-file expects an option value, and f.txt is simply considered a normal file to be
       played (as in mpv f.txt).

       The future plan is that -option value will not work anymore, and options with a  single  -
       behave the same as -- options.

   Escaping spaces and other special characters
       Keep in mind that the shell will partially parse and mangle the arguments you pass to mpv.
       For example, you might need to quote or escape options and filenames:
          mpv "filename with spaces.mkv" --title="window title"

       It gets more complicated if the suboption parser is involved. The  suboption  parser  puts
       several  options  into a single string, and passes them to a component at once, instead of
       using multiple options on the level of the command line.

       The suboption parser can quote strings with " and [...].  Additionally, there is a special
       form of quoting with %n% described below.

       For example, assume the hypothetical foo filter can take multiple options:
          mpv test.mkv --vf=foo:option1=value1:option2:option3=value3,bar

       This  passes  option1  and  option3  to  the  foo filter, with option2 as flag (implicitly
       option2=yes), and adds a bar filter after that. If an option contains spaces or characters
       like , or :, you need to quote them:
          mpv '--vf=foo:option1="option value with spaces",bar'

       Shells  may  actually  strip some quotes from the string passed to the commandline, so the
       example quotes the string twice, ensuring that mpv receives the " quotes.

       The [...] form of quotes wraps everything between [ and ]. It's useful  with  shells  that
       don't  interpret  these  characters in the middle of an argument (like bash). These quotes
       are balanced (since mpv 0.9.0): the [ and ] nest, and the quote terminates on the  last  ]
       that has no matching [ within the string. (For example, [a[b]c] results in a[b]c.)

       The fixed-length quoting syntax is intended for use with external scripts and programs.

       It is started with % and has the following format:



                 mpv '--vf=foo:option1=%11%quoted text' test.avi

                 Or in a script:

                 mpv --vf=foo:option1=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

       Suboptions   passed   to   the   client   API   are   also   subject  to  escaping.  Using
       mpv_set_option_string() is exactly like passing  --name=data  to  the  command  line  (but
       without  shell  processing  of  the string). Some options support passing values in a more
       structured way instead of flat strings, and can avoid  the  suboption  parsing  mess.  For
       example,  --vf  supports  MPV_FORMAT_NODE, which lets you pass suboptions as a nested data
       structure of maps and arrays.

       Some care must be taken when passing arbitrary paths and filenames to  mpv.  For  example,
       paths  starting  with  -  will be interpreted as options. Likewise, if a path contains the
       sequence ://, the string before that might be interpreted as protocol prefix, even  though
       ://  can  be part of a legal UNIX path. To avoid problems with arbitrary paths, you should
       be sure that absolute paths passed to mpv start with /, and prefix relative paths with ./.

       Using the  file://  pseudo-protocol  is  discouraged,  because  it  involves  strange  URL
       unescaping rules.

       The name - itself is interpreted as stdin, and will cause mpv to disable console controls.
       (Which makes it suitable for playing data piped to stdin.)

       The special argument -- can be used to stop mpv from interpreting the following  arguments
       as options.

       When using the client API, you should strictly avoid using mpv_command_string for invoking
       the loadfile command, and instead prefer e.g. mpv_command to avoid the need  for  filename

       For paths passed to suboptions, the situation is further complicated by the need to escape
       special characters. To work this around, the path  can  be  additionally  wrapped  in  the
       fixed-length syntax, e.g. %n%string_of_length_n (see above).

       Some mpv options interpret paths starting with ~. Currently, the prefix ~~/ expands to the
       mpv configuration directory (usually ~/.config/mpv/).   ~/  expands  to  the  user's  home
       directory. (The trailing / is always required.) There are the following paths as well:

                           │Name         │ Meaning                          │
                           │~~home/      │ same as ~~/                      │
                           │~~global/    │ the   global   config  path,  if │
                           │             │ available (not on win32)         │
                           │~~osxbundle/ │ the  OSX  bundle  resource  path │
                           │             │ (OSX only)                       │
                           │~~desktop/   │ the  path to the desktop (win32, │
                           │             │ OSX)                             │

   Per-File Options
       When playing multiple files, any option given on the  command  line  usually  affects  all
       files. Example:

          mpv --a file1.mkv --b file2.mkv --c

                                      │File      │ Active options │
                                      │file1.mkv │ --a --b --c    │
                                      │file2.mkv │ --a --b --c    │

       (This is different from MPlayer and mplayer2.)

       Also,  if any option is changed at runtime (via input commands), they are not reset when a
       new file is played.

       Sometimes, it is useful to change options per-file. This can be  achieved  by  adding  the
       special  per-file  markers  --{ and --}. (Note that you must escape these on some shells.)

          mpv --a file1.mkv --b --\{ --c file2.mkv --d file3.mkv --e --\} file4.mkv --f

                                 │File      │ Active options          │
                                 │file1.mkv │ --a --b --f             │
                                 │file2.mkv │ --a --b --f --c --d --e │
                                 │file3.mkv │ --a --b --f --c --d --e │
                                 │file4.mkv │ --a --b --f             │

       Additionally, any file-local option changed at runtime is  reset  when  the  current  file
       stops  playing.  If  option  --c is changed during playback of file2.mkv, it is reset when
       advancing to file3.mkv. This only affects file-local options.  The  option  --a  is  never
       reset here.

   List Options
       Some options which store lists of option values can have action suffixes. For example, the
       --display-tags option takes a ,-separated list of tags, but the option also allows you  to
       append a single tag with --display-tags-append, and the tag name can for example contain a
       literal , without the need for escaping.

   String list and path list options
       String lists are separated by ,. The strings are not parsed or interpreted by  the  option
       system itself. However, most

       Path or file list options use : (Unix) or ; (Windows) as separator, instead of ,.

       They support the following operations:

                              │Suffix  │ Meaning                          │
                              │-set    │ Set  a  list of items (using the │
                              │        │ list    separator,    interprets │
                              │        │ escapes)                         │
                              │-append │ Append  single  item  (does  not │
                              │        │ interpret escapes)               │
                              │-add    │ Append 1  or  more  items  (same │
                              │        │ syntax as -set)                  │
                              │-pre    │ Prepend  1  or  more items (same │
                              │        │ syntax as -set)                  │
                              │-clr    │ Clear  the  option  (remove  all │
                              │        │ items)                           │
                              │-remove │ Delete item if present (does not │
                              │        │ interpret escapes)               │
                              │-del    │ Delete  1  or  more   items   by │
                              │        │ integer index (deprecated)       │
                              │-toggle │ Append  an item, or remove if if │
                              │        │ it already exists (no escapes)   │

       -append is meant as a simple way to append a single item  without  having  to  escape  the
       argument (you may still need to escape on the shell level).

   Key/value list options
       A  key/value list is a list of key/value string pairs. In programming languages, this type
       of data structure is often called a map or a  dictionary.  The  order  normally  does  not
       matter, although in some cases the order might matter.

       They support the following operations:

                              │Suffix  │ Meaning                          │
                              │-set    │ Set  a list of items (using , as │
                              │        │ separator)                       │

                              │-append │ Append a  single  item  (escapes │
                              │        │ for  the key, no escapes for the │
                              │        │ value)                           │
                              │-add    │ Append 1  or  more  items  (same │
                              │        │ syntax as -set)                  │
                              │-remove │ Delete  item  by  key if present │
                              │        │ (does not interpret escapes)     │

       Keys are unique within the list. If an already present key is set,  the  existing  key  is
       removed before the new value is appended.

   Filter options
       This is a very complex option type for the --af and --vf options only.  They often require
       complicated  escaping.  See  VIDEO  FILTERS  for  details.  They  support  the   following

                              │Suffix  │ Meaning                          │
                              │-set    │ Set  a  list of filters (using , │
                              │        │ as separator)                    │
                              │-append │ Append single filter             │
                              │-add    │ Append 1 or more  filters  (same │
                              │        │ syntax as -set)                  │
                              │-pre    │ Prepend  1 or more filters (same │
                              │        │ syntax as -set)                  │
                              │-clr    │ Clear  the  option  (remove  all │
                              │        │ filters)                         │
                              │-remove │ Delete filter if present         │
                              │-del    │ Delete  1  or  more  filters  by │
                              │        │ integer index  or  filter  label │
                              │        │ (deprecated)                     │
                              │-toggle │ Append a filter, or remove if if │
                              │        │ it already exists                │
                              │-help   │ Pseudo operation that  prints  a │
                              │        │ help text to the terminal        │

       Without suffix, the operation used is normally -set.

       Although  some  operations  allow  specifying  multiple  items,  using  this  is  strongly
       discouraged and deprecated, except for -set. There is a chance that operations  like  -add
       and  -pre  will  work  like  -append  and  accept  a single, unescaped item only (so the ,
       separator will not be interpreted and is passed on as part of the value).

       Some options (like --sub-file, --audio-file, --glsl-shader) are  aliases  for  the  proper
       option with -append action. For example, --sub-file is an alias for --sub-files-append.

       Options  of this type can be changed at runtime using the change-list command, which takes
       the suffix (without the -) as separate operation parameter.


   Location and Syntax
       You can put all of the options in configuration files which will be read every time mpv is
       run.  The  system-wide  configuration  file  'mpv.conf' is in your configuration directory
       (e.g. /etc/mpv or /usr/local/etc/mpv), the user-specific  one  is  ~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf.
       For details and platform specifics (in particular Windows paths) see the FILES section.

       User-specific  options  override system-wide options and options given on the command line
       override either. The syntax of the configuration files is option=value. Everything after a
       # is considered a comment. Options that work without values can be enabled by setting them
       to yes and disabled by setting them to no. Even suboptions can be specified in this way.

          Example configuration file

              # Use GPU-accelerated video output by default.
              # Use quotes for text that can contain spaces:
              status-msg="Time: ${time-pos}"

   Escaping spaces and special characters
       This is done like with command line options. The shell is not involved  here,  but  option
       values still need to be quoted as a whole if it contains certain characters like spaces. A
       config entry can be quoted with ", as well as with the fixed-length syntax (%n%) mentioned
       before.  This  is  like  passing  the  exact contents of the quoted string as command line
       option. C-style escapes are currently _not_  interpreted  on  this  level,  although  some
       options do this manually. (This is a mess and should probably be changed at some point.)

   Putting Command Line Options into the Configuration File
       Almost  all  command  line options can be put into the configuration file. Here is a small

                             │Option            │ Configuration file entry │
                             │--flagflag                     │
                             │-opt valopt=val                  │
                             │--opt=valopt=val                  │
                             │-opt "has spaces"opt="has spaces"         │

   File-specific Configuration Files
       You can also write file-specific configuration files. If you wish to have a  configuration
       file  for  a  file  called  'video.avi',  create  a  file  named 'video.avi.conf' with the
       file-specific options  in  it  and  put  it  in  ~/.config/mpv/.  You  can  also  put  the
       configuration file in the same directory as the file to be played. Both require you to set
       the --use-filedir-conf option (either on the command line or in your global config  file).
       If  a  file-specific  configuration  file is found in the same directory, no file-specific
       configuration is loaded from ~/.config/mpv. In  addition,  the  --use-filedir-conf  option
       enables  directory-specific  configuration  files.   For  this,  mpv first tries to load a
       mpv.conf from the  same  directory  as  the  file  played  and  then  tries  to  load  any
       file-specific configuration.

       To   ease   working  with  different  configurations,  profiles  can  be  defined  in  the
       configuration files. A profile starts with its name in square brackets, e.g. [my-profile].
       All following options will be part of the profile. A description (shown by --profile=help)
       can be defined with the profile-desc option. To end the profile, start another one or  use
       the profile name default to continue with normal options.

       You  can  list  profiles  with  --profile=help,  and  show  the contents of a profile with
       --show-profile=<name> (replace <name> with the profile name). You can  apply  profiles  on
       start  with  the  --profile=<name>  option,  or  at  runtime with the apply-profile <name>

          Example mpv config file with profiles

              # normal top-level option

              # a profile that can be enabled with --profile=big-cache

              profile-desc="some profile name"
              # reference a builtin profile


              # using a profile again extends it
              # you can also include other profiles

   Auto profiles
       Some profiles are loaded automatically. The following example demonstrates this:

          Auto profile loading

              profile-desc="profile for .mkv files"

       The profile name follows the  schema,  where  type  can  be  protocol  for  the
       input/output  protocol  in  use (see --list-protocols), and extension for the extension of
       the path of the currently played file (not the file format).

       This feature is very limited, and there are no other auto profiles.


       There are three choices for using mpv from other programs or scripts:

          1. Calling it as UNIX process. If you do this,  do  not  parse  terminal  output.   The
             terminal  output  is  intended  for  humans,  and  may change any time. In addition,
             terminal behavior itself may change any time. Compatibility cannot be guaranteed.

             Your code should work even if you pass --no-terminal. Do  not  attempt  to  simulate
             user  input  by  sending  terminal  control  codes  to  mpv's  stdin.   If  you need
             interactive control, using --input-ipc-server is recommended. This gives you  access
             to the JSON IPC  over unix domain sockets (or named pipes on Windows).

             Depending  on what you do, passing --no-config or --config-dir may be a good idea to
             avoid conflicts with the normal mpv user configuration intended for CLI playback.

             Using --input-ipc-server is also suitable for purposes like remote control (however,
             the IPC protocol itself is not "secure" and not intended to be so).

          2. Using libmpv. This is generally recommended when mpv is used as playback backend for
             a completely different application.  The  provided  C  API  is  very  close  to  CLI
             mechanisms and the scripting API.

             Note  that  even  though libmpv has different defaults, it can be configured to work
             exactly like the CLI player (except command line parsing is unavailable).


          3. As a user script (LUA SCRIPTING, JAVASCRIPT, C PLUGINS). This  is  recommended  when
             the goal is to "enhance" the CLI player. Scripts get access to the entire client API
             of mpv.

             This is the standard way to create third-party extensions for the player.

       All these access the client API, which is the sum of the various  mechanisms  provided  by
       the  player core, as documented here: OPTIONS, List of Input Commands, Properties, List of
       events (also see C API), Hooks.


       Screenshots of the currently played file can be taken using the  'screenshot'  input  mode
       command,  which  is  by  default  bound to the s key. Files named mpv-shotNNNN.jpg will be
       saved in the working directory, using the first  available  number  -  no  files  will  be
       overwritten.  In  pseudo-GUI mode, the screenshot will be saved somewhere else. See PSEUDO
       GUI MODE.

       A screenshot will usually contain the unscaled video contents at  the  end  of  the  video
       filter  chain  and  subtitles.  By default, S takes screenshots without subtitles, while s
       includes subtitles.

       Unlike with MPlayer, the screenshot video filter is not required. This  filter  was  never
       required in mpv, and has been removed.


       During  playback,  mpv  shows the playback status on the terminal. It looks like something
       like this:
          AV: 00:03:12 / 00:24:25 (13%) A-V: -0.000

       The status line can be overridden with the --term-status-msg option.

       The following is a list of things that can show up in the status line.  Input  properties,
       that can be used to get the same information manually, are also listed.

       · AV: or V: (video only) or A: (audio only)

       · The current time position in HH:MM:SS format (playback-time property)

       · The total file duration (absent if unknown) (length property)

       · Playback  speed,  e.g.  ``  x2.0``. Only visible if the speed is not normal. This is the
         user-requested speed, and not the actual speed  (usually they should be the same, unless
         playback is too slow). (speed property.)

       · Playback  percentage,  e.g.  (13%).  How  much  of  the  file has been played.  Normally
         calculated out of playback position and duration, but  can  fallback  to  other  methods
         (like byte position) if these are not available.  (percent-pos property.)

       · The  audio/video  sync  as  A-V:   0.000. This is the difference between audio and video
         time. Normally it should be 0 or close to 0.  If  it's  growing,  it  might  indicate  a
         playback problem. (avsync property.)

       · Total  A/V  sync  change,  e.g.  ct: -0.417. Normally invisible. Can show up if there is
         audio "missing", or not enough frames can be  dropped.  Usually  this  will  indicate  a
         problem. (total-avsync-change property.)

       · Encoding state in {...}, only shown in encoding mode.

       · Display sync state. If display sync is active (display-sync-active property), this shows
         DS: 2.500/13, where the first number is average number of vsyncs per video  frame  (e.g.
         2.5  when  playing 24Hz videos on 60Hz screens), which might jitter if the ratio doesn't
         round off, or there  are  mistimed  frames  (vsync-ratio),  and  the  second  number  of
         estimated  number  of  vsyncs which took too long (vo-delayed-frame-count property). The
         latter is a heuristic, as it's generally not possible to determine this with certainty.

       · Dropped frames, e.g. Dropped: 4. Shows up only if the count is not 0. Can  grow  if  the
         video  framerate  is higher than that of the display, or if video rendering is too slow.
         May also be incremented on "hiccups" and when the video frame couldn't be  displayed  on
         time.  (vo-drop-frame-count  property.)   If  the  decoder  drops  frames, the number of
         decoder-dropped frames is appended to the display as well,  e.g.:  Dropped:  4/34.  This
         happens  only  if  decoder  frame  dropping  is  enabled  with  the --framedrop options.
         (drop-frame-count property.)

       · Cache state, e.g. Cache:  2s/134KB. Visible if the stream cache is enabled.   The  first
         value  shows  the  amount  of video buffered in the demuxer in seconds, the second value
         shows the estimated size of the buffered amount in  kilobytes.   (demuxer-cache-duration
         and demuxer-cache-state properties.)


       mpv  is  optimized  for normal video playback, meaning it actually tries to buffer as much
       data as it seems to make sense. This will increase latency. Reducing latency  is  possible
       only by specifically disabling features which increase latency.

       The  builtin  low-latency  profile  tries  to  apply  some of the options which can reduce
       latency. You can use  --profile=low-latency to  apply  all  of  them.  You  can  list  the
       contents  with  --show-profile=low-latency (some of the options are quite obscure, and may
       change every mpv release).

       Be aware that some of the options can reduce playback quality.

       Most latency is actually caused by inconvenient timing behavior. You can disable this with
       --untimed,  but  it will likely break, unless the stream has no audio, and the input feeds
       data to the player at a constant rate.

       Another common problem is with MJPEG streams. These do not signal the  correct  framerate.
       Using --untimed or --no-correct-pts --fps=60 might help.

       For  livestreams,  data  can  build  up  due  to pausing the stream, due to slightly lower
       playback rate, or "buffering" pauses. If the  demuxer  cache  is  enabled,  these  can  be
       skipped  manually.  The  experimental  drop-buffers  command  can  be  used to discard any
       buffered data, though it's very disruptive.

       In some cases, manually tuning TCP buffer sizes and such can help to reduce latency.

       Additional options that can be tried:

       · --opengl-glfinish=yes, can reduce buffering in the graphics driver

       · --opengl-swapinterval=0, same

       · --vo=xv, same

       · without audio --framedrop=no --speed=1.01 may help for  live  sources  (results  can  be


       http://..., https://, ...
          Many network protocols are supported, but the protocol prefix must always be specified.
          mpv will never attempt to guess whether a filename is actually  a  network  address.  A
          protocol prefix is always required.

          Note  that  not  all  prefixes  are  documented  here. Undocumented prefixes are either
          aliases to documented protocols, or are just redirections to protocols implemented  and
          documented in FFmpeg.

          data:  is  supported  in  FFmpeg (not in Libav), but needs to be in the format data://.
          This is done to avoid ambiguity with filenames. You can also prefix it with lavf://  or

          By  default,  the  youtube-dl  hook script only looks at http(s) URLs. Prefixing an URL
          with ytdl:// forces it to be always processed by the script. This can also be  used  to
          invoke special youtube-dl functionality like playing a video by ID or invoking search.

          Keep  in mind that you can't pass youtube-dl command line options by this, and you have
          to use --ytdl-raw-options instead.

          Play data from stdin.

          Play a path from  Samba share.

       bd://[title][/device] --bluray-device=PATH
          Play a Blu-ray disc. Since libbluray 1.0.1, you can read from ISO files by passing them
          to --bluray-device.

          title  can  be: longest or first (selects the default playlist); mpls/<number> (selects
          <number>.mpls playlist); <number> (select playlist with the same index). mpv will  list
          the available playlists on loading.

          bluray:// is an alias.

       dvd://[title][/device] --dvd-device=PATH
          Play  a  DVD.  DVD  menus are not supported. If no title is given, the longest title is
          auto-selected. Without --dvd-device, it will probably try to  open  an  actual  optical
          drive, if available and implemented for the OS.

          dvdnav:// is an old alias for dvd:// and does exactly the same thing.

       dvb://[cardnumber@]channel --dvbin-...
          Digital TV via DVB. (Linux only.)

       mf://[filemask|@listfile] --mf-...
          Play a series of images as video.

       cdda://[device] --cdrom-device=PATH --cdda-...
          Play CD.

          Access  any  FFmpeg/Libav libavformat protocol. Basically, this passed the string after
          the // directly to libavformat.

          This is intended for using libavdevice inputs. type is the  libavdevice  demuxer  name,
          and options is the (pseudo-)filename passed to the demuxer.


                 mpv av://v4l2:/dev/video0 --profile=low-latency --untimed

              This  plays video from the first v4l input with nearly the lowest latency possible.
              It's a good replacement for the removed tv:// input.  Using --untimed is a hack  to
              output  a  captured  frame  immediately, instead of respecting the input framerate.
              (There may be better ways to handle this in the future.)

          avdevice:// is an alias.

          A local path as URL. Might be useful in some special use-cases. Note that  PATH  itself
          should start with a third / to make the path an absolute path.

          Play  a  local  file, but assume it's being appended to. This is useful for example for
          files that are currently being downloaded to disk. This will block playback,  and  stop
          playback only if no new data was appended after a timeout of about 2 seconds.

          Using this is still a bit of a bad idea, because there is no way to detect if a file is
          actually being appended, or if it's still written. If you're trying to play the  output
          of  some  program,  consider using a pipe (something | mpv -). If it really has to be a
          file on disk, use tail to make it wait forever, e.g. tail -f -c +0 file.mkv | mpv -.

          Read data from the given file descriptor (for example 123). This is similar  to  piping
          data  to  stdin  via  -, but can use an arbitrary file descriptor.  mpv may modify some
          file descriptor properties when the stream layer "opens" it.

          Like fd://, but the file descriptor is closed after use. When using this  you  need  to
          ensure that the same fd URL will only be used once.

       edl://[edl specification as in edl-mpv.rst]
          Stitch together parts of multiple files and play them.

          Simulate  an  empty  file.  If  opened for writing, it will discard all data.  The null
          demuxer will specifically pass autoprobing if this protocol is  used  (while  it's  not
          automatically invoked for empty files).

          Use the data part as source data.

          Like memory://, but the string is interpreted as hexdump.


       mpv  has  no  official GUI, other than the OSC (ON SCREEN CONTROLLER), which is not a full
       GUI and is not meant to be. However, to compensate for the lack of expected GUI  behavior,
       mpv will in some cases start with some settings changed to behave slightly more like a GUI

       Currently this happens only in the following cases:

       · if started using the mpv.desktop  file  on  Linux  (e.g.  started  from  menus  or  file
         associations provided by desktop environments)

       · if  started from explorer.exe on Windows (technically, if it was started on Windows, and
         all of the stdout/stderr/stdin handles are unset)

       · started out of the bundle on OSX

       · if you manually use --player-operation-mode=pseudo-gui on the command line

       This mode applies options from the builtin profile builtin-pseudo-gui, but only  if  these
       haven't  been  set  in  the  user's  config  file  or  on  the  command  line.   Also, for
       compatibility with the old pseudo-gui behavior, the options in the pseudo-gui profile  are
       applied  unconditionally.  In  addition,  the  profile makes sure to enable the pseudo-GUI
       mode, so that --profile=pseudo-gui works like in older  mpv  releases.  The  profiles  are
       currently defined as follows:


          Currently,  you  can  extend  the pseudo-gui profile in the config file the normal way.
          This is deprecated. In future mpv releases, the behavior might change,  and  not  apply
          your additional settings, and/or use a different profile name.


   Track Selection
              Specify  a  priority  list  of  audio languages to use. Different container formats
              employ different language codes. DVDs use  ISO  639-1  two-letter  language  codes,
              Matroska, MPEG-TS and NUT use ISO 639-2 three-letter language codes, while OGM uses
              a free-form identifier. See also --aid.

              This is a string list option. See List Options for details.


                 · mpv dvd://1 --alang=hu,en chooses the Hungarian language track on  a  DVD  and
                   falls back on English if Hungarian is not available.

                 · mpv --alang=jpn example.mkv plays a Matroska file with Japanese audio.

              Specify  a  priority list of subtitle languages to use. Different container formats
              employ different language codes. DVDs use ISO  639-1  two  letter  language  codes,
              Matroska  uses  ISO  639-2  three  letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form
              identifier. See also --sid.

              This is a string list option. See List Options for details.


                 · mpv dvd://1 --slang=hu,en chooses the Hungarian subtitle track on  a  DVD  and
                   falls back on English if Hungarian is not available.

                 · mpv --slang=jpn example.mkv plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

              Equivalent to --alang and --slang, for video tracks.

              This is a string list option. See List Options for details.

              Select audio track. auto selects the default, no disables audio.  See also --alang.
              mpv normally prints available audio tracks on the terminal when  starting  playback
              of a file.

              --audio is an alias for --aid.

              --aid=no  or --audio=no or --no-audio disables audio playback.  (The latter variant
              does not work with the client API.)

              Display the subtitle stream  specified  by  <ID>.  auto  selects  the  default,  no
              disables subtitles.

              --sub is an alias for --sid.

              --sid=no  or  --sub=no or --no-sub disables subtitle decoding.  (The latter variant
              does not work with the client API.)

              Select video channel. auto selects the default, no disables video.

              --video is an alias for --vid.

              --vid=no or --video=no or --no-video disables video playback.  (The latter  variant
              does not work with the client API.)

              If  video is disabled, mpv will try to download the audio only if media is streamed
              with  youtube-dl,  because  it  saves  bandwidth.  This  is  done  by  setting  the
              ytdl_format to "bestaudio/best" in the ytdl_hook.lua script.

              (Matroska  files only) Specify the edition (set of chapters) to use, where 0 is the
              first. If set to auto (the default), mpv will choose the first edition declared  as
              a default, or if there is no default, the first edition defined.

              Enable the default track auto-selection (default: yes). Enabling this will make the
              player select streams according to --aid, --alang, and others. If it  is  disabled,
              no  tracks  are  selected.  In  addition, the player will not exit if no tracks are
              selected, and wait instead (this wait mode is similar to  pausing,  but  the  pause
              option is not set).

              This  is useful with --lavfi-complex: you can start playback in this mode, and then
              set  select  tracks  at  runtime  by  setting  the  filter  graph.   Note  that  if
              --lavfi-complex is set before playback is started, the referenced tracks are always

   Playback Control
       --start=<relative time>
              Seek to given time position.

              The general format for times is [+|-][[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]. If  the  time  is  prefixed
              with  -,  the  time is considered relative from the end of the file (as signaled by
              the demuxer/the file). A + is usually ignored (but see below).

              The following alternative time specifications are recognized:

              pp% seeks to percent position pp (0-100).

              #c seeks to chapter number c. (Chapters start from 1.)

              none resets any previously set option (useful for libmpv).

              If --rebase-start-time=no is given, then prefixing times  with  +  makes  the  time
              relative  to  the  start  of  the file. A timestamp without prefix is considered an
              absolute time, i.e. should seek to a frame with a timestamp as  the  file  contains
              it. As a bug, but also a hidden feature, putting 1 or more spaces before the + or -
              always interprets the time as absolute, which can  be  used  to  seek  to  negative
              timestamps (useful for debugging at most).


                 --start=+56, --start=00:56
                        Seeks to the start time + 56 seconds.

                 --start=-56, --start=-00:56
                        Seeks to the end time - 56 seconds.

                        Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

                        Seeks to the middle of the file.

                 --start=30 --end=40
                        Seeks to 30 seconds, plays 10 seconds, and exits.

                 --start=-3:20 --length=10
                        Seeks  to  3  minutes and 20 seconds before the end of the file, plays 10
                        seconds, and exits.

                 --start='#2' --end='#4'
                        Plays chapters 2 and 3, and exits.

       --end=<relative time>
              Stop at given time. Use --length if the time should be  relative  to  --start.  See
              --start for valid option values and examples.

       --length=<relative time>
              Stop  after  a given time relative to the start time.  See --start for valid option
              values and examples.

              If both --end and --length are provided, playback will stop when it reaches  either
              of the two endpoints.

              Obscurity  note:  this  does  not work correctly if --rebase-start-time=no, and the
              specified time is not  an  "absolute"  time,  as  defined  in  the  --start  option

              Whether  to  move  the  file  start  time  to 00:00:00 (default: yes). This is less
              awkward for files which start at a random timestamp, such as transport streams.  On
              the other hand, if there are timestamp resets, the resulting behavior can be rather
              weird. For this reason, and in  case  you  are  actually  interested  in  the  real
              timestamps, this behavior can be disabled with no.

              Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.

              If  --audio-pitch-correction  (on  by default) is used, playing with a speed higher
              than normal automatically inserts the scaletempo audio filter.

              Start the player in paused state.

              Play files in random order.

              Set which file on the internal playlist to start playback with.  The  index  is  an
              integer,  with 0 meaning the first file. The value auto means that the selection of
              the entry to play is left to the playback resume mechanism (default). If  an  entry
              with the given index doesn't exist, the behavior is unspecified and might change in
              future mpv versions. The same applies if the playlist  contains  further  playlists
              (don't  expect any reasonable behavior). Passing a playlist file to mpv should work
              with this option, though. E.g. mpv playlist.m3u --playlist-start=123 will  work  as
              expected, as long as playlist.m3u does not link to further playlists.

              The value no is a deprecated alias for auto.

              Play files according to a playlist file (Supports some common formats. If no format
              is detected, it will be treated as list of files, separated by newline  characters.
              Note that XML playlist formats are not supported.)

              You  can  play  playlists  directly  and  without this option, however, this option
              disables any security mechanisms that might be in place. You  may  also  need  this
              option to load plaintext files as playlist.

                 The  way  mpv uses playlist files via --playlist is not safe against maliciously
                 constructed files. Such files may trigger harmful actions.  This  has  been  the
                 case  for all mpv and MPlayer versions, but unfortunately this fact was not well
                 documented earlier, and some people have even  misguidedly  recommended  use  of
                 --playlist  with  untrusted  sources. Do NOT use --playlist with random internet
                 sources or files you do not trust!

                 Playlist can contain entries using other protocols,  such  as  local  files,  or
                 (most  severely),  special  protocols  like  avdevice://,  which  are inherently

              Threshold for merging almost consecutive  ordered  chapter  parts  in  milliseconds
              (default:  100).  Some Matroska files with ordered chapters have inaccurate chapter
              end timestamps, causing a small gap between the end of one chapter and the start of
              the  next one when they should match.  If the end of one playback part is less than
              the given threshold away from the start of the next one  then  keep  playing  video
              normally over the chapter change instead of doing a seek.

              Distance in seconds from the beginning of a chapter within which a backward chapter
              seek will go to the  previous  chapter  (default:  5.0).  Past  this  threshold,  a
              backward  chapter  seek  will go to the beginning of the current chapter instead. A
              negative value means always go back to the previous chapter.

              Select when to use precise seeks that are not  limited  to  keyframes.  Such  seeks
              require  decoding video from the previous keyframe up to the target position and so
              can take some time depending on  decoding  performance.  For  some  video  formats,
              precise  seeks  are  disabled.  This  option  selects the default choice to use for
              seeks; it is possible to explicitly override that default in the definition of  key
              bindings and in input commands.

              no     Never use precise seeks.

                     Use  precise  seeks if the seek is to an absolute position in the file, such
                     as a chapter seek, but not for relative seeks like the default  behavior  of
                     arrow keys (default).

              yes    Use precise seeks whenever possible.

              always Same as yes (for compatibility).

              This  option  exists  to work around failures to do precise seeks (as in --hr-seek)
              caused by bugs or limitations in the demuxers for some file formats. Some  demuxers
              fail  to  seek  to  a  keyframe  before the given target position, going to a later
              position instead. The value of this option is subtracted from the time stamp  given
              to the demuxer. Thus, if you set this option to 1.5 and try to do a precise seek to
              60 seconds, the demuxer is told to seek to time 58.5, which hopefully  reduces  the
              chance that it erroneously goes to some time later than 60 seconds. The downside of
              setting this option is that precise seeks  become  slower,  as  video  between  the
              earlier demuxer position and the real target may be unnecessarily decoded.

              Allow  the video decoder to drop frames during seek, if these frames are before the
              seek target. If this is enabled, precise seeking can be faster, but if you're using
              video  filters  which  modify  timestamps or add new frames, it can lead to precise
              seeking skipping the target frame. This e.g.  can  break  frame  backstepping  when
              deinterlacing is enabled.

              Default: yes

              Controls  how  to  seek in files. Note that if the index is missing from a file, it
              will be built on the fly by default, so you don't need to change this. But it might
              help with some broken files.

                     use an index if the file has one, or build it if missing

                     don't read or use the file's index

                 This  option  only works if the underlying media supports seeking (i.e. not with
                 stdin, pipe, etc).

              Load URLs from playlists which are considered unsafe (default: no).  This  includes
              special protocols and anything that doesn't refer to normal files.  Local files and
              HTTP links on the other hand are always considered safe.

              In addition, if a playlist is loaded while this is set, the added playlist  entries
              are  not  marked  as  originating  from  network  or  potentially  unsafe location.
              (Instead, the behavior is as if the playlist entries were provided directly to  mpv
              command line or loadfile command.)

              Note  that  --playlist  always  loads  all  entries, so you use that instead if you
              really have the need for this functionality.

              Follow any references in the file being opened (default: yes).  Disabling  this  is
              helpful  if  the  file is automatically scanned (e.g. thumbnail generation). If the
              thumbnail scanner for example encounters a playlist file,  which  contains  network
              URLs,  and the scanner should not open these, enabling this option will prevent it.
              This option also  disables  ordered  chapters,  mov  reference  files,  opening  of
              archives, and a number of other features.

              On  older  FFmpeg  versions, this will not work in some cases. Some FFmpeg demuxers
              might not respect this option.

              This option does not prevent  opening  of  paired  subtitle  files  and  such.  Use
              --autoload-files=no to prevent this.

              This  option  does  not  always  work  if  you  open  non-files  (for example using
              dvd://directory would open  a  whole  bunch  of  files  in  the  given  directory).
              Prefixing the filename with ./ if it doesn't start with a / will avoid this.

       --loop-playlist=<N|inf|force|no>, --loop-playlist
              Loops playback N times. A value of 1 plays it one time (default), 2 two times, etc.
              inf means forever. no is the same as 1 and disables looping. If several  files  are
              specified  on  command  line, the entire playlist is looped. --loop-playlist is the
              same as --loop-playlist=inf.

              The force mode is like inf, but does not skip  playlist  entries  which  have  been
              marked as failing. This means the player might waste CPU time trying to loop a file
              that doesn't exist. But it might be useful for playing  webradios  under  very  bad
              network conditions.

       --loop-file=<N|inf|no>, --loop=<N|inf|no>
              Loop  a  single  file  N  times.  inf  means forever, no means normal playback. For
              compatibility, --loop-file and --loop-file=yes are also accepted, and are the  same
              as --loop-file=inf.

              The  difference to --loop-playlist is that this doesn't loop the playlist, just the
              file itself. If the playlist contains only a single file,  the  difference  between
              the  two  option  is that this option performs a seek on loop, instead of reloading
              the file.

              --loop is an alias for this option.

       --ab-loop-a=<time>, --ab-loop-b=<time>
              Set loop points. If playback passes  the  b  timestamp,  it  will  seek  to  the  a
              timestamp. Seeking past the b point doesn't loop (this is intentional).

              If  a  is  after b, the behavior is as if the points were given in the right order,
              and the player will seek to b after crossing through a. This is different from  old
              behavior,  where looping was disabled (and as a bug, looped back to a on the end of
              the file).

              If either options are set to no (or unset), looping is disabled. This is  different
              from  old  behavior, where an unset a implied the start of the file, and an unset b
              the end of the file.

              The loop-points can be adjusted at runtime with the corresponding  properties.  See
              also ab-loop command.

       --ordered-chapters, --no-ordered-chapters
              Enabled  by  default.   Disable support for Matroska ordered chapters. mpv will not
              load or search for video segments from  other  files,  and  will  also  ignore  any
              chapter order specified for the main file.

              Loads  the  given  file  as playlist, and tries to use the files contained in it as
              reference files when opening a Matroska  file  that  uses  ordered  chapters.  This
              overrides  the  normal  mechanism for loading referenced files by scanning the same
              directory the main file is located in.

              Useful for loading ordered  chapter  files  that  are  not  located  on  the  local
              filesystem, or if the referenced files are in different directories.

              Note:  a playlist can be as simple as a text file containing filenames separated by

              Load chapters from this file, instead of using the chapter metadata  found  in  the
              main file.

              This  accepts  a  media file (like mkv) or even a pseudo-format like ffmetadata and
              uses its chapters to replace the current file's chapters. This  doesn't  work  with
              OGM or XML chapters directly.

              Skip <sec> seconds after every frame.

                 Without --hr-seek, skipping will snap to keyframes.

              Stop playback if either audio or video fails to initialize (default: no).  With no,
              playback will continue in video-only or audio-only mode if one of them fails.  This
              doesn't affect playback of audio-only or video-only files.

              Control the playback direction (default: forward). Setting backward will attempt to
              play the file in reverse direction, with decreasing playback time. If this  is  set
              on  playback  starts,  playback  will  start  from  the end of the file. If this is
              changed at during playback, a hr-seek will be issued to change the direction.

              + and - are aliases for forward and backward.

              The rest of this option description pertains to the backward mode.

                 Backward playback is extremely fragile. It may not always work, is  much  slower
                 than  forward  playback,  and  breaks  certain other features. How well it works
                 depends mainly on the file being played. Generally, it will  show  good  results
                 (or results at all) only if the stars align.

              mpv,  as  well  as  most  media  formats,  were designed for forward playback only.
              Backward playback is bolted on top of mpv, and tries to make  a  medium  effort  to
              make backward playback work. Depending on your use-case, another tool may work much

              Backward playback is not exactly a 1st class feature. Implementation tradeoffs were
              made,  that  are  bad for backward playback, but in turn do not cause disadvantages
              for normal playback. Various possible optimizations are not implemented in order to
              keep the complexity down. Normally, a media player is highly pipelined (future data
              is prepared in separate threads, so it is available in realtime when the next stage
              needs  it),  but  backward  playback will essentially stall the pipeline at various
              random points.

              For example, for intra-only codecs are trivially backward playable, and tools built
              around  them  may  make  efficient  use  of  them (consider video editors or camera
              viewers). mpv won't be efficient in this case, because it uses its generic backward
              playback algorithm, that on top of it is not very optimized.

              If  you  just  want  to  quickly  go  backward  through  the  video  and  just show
              "keyframes", just use forward playback, and hold down the left cursor key (which on
              CLI with default config sends many small relative seek commands).

              The implementation consists of mostly 3 parts:

              · Backward  demuxing. This relies on the demuxer cache, so the demuxer cache should
                (or must, didn't test it) be enabled, and its size will  affect  performance.  If
                the cache is too small or too large, quadratic runtime behavior may result.

              · Backward  decoding.  The decoder library used (libavcodec) does not support this.
                It is emulated by feeding bits of data in forward, putting the result in a queue,
                returning  the  queue  data  to  the  VO in reverse, and then starting over at an
                earlier position. This can require buffering an extreme amount of  decoded  data,
                and also completely breaks pipelining.

              · Backward  output.  This  is  relatively  simple,  because the decoder returns the
                frames in the needed order. However, this  may  cause  various  problems  because
                filters see audio and video going backward.

              Known problems:

              · It's  fragile. If anything doesn't work, random non-useful behavior may occur. In
                simple cases, the player will just play nonsense and artifacts.  In other  cases,
                it  may  get  stuck or heat the CPU. (Exceeding memory usage significantly beyond
                the user-set limits would be a bug, though.)

              · Performance and resource usage isn't good. In part this is inherent  to  backward
                playback  of normal media formats, and in parts due to implementation choices and

              · This is extremely reliant on good demuxer behavior.  Although  backward  demuxing
                requires  no  special  demuxer  support, it is required that the demuxer performs
                seeks reliably, fulfills some specific requirements about  packet  metadata,  and
                has deterministic behavior.

              · Starting  playback exactly from the end may or may not work, depending on seeking
                behavior and file duration detection.

              · Some container formats, audio, and video codecs are not supported  due  to  their
                behavior.  There is no list, and the player usually does not detect them. Certain
                live streams (including TV captures) may exhibit problems in particular, as  well
                as  some  lossy  audio  codecs.  h264  intra-refresh  is known not to work due to
                problems with libavcodec. WAV and some other  raw  audio  formats  tend  to  have
                problems - there are hacks for dealing with them, which may or may not work.

              · Backward demuxing of subtitles is not supported. Subtitle display still works for
                some external text subtitle formats. (These are fully read into memory, and  only
                backward  display  is  needed.)  Text  subtitles  that are cached in the subtitle
                renderer also have a chance to be displayed correctly.

              · Some features dealing with playback of broken or hard to deal with files will not
                work fully (such as timestamp correction).

              · If  demuxer  low  level  seeks  (i.e.  seeking the actual demuxer instead of just
                within the demuxer cache) are performed by backward playback,  the  created  seek
                ranges may not join, because not enough overlap is achieved.

              · Trying  to  use  this with hardware video decoding will probably exhaust all your
                GPU  memory  and  then  crash  a  thing  or  two.  Or  it   will   fail   because
                --hwdec-extra-frames will certainly be set too low.

              · Stream recording is broken. --stream-record may keep working if you backward play
                within a cached region only.

              · Relative seeks may behave weird. Small seeks backward (towards smaller time, i.e.
                seek  -1)  may not really seek properly, and audio will remain muted for a while.
                Using hr-seek is recommended, which should have none of these problems.

              · Some things are just weird. For example, while seek commands manipulate  playback
                time  in  the expected way (provided they work correctly), the framestep commands
                are transposed. Backstepping will perform very expensive work to step forward  by
                1 frame.


              · Remove  all  --vf/--af  filters  you have set. Disable hardware decoding. Disable
                idiotic nonsense like SPDIF passthrough.

              · Increasing --video-reversal-buffer might  help  if  reversal  queue  overflow  is
                reported,  which  may  happen  in  high  bitrate  video, or video with large GOP.
                Hardware   decoding   mostly   ignores   this,   and   you   need   to   increase
                --hwdec-extra-frames instead (until you get playback without logged errors).

              · The  demuxer  cache  is  essential  for  backward  demuxing.  Make  sure  to  set
                --demuxer-seekable-cache (or just use --cache). The cache size might  matter.  If
                it's  too  small,  a  queue overflow will be logged, and backward playback cannot
                continue,  or  it  performs  too  many  low  level  seeks.  If  it's  too  large,
                implementation    tradeoffs   may   cause   general   performance   issues.   Use
                --demuxer-max-bytes to potentially increase the amount  of  packets  the  demuxer
                layer  can queue for reverse demuxing (basically it's the --video-reversal-buffer
                equivalent for the demuxer layer).

              · --demuxer-backward-playback-step  also  factors  into  how  many  seeks  may   be
                performed,  and  whether  backward demuxing could break due to queue overflow. If
                it's set too high, the backstep operation needs to search  through  more  packets
                all the time, even if the cache is large enough.

              · Setting  --demuxer-cache-wait  may  be  useful  to cache the entire file into the
                demuxer cache. Set --demuxer-max-bytes to a large size to make sure it  can  read
                the  entire cache; --demuxer-max-back-bytes should also be set to a large size to
                prevent that tries to trim the cache.

              · If audio artifacts are audible, even though the AO does not underrun,  increasing
                --audio-backward-overlap might help in some cases.

       --video-reversal-buffer=<bytesize>, --audio-reversal-buffer=<bytesize>
              For  backward  decoding.  Backward  decoding  decodes  forward  in  steps, and then
              reverses the decoder output. These options control the approximate  maximum  amount
              of  bytes that can be buffered. The main use of this is to avoid unbounded resource
              usage; during normal backward playback, it's not supposed to hit the limit, and  if
              it does, it will drop frames and complain about it.

              Use this option if you get reversal queue overflow errors during backward playback.
              Increase the size until the warning disappears.  Usually,  the  video  buffer  will
              overflow first, especially if it's high resolution video.

              This  does  not  work correctly if video hardware decoding is used. The video frame
              size will not include the referenced GPU and driver memory. Some hardware  decoders
              may also be limited by --hwdec-extra-frames.

              How  large  the  queue  size  needs to be depends entirely on the way the media was
              encoded. Audio typically requires a very small  buffer,  while  video  can  require
              excessively large buffers.

              (Technically,  this  allows the last frame to exceed the limit. Also, this does not
              account for other buffered frames, such as inside the decoder or the video output.)

              This does not affect demuxer cache behavior at all.

              See --list-options for defaults and value range. <bytesize> options accept suffixes
              such as KiB and MiB.

       --video-backward-overlap=<auto|number>, --audio-backward-overlap=<auto|number>
              Number  of overlapping keyframe ranges to use for backward decoding (default: auto)
              ("keyframe" to be understood as in  the  mpv/ffmpeg  specific  meaning).   Backward
              decoding  works  by  forward  decoding  in  small steps. Some codecs cannot restart
              decoding from any packet (even  if  it's  marked  as  seek  point),  which  becomes
              noticeable  with  backward  decoding (in theory this is a problem with seeking too,
              but --hr-seek-demuxer-offset can fix it for seeking).  In  particular,  MDCT  based
              audio codecs are affected.

              The  solution  is  to  feed  a  previous  packet to the decoder each time, and then
              discard the output. This option controls how many packets to feed. The auto  choice
              is  currently  hardcoded to 0 for video, and uses 1 for lossy audio, 0 for lossless
              audio. For some specific lossy audio codecs, this is set to 2.

              --video-backward-overlap can potentially handle intra-refresh video,  depending  on
              the exact conditions. You may have to use the --vd-lavc-show-all option as well.

       --video-backward-batch=<number>, --audio-backward-batch=<number>
              Number  of keyframe ranges to decode at once when backward decoding (default: 1 for
              video, 10 for audio). Another pointless tuning parameter nobody  should  use.  This
              should affect performance only. In theory, setting a number higher than 1 for audio
              will reduce overhead due to less frequent backstep operations  and  less  redundant
              decoding  work  due to fewer decoded overlap frames (see --audio-backward-overlap).
              On the other hand, it requires a larger reversal buffer, and  could  make  playback
              less  smooth  due  to  breaking  pipelining (e.g. by decoding a lot, and then doing
              nothing for a while).

              It probably never makes sense to set  --video-backward-batch.  But  in  theory,  it
              could help with intra-only video codecs by reducing backstep operations.

              Number  of  seconds the demuxer should seek back to get new packets during backward
              playback (default: 60). This is useful for tuning backward playback, see --play-dir
              for details.

              Setting  this to a very low value or 0 may make the player think seeking is broken,
              or may make it perform multiple seeks.

              Setting this to a high value may lead to quadratic runtime behavior.

   Program Behavior
       --help, --h
              Show short summary of options.

              You can also pass a string to this option, which will list  all  top-level  options
              which  contain  the string in the name, e.g. --h=scale for all options that contain
              the word scale. The special string * lists all top-level options.

       -v     Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v found on the command line.

       --version, -V
              Print version string and exit.

              Do not load  default  configuration  files.  This  prevents  loading  of  both  the
              user-level and system-wide mpv.conf and input.conf files. Other configuration files
              are blocked as well, such as resume playback files.

                 Files  explicitly  requested  by  command  line  options,  like   --include   or
                 --use-filedir-conf, will still be loaded.

              See also: --config-dir.

              Prints all available options.

              Print a list of the available properties.

              Print a list of the supported protocols.

              Opens the given path for writing, and print log messages to it. Existing files will
              be truncated. The log level is at least -v -v, but can be  raised  via  --msg-level
              (the option cannot lower it below the forced minimum log level).

              Force  a  different configuration directory. If this is set, the given directory is
              used to load configuration files,  and  all  other  configuration  directories  are
              ignored.  This  means  the  global  mpv configuration directory as well as per-user
              directories are ignored, and overrides through environment variables (MPV_HOME) are
              also ignored.

              Note that the --no-config option takes precedence over this option.

              Always  save  the current playback position on quit. When this file is played again
              later, the player will seek to the old playback position on start.  This  does  not
              happen  if  playback  of  a  file  is  stopped  in any other way than quitting. For
              example, going to the next file in the playlist will not  save  the  position,  and
              start playback at beginning the next time the file is played.

              This  behavior  is  disabled  by default, but is always available when quitting the
              player with Shift+Q.

              The directory in which to store the "watch later" temporary files.

              The default is a subdirectory named "watch_later" underneath the  config  directory
              (usually ~/.config/mpv/).

              Write  certain  statistics to the given file. The file is truncated on opening. The
              file will contain raw samples, each with a timestamp. To  make  this  file  into  a
              readable,  the  script TOOLS/ can be used (which currently displays it
              as a graph).

              This option is useful for debugging only.

              Makes mpv wait idly instead of quitting when there is  no  file  to  play.   Mostly
              useful in input mode, where mpv can be controlled through input commands. (Default:

              once will only idle at start and let the player close once the first  playlist  has
              finished playing back.

              Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

              If  set  to no, don't auto-load scripts from the scripts configuration subdirectory
              (usually ~/.config/mpv/scripts/).  (Default: yes)

       --script=<filename>, --scripts=file1.lua:file2.lua:...
              Load a Lua script. The second  option  allows  you  to  load  multiple  scripts  by
              separating them with the path separator (: on Unix, ; on Windows).

              --scripts is a path list option. See List Options for details.

              Set  options for scripts. A script can query an option by key. If an option is used
              and what semantics the option value has depends entirely  on  the  loaded  scripts.
              Values not claimed by any scripts are ignored.

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.

              Pretend that all files passed to mpv are concatenated into a single, big file. This
              uses timeline/EDL support internally.

              Do not restore playback position from the  watch_later  configuration  subdirectory
              (usually ~/.config/mpv/watch_later/).  See quit-watch-later input command.

              Only  restore the playback position from the watch_later configuration subdirectory
              (usually ~/.config/mpv/watch_later/) if the file's modification time is the same as
              at  the  time  of  saving. This may prevent skipping forward in files with the same
              name which have different content.  (Default: no)

              Use the given profile(s), --profile=help displays a list of the defined profiles.

              Normally, mpv will try to keep all settings when  playing  the  next  file  on  the
              playlist,  even if they were changed by the user during playback. (This behavior is
              the opposite of MPlayer's, which tries to reset all  settings  when  starting  next

              Default: Do not reset anything.

              This  can  be  changed with this option. It accepts a list of options, and mpv will
              reset the value of these options on  playback  start  to  the  initial  value.  The
              initial  value is either the default value, or as set by the config file or command

              In some cases, this might not work as expected. For example, --volume will only  be
              reset if it is explicitly set in the config file or the command line.

              The special name all resets as many options as possible.

              This is a string list option. See List Options for details.


                 · --reset-on-next-file=pause Reset pause mode when switching to the next file.

                 · --reset-on-next-file=fullscreen,speed  Reset  fullscreen  and  playback  speed
                   settings if they were changed during playback.

                 · --reset-on-next-file=all Try to reset all settings that  were  changed  during

              Prepend  the watch later config files with the name of the file they refer to. This
              is simply written as comment on the top of the file.

                 This option may expose privacy-sensitive information and  is  thus  disabled  by

              Ignore  path  (i.e.  use  filename only) when using watch later feature.  (Default:

              Show the description and content of a profile. Lists all profiles if  no  parameter
              is provided.

              Look  for a file-specific configuration file in the same directory as the file that
              is being played. See File-specific Configuration Files.

                 May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       --ytdl, --no-ytdl
              Enable the youtube-dl hook-script. It will look at the input URL, and will play the
              video  located  on  the website. This works with many streaming sites, not just the
              one that the script is named after. This requires a recent version of youtube-dl to
              be installed on the system. (Enabled by default.)

              If the script can't do anything with an URL, it will do nothing.

              The try_ytdl_first script option accepts a boolean 'yes' or 'no', and if 'yes' will
              try parsing the URL with youtube-dl first, instead of the default where  it's  only
              after  mpv failed to open it. This mostly depends on whether most of your URLs need
              youtube-dl parsing.

              The exclude script option accepts a |-separated list  of  URL  patterns  which  mpv
              should  not use with youtube-dl. The patterns are matched after the http(s):// part
              of the URL.

              ^ matches the beginning of the URL, $ matches its end, and you should use %  before
              any of the characters ^$()%|,.[]*+-? to match that character.


                 · --script-opts=ytdl_hook-exclude='^'  will  exclude  any  URL  that
                   starts with or

                 · --script-opts=ytdl_hook-exclude='%.mkv$|%.mp4$' will exclude any URL that ends
                   with .mkv or .mp4.

              See more lua patterns here:

              The  use_manifests  script option makes mpv use the master manifest URL for formats
              like HLS and DASH, if available, allowing for  video/audio  selection  in  runtime.
              It's disabled ("no") by default for performance reasons.

              Video format/quality that is directly passed to youtube-dl. The possible values are
              specific to the website and the video, for a given url the available formats can be
              found   with   the   command   youtube-dl   --list-formats  URL.  See  youtube-dl's
              documentation for available aliases.   (Default:  youtube-dl's  default,  currently

              Pass  arbitrary options to youtube-dl. Parameter and argument should be passed as a
              key-value pair. Options without argument must include =.

              There is no sanity checking so it's possible to break things (i.e.  passing invalid
              parameters to youtube-dl).

              A proxy URL can be passed for youtube-dl to use it in parsing the website.  This is
              useful for geo-restricted URLs. After youtube-dl parsing, some URLs also require  a
              proxy  for playback, so this can pass that proxy information to mpv. Take note that
              SOCKS proxies aren't supported and https URLs also bypass  the  proxy.  This  is  a
              limitation in FFmpeg.

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.


                 · --ytdl-raw-options=username=user,password=pass

                 · --ytdl-raw-options=force-ipv6=

                 · --ytdl-raw-options=proxy=[]

                 · --ytdl-raw-options-append=proxy=

              Enable  the  builtin script that shows useful playback information on a key binding
              (default: yes). By default, the i key is used (I to make the overlay permanent).

              Enable the builtin script that shows a console on a key binding and lets you  enter
              commands  (default:  yes).  By default,. The ´ key is used to show the console, and
              ESC to hide it again. (This is based on  a user script called repl.lua.)

              For enabling "pseudo GUI mode", which means that the defaults for some options  are
              changed.  This  option  should  not  normally  be  used  directly,  but only by mpv
              internally, or mpv-provided scripts, config files, or .desktop files.

              Specify the video output backend to be used. See VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS  for  details
              and descriptions of available drivers.

              Specify a priority list of video decoders to be used, according to their family and
              name. See --ad for further details. Both of these options use the same  syntax  and
              semantics; the only difference is that they operate on different codec lists.

                 See --vd=help for a full list of available decoders.

              Specify a list of video filters to apply to the video stream. See VIDEO FILTERS for
              details and descriptions of the available filters.  The option  variants  --vf-add,
              --vf-pre,  --vf-del  and  --vf-clr exist to modify a previously specified list, but
              you should not need these for typical use.

              Do not sleep when outputting video frames. Useful for  benchmarks  when  used  with

              Skip  displaying  some frames to maintain A/V sync on slow systems, or playing high
              framerate video on video outputs that have an upper framerate limit.

              The argument selects the drop methods, and can be one of the following:

              <no>   Disable any frame dropping. Not recommended, for testing only.

              <vo>   Drop late frames on video output (default). This still decodes  and  filters
                     all  frames,  but  doesn't render them on the VO. Drops are indicated in the
                     terminal status line as Dropped: field.

                     In audio sync. mode, this drops frames that are  outdated  at  the  time  of
                     display.  If  the decoder is too slow, in theory all frames would have to be
                     dropped (because all frames are too late) - to avoid  this,  frame  dropping
                     stops  if the effective framerate is below 10 FPS.

                     In  display-sync.  modes (see --video-sync), this affects only how A/V drops
                     or repeats frames. If this mode is disabled, A/V desync will in  theory  not
                     affect  video  scheduling  anymore  (much  like  the display-resample-desync
                     mode). However, even  if  disabled,  frames  will  still  be  skipped  (i.e.
                     dropped) according to the ratio between video and display frequencies.

                     This is the recommended mode, and the default.

                     Old,  decoder-based  framedrop mode. (This is the same as --framedrop=yes in
                     mpv 0.5.x and before.) This tells the decoder to skip  frames  (unless  they
                     are  needed  to  decode  future frames). May help with slow systems, but can
                     produce unwatchable choppy output, or even freeze the display completely.

                     This uses a heuristic which may not  make  sense,  and  in   general  cannot
                     achieve  good  results,  because  the  decoder's  frame  dropping  cannot be
                     controlled in a predictable manner. Not recommended.

                     Even if you want to use this, prefer decoder+vo for better results.

                     The --vd-lavc-framedrop option controls what frames to drop.

                     Enable both modes. Not recommended. Better than just decoder mode.

                 --vo=vdpau has its own code for the vo framedrop  mode.  Slight  differences  to
                 other VOs are possible.

              Enable  some  things  which tend to reduce video latency by 1 or 2 frames (default:
              no). Note that this option might be removed without notice once the player's timing
              code does not inherently need to do these things anymore.

              This does:

              · Use  the  demuxer  reported  FPS  for frame dropping. This avoids that the player
                needs to decode 1 frame in advance, lowering total latency in effect.  This  also
                means  that  if  the  demuxer  reported  FPS  is wrong, or the video filter chain
                changes FPS (e.g. deinterlacing), then it could  drop  too  many  or  not  enough

              · Disable  waiting  for  the  first  video frame. Normally the player waits for the
                first video frame to be fully rendered before starting  playback  properly.  Some
                VOs  will  lazily  initialize stuff when rendering the first frame, so if this is
                not done, there is some likeliness that  the  VO  has  to  drop  some  frames  if
                rendering the first frame takes longer than needed.

              Set  the  display  FPS  used  with  the --video-sync=display-* modes. By default, a
              detected value is used. Keep in mind that  setting  an  incorrect  value  (even  if
              slightly  incorrect)  can ruin video playback. On multi-monitor systems, there is a
              chance that the detected value is from the wrong monitor.

              Set this option only if you have reason to  believe  the  automatically  determined
              value is wrong.

              Deprecated alias for --override-display-fps.

              Specify  the  hardware video decoding API that should be used if possible.  Whether
              hardware decoding is actually done depends on the video codec. If hardware decoding
              is not possible, mpv will fall back on software decoding.

              Hardware  decoding is not enabled by default, because it is typically an additional
              source of errors. It is worth using only if your  CPU  is  too  slow  to  decode  a
              specific video.

                 Use  the Ctrl+h shortcut to toggle hardware decoding at runtime. It toggles this
                 option between auto and no.

                 Always enabling HW decoding by putting it into the config file  is  discouraged.
                 If you use the Ubuntu package, delete /etc/mpv/mpv.conf, as the package tries to
                 enable HW decoding by default by setting hwdec=vaapi (which is less than  ideal,
                 and  may  even  cause sub-optimal wrappers to be used). Or at least change it to

              Use one of the auto modes if you want  to  enable  hardware  decoding.   Explicitly
              selecting  the  mode is mostly meant for testing and debugging.  It's a bad idea to
              put explicit selection into the config file if you want thing to just keep  working
              after updates and so on.

                 Even  if  enabled, hardware decoding is still only white-listed for some codecs.
                 See --hwdec-codecs to enable hardware decoding in more cases.

                 Which method to choose?

                 · If you only want to  enable  hardware  decoding  at  runtime,  don't  set  the
                   parameter,  or  put  hwdec=no  into  your  mpv.conf (relevant on distros which
                   force-enable it by default, such as on Ubuntu). Use the Ctrl+h default binding
                   to enable it at runtime.

                 · If  you're not sure, but want hardware decoding always enabled by default, put
                   hwdec=auto-safe into your mpv.conf, and acknowledge that this use case is  not
                   "really" supported and may cause problems.

                 · If  you  want  to  test available hardware decoding methods, pass --hwdec=auto
                   --hwdec-codecs=all and look at the terminal output.

                 · If you're a developer, or want to perform elaborate tests, you may need any of
                   the other possible option values.

              <api> can be one of the following:

              no     always use software decoding (default)

              auto   forcibly enable any hw decoder found (see below)

              yes    exactly the same as auto

                     enable any whitelisted hw decoder (see below)

                     enable best hw decoder with copy-back (see below)

              vdpau  requires --vo=gpu with X11, or --vo=vdpau (Linux only)

                     copies video back into system RAM (Linux with some GPUs only)

              vaapi  requires --vo=gpu or --vo=vaapi (Linux only)

                     copies video back into system RAM (Linux with some GPUs only)

                     requires --vo=gpu (OS X 10.8 and up), or --vo=libmpv (iOS 9.0 and up)

                     copies video back into system RAM (OS X 10.8 or iOS 9.0 and up)

              dxva2  requires   --vo=gpu   with   --gpu-context=d3d11,   --gpu-context=angle   or
                     --gpu-context=dxinterop (Windows only)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Windows only)

                     requires --vo=gpu with --gpu-context=d3d11 or  --gpu-context=angle  (Windows
                     8+ only)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Windows 8+ only)

                     requires --vo=mediacodec_embed (Android only)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Android only)

              mmal   requires --vo=gpu (Raspberry Pi only - default if available)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Raspberry Pi only)

              nvdec  requires --vo=gpu (Any platform CUDA is available)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Any platform CUDA is available)

              cuda   requires --vo=gpu (Any platform CUDA is available)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Any platform CUDA is available)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Any platform supported by hardware)

              rkmpp  requires --vo=gpu (some RockChip devices only)

              auto  tries  to  automatically  enable  hardware decoding using the first available
              method. This still depends what VO you are using. For example, if you are not using
              --vo=gpu or --vo=vdpau, vdpau decoding will never be enabled. Also note that if the
              first found method doesn't actually work, it will  always  fall  back  to  software
              decoding, instead of trying the next method (might matter on some Linux systems).

              auto-safe  is  similar  to  auto,  but  allows  only  whitelisted  methods that are
              considered "safe". This is supposed to be  a  reasonable  way  to  enable  hardware
              decdoding  by  default  in a config file (even though you shouldn't do that anyway;
              prefer runtime enabling with Ctrl+h). Unlike auto, this  will  not  try  to  enable
              unknown or known-to-be-bad methods. In addition, this may disable hardware decoding
              in other situations when it's known to cause problems, but currently this mechanism
              is  quite  primitive.   (As  an  example  for something that still causes problems:
              certain combinations of HEVC and Intel chips on Windows tend to cause mpv to crash,
              most likely due to driver bugs.)

              auto-copy-safe selects the union of methods selected with auto-safe and auto-copy.

              auto-copy  selects  only modes that copy the video data back to system memory after
              decoding. This selects modes like vaapi-copy (and so on).  If none of  these  work,
              hardware  decoding  is  disabled.  This  mode  is  usually  guaranteed  to incur no
              additional quality loss compared to software decoding (assuming modern  codecs  and
              an error free video stream), and will allow CPU processing with video filters. This
              mode works with all video filters and VOs.

              Because these copy the decoded  video  back  to  system  RAM,  they're  often  less
              efficient than the direct modes, and may not help too much over software decoding.

                 Most non-copy methods only work with the OpenGL GPU backend. Currently, only the
                 vaapi, nvdec and cuda methods work with Vulkan.

              The vaapi mode, if used with --vo=gpu, requires Mesa 11, and most likely works with
              Intel and AMD GPUs only. It also requires the opengl EGL backend.

              nvdec and nvdec-copy are the newest, and recommended method to do hardware decoding
              on Nvidia GPUs.

              cuda and cuda-copy are an older implementation of hardware decoding on Nvidia  GPUs
              that  uses  Nvidia's  bitstream  parsers  rather  than  FFmpeg's.  This can lead to
              feature  deficiencies,  such  as   incorrect   playback   of   HDR   content,   and
              nvdec/nvdec-copy  should  always be preferred unless you specifically need Nvidia's
              deinterlacing algorithms. To use this  deinterlacing  you  must  pass  the  option:
              vd-lavc-o=deint=[weave|bob|adaptive].   Pass  weave  (or leave the option unset) to
              not attempt any deinterlacing.

                 Quality reduction with hardware decoding

                        In theory, hardware decoding does not reduce video quality (at least  for
                        the  codecs  h264 and HEVC). However, due to restrictions in video output
                        APIs, as well as bugs in the actual hardware decoders, there can be  some
                        loss, or even blatantly incorrect results.

                        In  some  cases, RGB conversion is forced, which means the RGB conversion
                        is performed by the hardware decoding API, instead of the shaders used by
                        --vo=gpu.  This  means certain colorspaces may not display correctly, and
                        certain filtering (such as debanding) cannot be applied in an ideal  way.
                        This  will  also  usually  force  the  use  of low quality chroma scalers
                        instead of the one  specified  by  --cscale.  In  other  cases,  hardware
                        decoding  can  also  reduce the bit depth of the decoded image, which can
                        introduce banding or precision loss for 10-bit files.

                        vdpau always does RGB conversion in  hardware,  which  does  not  support
                        newer  colorspaces like BT.2020 correctly. However, vdpau doesn't support
                        10 bit or  HDR  encodings,  so  these  limitations  are  unlikely  to  be

                        vaapi  and  d3d11va  are  safe.  Enabling  deinterlacing (or simply their
                        respective post-processing filters) will possibly at least  reduce  color
                        quality by converting the output to a 8 bit format.

                        dxva2  is  not  safe.  It  appears  to  always  use BT.601 for forced RGB
                        conversion, but actual behavior depends on the GPU drivers. Some  drivers
                        appear  to  convert to limited range RGB, which gives a faded appearance.
                        In addition to driver-specific behavior,  global  system  settings  might
                        affect  this  additionally.  This  can  give  incorrect results even with
                        completely ordinary video sources.

                        rpi always uses the hardware overlay renderer, even with --vo=gpu.

                        cuda should usually be safe, but depending on how a file/stream has  been
                        mixed,  it  has been reported to corrupt the timestamps causing glitched,
                        flashing frames. It can  also  sometimes  cause  massive  framedrops  for
                        unknown   reasons.  Caution  is  advised,  and  nvdec  should  always  be

                        crystalhd is not safe. It always converts to  4:2:2  YUV,  which  may  be
                        lossy, depending on how chroma sub-sampling is done during conversion. It
                        also discards the top left pixel of each frame for some reason.

                        All other methods, in particular the copy-back methods  (like  dxva2-copy
                        etc.)  should  hopefully  be  safe,  although they can still cause random
                        decoding issues. At the very least, they shouldn't affect the  colors  of
                        the image.

                        In   particular,  auto-copy  will  only  select  "safe"  modes  (although
                        potentially slower than other methods), but there's  still  no  guarantee
                        the chosen hardware decoder will actually work correctly.

                        In  general, it's very strongly advised to avoid hardware decoding unless
                        absolutely necessary, i.e. if your CPU is insufficient to decode the file
                        in  questions.  If you run into any weird decoding issues, frame glitches
                        or discoloration, and you have --hwdec turned on,  the  first  thing  you
                        should try is disabling it.

              This  option  is  for  troubleshooting hwdec interop issues. Since it's a debugging
              option, its semantics may change at any time.

              This is useful for the gpu and libmpv VOs for selecting which hwdec interop context
              to  use  exactly.  Effectively  it  also  can  be  used to block loading of certain

              If set to auto (default), the behavior depends on the VO: for gpu, it does nothing,
              and  the  interop  context is loaded on demand (when the decoder probes for --hwdec
              support). For libmpv, which has has no on-demand loading,  this  is  equivalent  to

              The empty string is equivalent to auto.

              If  set  to  all,  it  attempts to load all interop contexts at GL context creation

              Other than that, a specific backend can be set, and the list of them can be queried
              with help (mpv CLI only).

              Runtime  changes to this are ignored (the current option value is used whenever the
              renderer is created).

              The old aliases --opengl-hwdec-interop and --hwdec-preload are  barely  related  to
              this anymore, but will be somewhat compatible in some cases.

              Number   of   GPU   frames  hardware  decoding  should  preallocate  (default:  see
              --list-options output). If this is  too  low,  frame  allocation  may  fail  during
              decoding, and video frames might get dropped and/or corrupted.  Setting it too high
              simply wastes GPU memory and has no advantages.

              This value is used only for hardware  decoding  APIs  which  require  preallocating
              surfaces  (known  examples  include d3d11va and vaapi).  For other APIs, frames are
              allocated as needed. The details depend on the libavcodec  implementations  of  the
              hardware decoders.

              The  required number of surfaces depends on dynamic runtime situations. The default
              is a fixed value that is thought to be sufficient for most  uses.  But  in  certain
              situations, it may not be enough.

              Set  the  internal pixel format used by hardware decoding via --hwdec (default no).
              The special value no selects  an  implementation  specific  standard  format.  Most
              decoder implementations support only one format, and will fail to initialize if the
              format is not supported.

              Some implementations might support multiple formats. In particular, videotoolbox is
              known  to  require uyvy422 for good performance on some older hardware. d3d11va can
              always use yuv420p, which uses an opaque format, with likely no advantages.

              Choose the GPU device used for decoding when using the cuda or  nvdec  hwdecs  with
              the OpenGL GPU backend, and with the cuda-copy or nvdec-copy hwdecs in all cases.

              For  the  OpenGL GPU backend, the default device used for decoding is the one being
              used to provide gpu output (and in the vast majority of cases, only one GPU will be

              For  the copy hwdecs, the default device will be the first device enumerated by the
              CUDA libraries - however that is done.

              For the Vulkan GPU backend, decoding must always happen on the display device,  and
              this option has no effect.

       --vaapi-device=<device file>
              Choose the DRM device for vaapi-copy. This should be the path to a DRM device file.
              (Default: /dev/dri/renderD128)

              Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a 16:9 video to make
              it fit a 4:3 display without black bands). The range controls how much of the image
              is cropped. May not work with all video output drivers.

              This option has no effect if --video-unscaled option is used.

              Override video aspect ratio, in case aspect information is incorrect or missing  in
              the file being played.

              These values have special meaning:

              0      disable aspect ratio handling, pretend the video has square pixels

              no     same as 0

              -1     use the video stream or container aspect (default)

              But note that handling of these special values might change in the future.


                 · --video-aspect-override=4:3  or --video-aspect-override=1.3333

                 · --video-aspect-override=16:9 or --video-aspect-override=1.7777

                 · --no-video-aspect-override or --video-aspect-override=no

              This  sets  the  default  video aspect determination method (if the aspect is _not_
              overridden by the user with --video-aspect-override or others).

                     Strictly prefer the container aspect ratio. This is apparently  the  default
                     behavior with VLC, at least with Matroska. Note that if the container has no
                     aspect ratio set, the behavior is the same as with bitstream.

                     Strictly prefer the bitstream aspect  ratio,  unless  the  bitstream  aspect
                     ratio is not set. This is apparently the default behavior with XBMC/kodi, at
                     least with Matroska.

              The current default for mpv is container.

              Normally you should not set this. Try the various choices if  you  encounter  video
              that has the wrong aspect ratio in mpv, but seems to be correct in other players.

              Disable  scaling  of  the video. If the window is larger than the video, black bars
              are  added.  Otherwise,  the  video  is  cropped,  unless  the  option  is  set  to
              downscale-big,  in  which  case  the video is fit to window. The video still can be
              influenced by the other --video-... options. This option  disables  the  effect  of

              Note  that  the scaler algorithm may still be used, even if the video isn't scaled.
              For example, this can influence chroma conversion. The video  will  also  still  be
              scaled  in  one  dimension  if  the  source uses non-square pixels (e.g. anamorphic
              widescreen DVDs).

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-pan-x=<value>, --video-pan-y=<value>
              Moves the displayed video rectangle by the given value in the X or Y direction. The
              unit  is in fractions of the size of the scaled video (the full size, even if parts
              of the video are not visible due to panscan or other options).

              For example, displaying a 1280x720 video fullscreen  on  a  1680x1050  screen  with
              --video-pan-x=-0.1  would  move the video 168 pixels to the left (making 128 pixels
              of the source video invisible).

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

              Rotate the video clockwise, in degrees. Currently supports 90° steps only.   If  no
              is  given, the video is never rotated, even if the file has rotation metadata. (The
              rotation value is added to the rotation metadata, which means  the  value  0  would
              rotate the video according to the rotation metadata.)

              Adjust  the  video  display scale factor by the given value. The parameter is given
              log 2. For example, --video-zoom=0 is unscaled, --video-zoom=1 is twice  the  size,
              --video-zoom=-2 is one fourth of the size, and so on.

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-align-x=<-1-1>, --video-align-y=<-1-1>
              Moves  the video rectangle within the black borders, which are usually added to pad
              the  video  to  screen  if  video  and  screen   aspect   ratios   are   different.
              --video-align-y=-1  would move the video to the top of the screen (leaving a border
              only on the bottom), a value of 0 centers it (default), and a value of 1 would  put
              the video at the bottom of the screen.

              If video and screen aspect match perfectly, these options do nothing.

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-margin-ratio-left=<val>,                         --video-margin-ratio-right=<val>,
       --video-margin-ratio-top=<val>, --video-margin-ratio-bottom=<val>
              Set extra video margins on each border (default: 0). Each value is a ratio  of  the
              window   size,   using   a   range   0.0-1.0.   For  example,  setting  the  option
              --video-margin-ratio-right=0.2 at a window size of  1000  pixels  will  add  a  200
              pixels border on the right side of the window.

              The  video  is  "boxed"  by  these  margins.  The  window  size  is not changed. In
              particular it does not enlarge the window, and the margins will cause the video  to
              be downscaled by default. This may or may not change in the future.

              The  margins  are  applied  after  90°  video  rotation, but before any other video

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

              Subtitles still may use the margins, depending  on  --sub-use-margins  and  similar

              These  options  were  created  for  the OSC. Some odd decisions, such as making the
              margin values a ratio (instead of pixels), were made for the sake of the OSC.  It's
              possible that these options may be replaced by ones that are more generally useful.
              The behavior of these options may change to fit OSC requirements better, too.

       --correct-pts, --no-correct-pts
              --no-correct-pts switches mpv to a mode where video timing is  determined  using  a
              fixed  framerate  value (either using the --fps option, or using file information).
              Sometimes, files with very broken timestamps can be played somewhat  well  in  this
              mode.  Note that video filters, subtitle rendering, seeking (including hr-seeks and
              backstepping), and audio synchronization can be completely broken in this mode.

              Override video framerate. Useful if the original value is wrong or missing.

                 Works in --no-correct-pts mode only.

              Enable or disable interlacing (default: no).  Interlaced video shows ugly comb-like
              artifacts,  which are visible on fast movement. Enabling this typically inserts the
              yadif video filter in order to deinterlace the video,  or  lets  the  video  output
              apply deinterlacing if supported.

              This behaves exactly like the deinterlace input property (usually mapped to d).

              Keep  in mind that this will conflict with manually inserted deinterlacing filters,
              unless you take care. (Since mpv 0.27.0, even the hardware deinterlace filters will
              conflict.  Also  since  that version, --deinterlace=auto was removed, which used to
              mean that the default interlacing option of possibly  inserted  video  filters  was

              Note that this will make video look worse if it's not actually interlaced.

              Play/convert only first <number> video frames, then quit.

              --frames=0  loads  the  file,  but  immediately quits before initializing playback.
              (Might be useful for scripts which just want to determine some file properties.)

              For audio-only playback, any value greater than 0 will  quit  playback  immediately
              after initialization. The value 0 works as with video.

              RGB  color levels used with YUV to RGB conversion. Normally, output devices such as
              PC monitors use full range color levels.  However,  some  TVs  and  video  monitors
              expect  studio RGB levels. Providing full range output to a device expecting studio
              level input results in crushed blacks and whites, the reverse in  dim  gray  blacks
              and dim whites.

              Not all VOs support this option. Some will silently ignore it.

              Available color ranges are:

              auto   automatic selection (equals to full range) (default)

                     limited range (16-235 per component), studio levels

              full   full range (0-255 per component), PC levels

                 It  is  advisable  to  use your graphics driver's color range option instead, if

              Allow hardware decoding for a given list of codecs  only.  The  special  value  all
              always allows all codecs.

              You  can get the list of allowed codecs with mpv --vd=help. Remove the prefix, e.g.
              instead of lavc:h264 use h264.

              By default, this is set to h264,vc1,hevc,vp9. Note that the  hardware  acceleration
              special  codecs  like  h264_vdpau  are  not relevant anymore, and in fact have been
              removed from Libav in this form.

              This is usually only needed  with  broken  GPUs,  where  a  codec  is  reported  as
              supported, but decoding causes more problems than it solves.


                 mpv --hwdec=vdpau --vo=vdpau --hwdec-codecs=h264,mpeg2video
                        Enable vdpau decoding for h264 and mpeg2 only.

              Check hardware decoder profile (default: yes). If no is set, the highest profile of
              the hardware decoder is unconditionally selected, and decoding is  forced  even  if
              the  profile  of  the  video is higher than that.  The result is most likely broken
              decoding, but may also help if  the  detected  or  reported  profiles  are  somehow

              Fallback  to  software decoding if the hardware-accelerated decoder fails (default:
              3). If this is a number, then fallback will be triggered if N frames fail to decode
              in a row. 1 is equivalent to yes.

              Setting  this  to  a  higher  number  might break the playback start fallback: if a
              fallback happens, parts of the file will be skipped, approximately by to the number
              of  packets  that  could not be decoded. Values below an unspecified count will not
              have this problem, because mpv retains the packets.

              Enable direct rendering (default: yes). If this is set to yes, the  video  will  be
              decoded directly to GPU video memory (or staging buffers).  This can speed up video
              upload, and may help with large resolutions or slow hardware. This works only  with
              the following VOs:

                 · gpu: requires at least OpenGL 4.4 or Vulkan.

              (In  particular,  this can't be made work with opengl-cb, but the libmpv render API
              has optional support.)

              Using video filters of any kind that write to  the  image  data  (or  output  newly
              allocated frames) will silently disable the DR code path.

              Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for codec testing).

       --vd-lavc-fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
              Enable  optimizations  which  do  not  comply  with  the  format  specification and
              potentially  cause  problems,   like   simpler   dequantization,   simpler   motion
              compensation,  assuming  use of the default quantization matrix, assuming YUV 4:2:0
              and skipping a few checks to detect damaged bitstreams.

              Pass AVOptions to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make  the  o=  unneeded  and
              pass  all  unknown  options  through the AVOption system is welcome. A full list of
              AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual.

              Some options which used to be direct options can be set with this  mechanism,  like
              bug, gray, idct, ec, vismv, skip_top (was st), skip_bottom (was sb), debug.

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.



              Show  even  broken/corrupt  frames  (default:  no).  If  this  option is set to no,
              libavcodec won't output frames that were either decoded before an initial  keyframe
              was decoded, or frames that are recognized as corrupted.

       --vd-lavc-skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
              Skips  the  loop  filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264 decoding. Since the filtered
              frame is supposed to be used as reference for decoding dependent frames, this has a
              worse  effect  on  quality  than  not doing deblocking on e.g. MPEG-2 video. But at
              least for high bitrate HDTV, this  provides  a  big  speedup  with  little  visible
              quality loss.

              <skipvalue> can be one of the following:

              none   Never skip.

                     Skip useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size packets in AVI).

              nonref Skip  frames  that  are  not  referenced  (i.e.  not used for decoding other
                     frames, the error cannot "build up").

              bidir  Skip B-Frames.

              nonkey Skip all frames except keyframes.

              all    Skip all frames.

       --vd-lavc-skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
              Skips the IDCT step.  This  degrades  quality  a  lot  in  almost  all  cases  (see
              skiploopfilter for available skip values).

              Skips  decoding  of  frames completely. Big speedup, but jerky motion and sometimes
              bad artifacts (see skiploopfilter for available skip values).

              Set framedropping mode used with --framedrop (see skiploopfilter for available skip

              Number  of  threads  to  use  for decoding. Whether threading is actually supported
              depends on codec (default: 0). 0 means autodetect number of cores  on  the  machine
              and use that, up to the maximum of 16. You can set more than 16 threads manually.

              Assume  the  video  was  encoded  by  an  old,  buggy  x264  version (default: no).
              Normally, this is autodetected by libavcodec. But if the bitstream contains no x264
              version  info (or it was somehow skipped), and the stream was in fact encoded by an
              old x264 version (build 150 or earlier), and if the stream uses 4:4:4 chroma,  then
              libavcodec  will  by default show corrupted video.  This option sets the libavcodec
              x264_build option to 150, which means that if the stream contains no version  info,
              or  was  not  encoded by x264 at all, it assumes it was encoded by the old version.
              Enabling this option is pretty safe if you want your broken files to work,  but  in
              theory  this  can break on streams not encoded by x264, or if a stream encoded by a
              newer x264 version contains no version info.

              Allow up to N in-flight  frames.  This  essentially  controls  the  frame  latency.
              Increasing  the  swapchain  depth can improve pipelining and prevent missed vsyncs,
              but increases visible latency. This  option  only  mandates  an  upper  limit,  the
              implementation  can  use  a lower latency than requested internally. A setting of 1
              means that the VO will wait for every frame to become visible  before  starting  to
              render the next frame. (Default: 3)

              If  this  is  enabled  (default),  playing  with  a  speed  different  from  normal
              automatically inserts the scaletempo audio filter. For details,  see  audio  filter

              Use  the  given  audio  device. This consists of the audio output name, e.g.  alsa,
              followed by /, followed by the audio output specific device name. The default value
              for  this  option  is auto, which tries every audio output in preference order with
              the default device.

              You can list audio devices with --audio-device=help. This outputs the  device  name
              in  quotes,  followed by a description. The device name is what you have to pass to
              the --audio-device option. The list of audio devices can be  retrieved  by  API  by
              using the audio-device-list property.

              While  the  option  normally  takes  one of the strings as indicated by the methods
              above, you can also force the device for most AOs  by  building  it  manually.  For
              example  name/foobar forces the AO name to use the device foobar. However, the --ao
              option will strictly force a specific AO. To avoid confusion, don't  use  --ao  and
              --audio-device together.

                 Example for ALSA

                        MPlayer and mplayer2 required you to replace any ',' with '.' and any ':'
                        with '=' in the ALSA device name. For example, to use  the  device  named
                        dmix:default, you had to do:
                     -ao alsa:device=dmix=default

                 In mpv you could instead use:

              Enable  exclusive  output mode. In this mode, the system is usually locked out, and
              only mpv will be able to output audio.

              This only works for some audio outputs, such as wasapi and coreaudio.  Other  audio
              outputs  silently  ignore  this  options.  They either have no concept of exclusive
              mode, or the mpv side of the implementation is missing.

              If no audio device can be opened, behave as if --ao=null was given. This is  useful
              in  combination  with  --audio-device:  instead of causing an error if the selected
              device does not exist, the client API user (or a Lua  script)  could  let  playback
              continue  normally,  and  check  the current-ao and audio-device-list properties to
              make high-level decisions about how to continue.

              Specify the audio output drivers to be used. See AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS  for  details
              and descriptions of available drivers.

              Specify a list of audio filters to apply to the audio stream. See AUDIO FILTERS for
              details and descriptions of the available filters.  The option  variants  --af-add,
              --af-pre,  --af-del  and  --af-clr exist to modify a previously specified list, but
              you should not need these for typical use.

              List of codecs for which compressed audio passthrough should be  used.  This  works
              for both classic S/PDIF and HDMI.

              Possible  codecs  are  ac3,  dts,  dts-hd,  eac3,  truehd.   Multiple codecs can be
              specified by separating them with ,. dts refers to  low  bitrate  DTS  core,  while
              dts-hd  refers  to  DTS MA (receiver and OS support varies). If both dts and dts-hd
              are specified, it behaves equivalent to specifying dts-hd only.

              In earlier mpv versions you could use --ad to force the spdif wrapper.   This  does
              not work anymore.


                        There  is  not  much  reason  to  use  this.  HDMI  supports uncompressed
                        multichannel PCM, and mpv supports lossless DTS-HD decoding via  FFmpeg's
                        new DCA decoder (based on libdcadec).

              Specify  a  priority  list of audio decoders to be used, according to their decoder
              name. When determining which decoder to use, the first  decoder  that  matches  the
              audio  format  is  selected.  If  that  is  unavailable,  the next decoder is used.
              Finally, it tries all other decoders that are not explicitly selected  or  rejected
              by the option.

              - at the end of the list suppresses fallback on other available decoders not on the
              --ad list. + in front of an entry forces the decoder.  Both  of  these  should  not
              normally  be  used, because they break normal decoder auto-selection! Both of these
              methods are deprecated.


                        Prefer the FFmpeg/Libav mp3float decoder over all other MP3 decoders.

                        List all available decoders.


                        Enabling compressed audio passthrough (AC3 and DTS via  SPDIF/HDMI)  with
                        this option is not possible. Use --audio-spdif instead.

              Set  the  startup  volume.  0  means  silence,  100  means  no  volume reduction or
              amplification. Negative values can be passed for compatibility, but are treated  as

              Since mpv 0.18.1, this always controls the internal mixer (aka "softvol").

              Adjust volume gain according to replaygain values stored in the file metadata. With
              --replaygain=no (the default), perform  no  adjustment.   With  --replaygain=track,
              apply  track  gain.  With  --replaygain=album, apply album gain if present and fall
              back to track gain otherwise.

              Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain (default: 0).

              Prevent clipping caused by replaygain by automatically lowering the gain (default).
              Use --replaygain-clip=no to disable this.

              Gain  in  dB  to  apply  if the file has no replay gain tags. This option is always
              applied if the replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this is applied,  no  other
              replaygain options are applied.

              Audio  delay  in  seconds (positive or negative float value). Positive values delay
              the audio, and negative values delay the video.

              Set startup audio mute status (default: no).

              auto is a deprecated possible value that is equivalent to no.

              See also: --volume.

              Deprecated/unfunctional. Before mpv 0.18.1, this used to control whether to use the
              volume controls of the audio output driver or the internal mpv volume filter.

              The  current  behavior is that softvol is always enabled, i.e. as if this option is
              set to yes. The other behaviors are not available  anymore,  although  auto  almost
              matches current behavior in most cases.

              The  no  behavior  is  still  partially available through the ao-volume and ao-mute
              properties. But there are no options to reset these.

              Use this audio demuxer type when using --audio-file. Use a '+' before the  name  to
              force  it;  this  will  skip  some  checks.  Give  the  demuxer  name as printed by

              Select the Dynamic Range Compression level for AC-3 audio streams.   <level>  is  a
              float  value  ranging  from  0  to  1,  where  0 means no compression (which is the
              default) and 1 means full compression (make loud  passages  more  silent  and  vice
              versa).  Values up to 6 are also accepted, but are purely experimental. This option
              only shows an effect if the AC-3 stream contains  the  required  range  compression

              The  standard  mandates  that  DRC  is  enabled by default, but mpv (and some other
              players) ignore this for the sake of better audio quality.

              Whether to request audio channel downmixing from the decoder (default: yes).   Some
              decoders, like AC-3, AAC and DTS, can remix audio on decoding. The requested number
              of output channels is set with the --audio-channels  option.   Useful  for  playing
              surround audio on a stereo system.

              Number  of  threads  to  use  for decoding. Whether threading is actually supported
              depends on codec. As of this writing, it's supported for some lossless codecs only.
              0  means  autodetect number of cores on the machine and use that, up to the maximum
              of 16 (default: 1).

              Pass AVOptions to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make  the  o=  unneeded  and
              pass  all  unknown  options  through the AVOption system is welcome. A full list of
              AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual.

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.

       --ad-spdif-dtshd=<yes|no>, --dtshd, --no-dtshd
              If DTS is passed through, use DTS-HD.


                        This and enabling passthrough via --ad are deprecated in favor  of  using

              Control  which  audio channels are output (e.g. surround vs. stereo). There are the
              following possibilities:


                       Use the system's preferred channel layout. If there is none (such as  when
                       accessing  a  hardware  device instead of the system mixer), force stereo.
                       Some audio outputs might simply accept any layout  and  do  downmixing  on
                       their own.

                       This is the default.


                       Send the audio device whatever it accepts, preferring the audio's original
                       channel layout. Can cause issues with HDMI (see the warning below).


                       List of ,-separated channel layouts which should be allowed.  Technically,
                       this  only  adjusts the filter chain output to the best matching layout in
                       the list, and passes the result to the audio API.  It's possible that  the
                       audio API will select a different channel layout.

                       Using this mode is recommended for direct hardware output, especially over
                       HDMI (see HDMI warning below).


                       Force  a plain stereo downmix. This is  a  special-case  of  the  previous
                       item. (See paragraphs below for implications.)

              If  a  list of layouts is given, each item can be either an explicit channel layout
              name (like 5.1), or a channel number. Channel numbers  refer  to  default  layouts,
              e.g. 2 channels refer to stereo, 6 refers to 5.1.

              See  --audio-channels=help  output  for  defined  default  layouts. This also lists
              speaker names, which can  be  used  to  express  arbitrary  channel  layouts  (e.g.
              fl-fr-lfe is 2.1).

              If  the  list  of  channel layouts has only 1 item, the decoder is asked to produce
              according output. This sometimes triggers decoder-downmix, which might be different
              from the normal mpv downmix. (Only some decoders support remixing audio, like AC-3,
              AAC or DTS. You can use --ad-lavc-downmix=no to make the decoder always output  its
              native  layout.)  One  consequence is that --audio-channels=stereo triggers decoder
              downmix, while auto or auto-safe never will, even if they end up selecting  stereo.
              This  happens  because  the  decision  whether  to use decoder downmix happens long
              before the audio device is opened.

              If the channel layout of the media file (i.e. the decoder)  and  the  AO's  channel
              layout  don't  match, mpv will attempt to insert a conversion filter.  You may need
              to change the channel layout of the system mixer to achieve your desired output  as
              mpv  does  not have control over it. Another work-around for this on some AOs is to
              use --audio-exclusive=yes to circumvent the system mixer entirely.


                        Using auto can cause issues when using  audio  over  HDMI.  The  OS  will
                        typically report all channel layouts that _can_ go over HDMI, even if the
                        receiver does not support them. If a receiver gets an unsupported channel
                        layout,  random  things  can  happen,  such  as  dropping  the additional
                        channels, or adding noise.

                        You are recommended to set an explicit whitelist of the layouts you want.
                        For  example,  most  A/V receivers connected via HDMI and that can do 7.1
                        would  be served by: --audio-channels=7.1,5.1,stereo

              Setting this option to attachment (default) will display  image  attachments  (e.g.
              album  cover  art) when playing audio files. It will display the first image found,
              and additional images are available as video tracks.

              Setting this option to no disables display of video  entirely  when  playing  audio

              This option has no influence on files with normal video tracks.

              Play audio from an external file while viewing a video.

              This is a path list option. See List Options for details.

              CLI/config  file  only alias for --audio-files-append. Each use of this option will
              add a new audio track. The details are similar to how --sub-file works.

              Select the sample format used for output from the audio filter layer to  the  sound
              card. The values that <format> can adopt are listed below in the description of the
              format audio filter.

              Select the output sample rate to be used (of course  sound  cards  have  limits  on
              this).  If  the  sample  frequency  selected  is different from that of the current
              media, the lavrresample audio filter will be inserted into the audio  filter  layer
              to compensate for the difference.

              Try  to  play consecutive audio files with no silence or disruption at the point of
              file change. Default: weak.

              no     Disable gapless audio.

              yes    The audio device is opened using parameters chosen for the first file played
                     and  is  then  kept  open for gapless playback. This means that if the first
                     file for example has a low sample rate, then the  following  files  may  get
                     resampled  to  the same low sample rate, resulting in reduced sound quality.
                     If you play files with different parameters, consider using options such  as
                     --audio-samplerate  and  --audio-format to explicitly select what the shared
                     output format will be.

              weak   Normally, the audio device is kept open  (using  the  format  it  was  first
                     initialized with). If the audio format the decoder output changes, the audio
                     device is closed and reopened. This means that you will normally get gapless
                     audio with files that were encoded using the same settings, but might not be
                     gapless in other cases.  The exact conditions under which the  audio  device
                     is  kept  open  is  an implementation detail, and can change from version to
                     version.  Currently, the device is kept even if the sample  format  changes,
                     but  the  sample  formats  are convertible.  If video is still going on when
                     there is still audio, trying to use gapless is also explicitly given up.

                 This feature is implemented in a simple manner and relies on audio output device
                 buffering  to  continue  playback  while  moving  from  one  file to another. If
                 playback of the new file starts slowly, for example because it is played from  a
                 remote  network  location  or  because  you  have  specified cache settings that
                 require time for the initial cache fill, then the buffered  audio  may  run  out
                 before playback of the new file can start.

       --initial-audio-sync, --no-initial-audio-sync
              When  starting  a  video  file or after events such as seeking, mpv will by default
              modify the audio stream to make it start from  the  same  timestamp  as  video,  by
              either  inserting silence at the start or cutting away the first samples. Disabling
              this option makes the player behave like older mpv versions did:  video  and  audio
              are  both started immediately even if their start timestamps differ, and then video
              timing is gradually adjusted if necessary to reach correct synchronization later.

       --volume-max=<100.0-1000.0>, --softvol-max=<...>
              Set the maximum amplification level in percent (default: 130). A value of 130  will
              allow you to adjust the volume up to about double the normal level.

              --softvol-max is a deprecated alias and should not be used.

       --audio-file-auto=<no|exact|fuzzy|all>, --no-audio-file-auto
              Load  additional  audio  files matching the video filename. The parameter specifies
              how external audio files are matched.

              no     Don't automatically load external audio files (default).

              exact  Load the media filename with audio file extension.

              fuzzy  Load all audio files containing media filename.

              all    Load all audio files in the current and --audio-file-paths directories.

              Equivalent to --sub-file-paths option, but for auto-loaded audio files.

              This is a path list option. See List Options for details.

              The application name the player reports to the audio API. Can be useful if you want
              to  force  a  different  audio  profile  (e.g. with PulseAudio), or to set your own
              application name when using libmpv.

              Set the audio output minimum buffer. The  audio  device  might  actually  create  a
              larger  buffer  if  it  pleases. If the device creates a smaller buffer, additional
              audio is buffered in an additional software buffer.

              Making this larger will make soft-volume and other filters react slower,  introduce
              additional  issues  on  playback speed change, and block the player on audio format
              changes. A smaller buffer might lead to audio dropouts.

              This option should  be  used  for  testing  only.  If  a  non-default  value  helps
              significantly, the mpv developers should be contacted.

              Default: 0.2 (200 ms).

              Cash-grab  consumer  audio  hardware  (such  as A/V receivers) often ignore initial
              audio sent over HDMI. This can happen every time audio over  HDMI  is  stopped  and
              resumed. In order to compensate for this, you can enable this option to not to stop
              and restart audio on seeks, and fill the gaps with silence. Likewise, when  pausing
              playback, audio is not stopped, and silence is played while paused. Note that if no
              audio track is selected, the audio device will still be closed immediately.

              Not all AOs support this.

              This makes sense for use with --audio-stream-silence=yes. If this option is  given,
              the player will wait for the given amount of seconds after opening the audio device
              before sending actual audio data to it. Useful if your expensive hardware  discards
              the first 1 or 2 seconds of audio data sent to it. If --audio-stream-silence=yes is
              not set, this option will likely just waste time.

          Changing styling and position does not work with all subtitles.  Image-based  subtitles
          (DVD, Bluray/PGS, DVB) cannot changed for fundamental reasons.  Subtitles in ASS format
          are normally not changed intentionally, but overriding  them  can  be  controlled  with

          Previously  some  options  working on text subtitles were called --sub-text-*, they are
          now named --sub-*, and those specifically for ASS have been  renamed  from  --ass-*  to
          --sub-ass-*.  They are now all in this section.

              Force  subtitle  demuxer  type  for --sub-file. Give the demuxer name as printed by

              Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds. Can be negative.

       --sub-files=<file-list>, --sub-file=<filename>
              Add a subtitle file to the list of external subtitles.

              If you use --sub-file only once, this subtitle file is displayed by default.

              If --sub-file is used multiple times, the  subtitle  to  use  can  be  switched  at
              runtime  by  cycling  subtitle tracks. It's possible to show two subtitles at once:
              use --sid to select the first subtitle index, and  --secondary-sid  to  select  the
              second  index. (The index is printed on the terminal output after the --sid= in the
              list of streams.)

              --sub-files is a path list option (see List Options  for  details),  and  can  take
              multiple file names separated by : (Unix) or ; (Windows), while  --sub-file takes a
              single filename, but can be used multiple times to add multiple files. Technically,
              --sub-file is a CLI/config file only alias for  --sub-files-append.

              Select  a  secondary  subtitle  stream.  This  is  similar to --sid. If a secondary
              subtitle is selected, it will be rendered as toptitle  (i.e.  on  the  top  of  the
              screen)  alongside  the normal subtitle, and provides a way to render two subtitles
              at once.

              There are some caveats associated with this feature. For example, bitmap  subtitles
              will  always be rendered in their usual position, so selecting a bitmap subtitle as
              secondary subtitle will result in overlapping subtitles.  Secondary  subtitles  are
              never shown on the terminal if video is disabled.

                 Styling  and interpretation of any formatting tags is disabled for the secondary
                 subtitle. Internally, the same mechanism as --no-sub-ass is used  to  strip  the

                 If  the main subtitle stream contains formatting tags which display the subtitle
                 at the top of the screen, it  will  overlap  with  the  secondary  subtitle.  To
                 prevent this, you could use --no-sub-ass to disable styling in the main subtitle

              Factor for the text subtitle font size (default: 1).

                 This affects  ASS  subtitles  as  well,  and  may  lead  to  incorrect  subtitle
                 rendering. Use with care, or use --sub-font-size instead.

              Whether  to  scale  subtitles  with  the  window  size  (default:  yes). If this is
              disabled, changing the window size won't change the subtitle font size.

              Like --sub-scale, this can break ASS subtitles.

              Make the subtitle font size relative to the window, instead of the video.  This  is
              useful  if  you always want the same font size, even if the video doesn't cover the
              window fully, e.g. because screen aspect and window aspect mismatch (and the player
              adds black bars).

              Default: yes.

              This  option is misnamed. The difference to the confusingly similar sounding option
              --sub-scale-by-window  is  that  --sub-scale-with-window  still  scales  with   the
              approximate window size, while the other option disables this scaling.

              Affects  plain  text  subtitles  only  (or  ASS  if  --sub-ass-override is set high

              Like --sub-scale-with-window, but affects  subtitles  in  ASS  format  only.   Like
              --sub-scale, this can break ASS subtitles.

              Default: no.

              Use  fonts  embedded  in  Matroska  container files and ASS scripts (default: yes).
              These fonts can be used for SSA/ASS subtitle rendering.

              Specify the position of subtitles on the screen. The value is the vertical position
              of the subtitle in % of the screen height.

                 This  affects  ASS  subtitles  as  well,  and  may  lead  to  incorrect subtitle
                 rendering. Use with care, or use --sub-margin-y instead.

              Multiply the subtitle event timestamps with the given value. Can be used to fix the
              playback speed for frame-based subtitle formats. Affects text subtitles only.


                        --sub-speed=25/23.976  plays frame based subtitles which have been loaded
                        assuming a framerate of 23.976 at 25 FPS.

              Override some style or script info parameters.

              This is a string list option. See List Options for details.


                 · --sub-ass-force-style=FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1

                 · --sub-ass-force-style=PlayResY=768

                 Using this option may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering.

              Set font hinting type. <type> can be:

              none   no hinting (default)

              light  FreeType autohinter, light mode

              normal FreeType autohinter, normal mode

              native font native hinter


                        Enabling hinting can lead  to  mispositioned  text  (in  situations  it's
                        supposed  to  match  up  video  background),  or reduce the smoothness of
                        animations with some badly authored ASS scripts. It is recommended to not
                        use this option, unless really needed.

              Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

              Set the text layout engine used by libass.

              simple uses Fribidi only, fast, doesn't render some languages correctly

                     uses HarfBuzz, slower, wider language support

              complex  is  the  default.  If libass hasn't been compiled against HarfBuzz, libass
              silently reverts to simple.

              Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them for rendering text
              subtitles.  The  syntax  of the file is exactly like the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles]
              section of SSA/ASS.

                 Using this option may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering.

              Control whether user style overrides should be applied.  Note  that  all  of  these
              overrides  try to be somewhat smart about figuring out whether or not a subtitle is
              considered a "sign".

              no     Render subtitles as specified by the subtitle scripts, without overrides.

              yes    Apply all the --sub-ass-* style override options. Changing the  default  for
                     any of these options can lead to incorrect subtitle rendering (default).

              force  Like yes, but also force all --sub-* options. Can break rendering easily.

              scale  Like yes, but also apply --sub-scale.

              strip  Radically  strip  all  ASS  tags  and  styles  from  the  subtitle.  This is
                     equivalent to the old --no-ass / --no-sub-ass options.

              This also controls some bitmap subtitle overrides, as well as HTML tags in  formats
              like SRT, despite the name of the option.

              Enables  placing  toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they are available,
              if the subtitles are in the ASS format.

              Default: no.

              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they  are  available,
              if  the  subtitles are in a plain text format  (or ASS if --sub-ass-override is set
              high enough).

              Default: yes.

              Renamed from --sub-ass-use-margins. To place ASS subtitles in the borders too (like
              the old option did), also add --sub-ass-force-margins.

              Stretch  SSA/ASS  subtitles  when  playing anamorphic videos for compatibility with
              traditional VSFilter behavior. This switch has no effect when the video  is  stored
              with square pixels.

              The  renderer  historically  most  commonly  used for the SSA/ASS subtitle formats,
              VSFilter, had questionable behavior that resulted in subtitles being stretched  too
              if  the  video  was  stored in anamorphic format that required scaling for display.
              This behavior is  usually  undesirable  and  newer  VSFilter  versions  may  behave
              differently.  However,  many  existing  scripts  compensate  for  the stretching by
              modifying things in the opposite direction.  Thus, if such  scripts  are  displayed
              "correctly",  they  will  not appear as intended.  This switch enables emulation of
              the old VSFilter behavior (undesirable but expected by many existing scripts).

              Enabled by default.

              Scale \blur tags by video resolution  instead  of  script  resolution  (enabled  by
              default).  This is bug in VSFilter, which according to some, can't be fixed anymore
              in the name of compatibility.

              Note that this uses the actual video resolution for calculating  the  offset  scale
              factor, not what the video filter chain or the video output use.

              Mangle  colors  like  (xy-)vsfilter do (default: basic). Historically, VSFilter was
              not color space aware. This was no problem as long as the color space used  for  SD
              video  (BT.601) was used. But when everything switched to HD (BT.709), VSFilter was
              still converting RGB colors to BT.601, rendered them  into  the  video  frame,  and
              handled  the  frame  to  the video output, which would use BT.709 for conversion to
              RGB. The result were mangled subtitle colors. Later on, bad hacks were added on top
              of the ASS format to control how colors are to be mangled.

              basic  Handle  only BT.601->BT.709 mangling, if the subtitles seem to indicate that
                     this is required (default).

              full   Handle the full YCbCr Matrix header with all video color spaces supported by
                     libass  and mpv. This might lead to bad breakages in corner cases and is not
                     strictly needed for compatibility (hopefully), which  is  why  this  is  not

                     Force BT.601->BT.709 mangling, regardless of subtitle headers or video color

              no     Disable color mangling completely. All colors are RGB.

              Choosing anything other than no will make the subtitle color depend  on  the  video
              color space, and it's for example in theory not possible to reuse a subtitle script
              with another video file. The --sub-ass-override  option  doesn't  affect  how  this
              option is interpreted.

              Stretch  DVD  subtitles  when playing anamorphic videos for better looking fonts on
              badly mastered DVDs. This switch has no effect when the video is stored with square
              pixels - which for DVD input cannot be the case though.

              Many  studios  tend  to  use bitmap fonts designed for square pixels when authoring
              DVDs, causing the fonts to look stretched on playback on DVD players.  This  option
              fixes  them, however at the price of possibly misaligning some subtitles (e.g. sign

              Disabled by default.

              Stretch DVD and other image subtitles to the screen, ignoring  the  video  margins.
              This  has a similar effect as --sub-use-margins for text subtitles, except that the
              text itself will be stretched, not only just repositioned. (At least in general  it
              is  unavoidable,  as  an  image  bitmap  can  in  theory consist of a single bitmap
              covering the whole screen, and the player won't know where exactly the  text  parts
              are located.)

              This option does not display subtitles correctly. Use with care.

              Disabled by default.

              Override  the  image  subtitle  resolution with the video resolution (default: no).
              Normally, the subtitle canvas is fit into  the  video  canvas  (e.g.  letterboxed).
              Setting  this  option uses the video size as subtitle canvas size. Can be useful to
              test broken subtitles, which often happen  when  the  video  was  trancoded,  while
              attempting to keep the old subtitles.

       --sub-ass, --no-sub-ass
              Render ASS subtitles natively (enabled by default).

                 This  has  been  deprecated  by  --sub-ass-override=strip.  You  also  may  need
                 --embeddedfonts=no    to    get    the    same     behavior.     Also,     using
                 --sub-ass-override=style  should  give better results without breaking subtitles
                 too much.

              If --no-sub-ass is specified, all tags and  style  declarations  are  stripped  and
              ignored  on  display. The subtitle renderer uses the font style as specified by the
              --sub- options instead.

                 Using --no-sub-ass may lead to  incorrect  or  completely  broken  rendering  of
                 ASS/SSA  subtitles.  It can sometimes be useful to forcibly override the styling
                 of ASS subtitles, but should be avoided in general.

       --sub-auto=<no|exact|fuzzy|all>, --no-sub-auto
              Load additional subtitle files matching the video filename. The parameter specifies
              how external subtitle files are matched. exact is enabled by default.

              no     Don't automatically load external subtitle files.

              exact  Load the media filename with subtitle file extension (default).

              fuzzy  Load all subs containing media filename.

              all    Load all subs in the current and --sub-file-paths directories.

              You  can use this option to specify the subtitle codepage. uchardet will be used to
              guess the charset. (If mpv was not  compiled  with  uchardet,  then  utf-8  is  the
              effective default.)

              The default value for this option is auto, which enables autodetection.

              The following steps are taken to determine the final codepage, in order:

              · if the specific codepage has a +, use that codepage

              · if the data looks like UTF-8, assume it is UTF-8

              · if --sub-codepage is set to a specific codepage, use that

              · run uchardet, and if successful, use that

              · otherwise, use UTF-8-BROKEN


                 · --sub-codepage=latin2 Use Latin 2 if input is not UTF-8.

                 · --sub-codepage=+cp1250 Always force recoding to cp1250.

              The  pseudo  codepage  UTF-8-BROKEN  is used internally. If it's set, subtitles are
              interpreted as UTF-8 with "Latin 1" as fallback for bytes which are not valid UTF-8
              sequences. iconv is never involved in this mode.

              This  option changed in mpv 0.23.0. Support for the old syntax was fully removed in
              mpv 0.24.0.

              Adjust subtitle timing is to remove minor gaps or overlaps  between  subtitles  (if
              the difference is smaller than 210 ms, the gap or overlap is removed).

              Display  only  forced  subtitles  for  the  DVD  subtitle  stream  selected by e.g.

              Specify the framerate of the subtitle  file  (default:  video  fps).  Affects  text
              subtitles only.

                 <rate>  >  video  fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based subtitle files and
                 slows them down for time-based ones.

              See also: --sub-speed.

              Apply Gaussian blur to  image  subtitles  (default:  0).  This  can  help  to  make
              pixelated  DVD/Vobsubs  look  nicer. A value other than 0 also switches to software
              subtitle scaling. Might be slow.

                 Never applied to text subtitles.

              Convert image subtitles to grayscale. Can help  to  make  yellow  DVD/Vobsubs  look

                 Never applied to text subtitles.

              Deprecated, use --sub-file-paths.

              Specify  extra  directories  to  search for subtitles matching the video.  Multiple
              directories can be separated by ":" (";" on Windows).  Paths  can  be  relative  or
              absolute.  Relative paths are interpreted relative to video file directory.  If the
              file is a URL, only absolute paths  and  sub  configuration  subdirectory  will  be


                        Assuming      that     /path/to/video/video.avi     is     played     and
                        --sub-file-paths=sub:subtitles is specified, mpv  searches  for  subtitle
                        files in these directories:

                 · /path/to/video/

                 · /path/to/video/sub/

                 · /path/to/video/subtitles/

                 · the sub configuration subdirectory (usually ~/.config/mpv/sub/)

              This is a path list option. See List Options for details.

       --sub-visibility, --no-sub-visibility
              Can be used to disable display of subtitles, but still select and decode them.

              (Obscure,  rarely  useful.)  Can  be  used  to play broken mkv files with duplicate
              ReadOrder fields. ReadOrder is the first field in  a  Matroska-style  ASS  subtitle
              packets.  It  should  be  unique,  and  libass  uses  it  for  fast  elimination of
              duplicates. This option disables caching of subtitles across seeks, so after a seek
              libass can't eliminate subtitle packets with the same ReadOrder as earlier packets.

              This  works for dvb_teletext subtitle streams, and if FFmpeg has been compiled with
              support for it.

              Specify font to use for subtitles that do not themselves specify a particular font.
              The default is sans-serif.


                 · --sub-font='Bitstream Vera Sans'

                 · --sub-font='Comic Sans MS'

                 The  --sub-font option (and many other style related --sub- options) are ignored
                 when ASS-subtitles are rendered, unless the --no-sub-ass option is specified.

                 This used to support fontconfig patterns.  Starting  with  libass  0.13.0,  this
                 stopped working.

              Specify the sub font size. The unit is the size in scaled pixels at a window height
              of 720. The actual pixel size is scaled with  the  window  height:  if  the  window
              height  is  larger  or  smaller  than 720, the actual size of the text increases or
              decreases as well.

              Default: 55.

              See  --sub-color.   Color   used   for   sub   text   background.   You   can   use
              --sub-shadow-offset to change its size relative to the text.

              Gaussian blur factor. 0 means no blur applied (default).

              Format text on bold.

              Format text on italic.

              See --sub-color. Color used for the sub font border.

                 ignored when --sub-back-color is specified (or more exactly: when that option is
                 not set to completely transparent).

              Size of the sub font border in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for  details).  A
              value of 0 disables borders.

              Default: 3.

              Specify the color used for unstyled text subtitles.

              The  color  is specified in the form r/g/b, where each color component is specified
              as number in the range 0.0 to 1.0. It's also possible to specify  the  transparency
              by  using  r/g/b/a,  where the alpha value 0 means fully transparent, and 1.0 means
              opaque. If the alpha component is not given, the color is 100% opaque.

              Passing a single number to the option sets the sub to gray,  and  the  form  gray/a
              lets you specify alpha additionally.


                 · --sub-color=1.0/0.0/0.0 set sub to opaque red

                 · --sub-color=1.0/0.0/0.0/0.75 set sub to opaque red with 75% alpha

                 · --sub-color=0.5/0.75 set sub to 50% gray with 75% alpha

              Alternatively, the color can be specified as a RGB hex triplet in the form #RRGGBB,
              where each 2-digit group expresses a color value in the range 0 (00) to  255  (FF).
              For  example,  #FF0000  is red.  This is similar to web colors. Alpha is given with


                 · --sub-color='#FF0000' set sub to opaque red

                 · --sub-color='#C0808080' set sub to 50% gray with 75% alpha

              Left and right screen margin for the subs in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for

              This  option  specifies  the  distance  of the sub to the left, as well as at which
              distance from the right border long sub text will be broken.

              Default: 25.

              Top and bottom screen margin for the subs in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for

              This option specifies the vertical margins of unstyled text subtitles.  If you just
              want to raise the vertical subtitle position, use --sub-pos.

              Default: 22.

              Control to which corner of the screen text subtitles should be aligned to (default:

              Never  applied  to  ASS subtitles, except in --no-sub-ass mode. Likewise, this does
              not apply to image subtitles.

              Vertical position (default: bottom).  Details see --sub-align-x.

              Control how multi line subs are justified irrespective of where  they  are  aligned
              (default: auto which justifies as defined by --sub-align-y).  Left justification is
              recommended to make the subs easier to read as it is easier for the eyes.

              Applies  justification  as  defined  by   --sub-justify   on   ASS   subtitles   if
              --sub-ass-override is not set to no.  Default: no.

              See --sub-color. Color used for sub text shadow.

              Displacement  of  the  sub  text  shadow  in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for
              details). A value of 0 disables shadows.

              Default: 0.

              Horizontal sub font spacing in scaled pixels  (see  --sub-font-size  for  details).
              This value is added to the normal letter spacing. Negative values are allowed.

              Default: 0.

              Applies  filter  removing subtitle additions for the deaf or hard-of-hearing (SDH).
              This is intended for English, but may in part work for other  languages  too.   The
              intention  is  that it can be always enabled so may not remove all parts added.  It
              removes speaker labels (like MAN:), upper case text in parentheses and any text  in

              Default: no.

              Do harder SDH filtering (if enabled by --sub-filter-sdh).  Will also remove speaker
              labels and text within parentheses using both lower and upper case letters.

              Default: no.

              For every video stream, create a closed captions  track  (default:  no).  The  only
              purpose  is  to  make  the  track available for selection at the start of playback,
              instead of creating it lazily. This applies only to ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions
              (displayed  by  mpv  as  subtitle  tracks using the codec eia_608). The CC track is
              marked "default" and selected according to  the  normal  subtitle  track  selection
              rules. You can then use --sid to explicitly select the correct track too.

              If  the  video stream contains no closed captions, or if no video is being decoded,
              the CC track will remain empty and will not show any text.

              Which libass font provider backend to use (default: auto). auto will attempt to use
              the  native  font  provider:  fontconfig  on Linux, CoreText on OSX, DirectWrite on
              Windows. fontconfig forces fontconfig, if libass was built with support (if not, it
              behaves like none).

              The  none font provider effectively disables system fonts. It will still attempt to
              use embedded fonts (unless --embeddedfonts=no is set; this is the same behavior  as
              with  all  other  font providers), subfont.ttf if provided, and fonts in  the fonts
              sub-directory if provided. (The fallback is more strict than  that  of  other  font
              providers,  and if a font name does not match, it may prefer not to render any text
              that uses the missing font.)

              Set the window title. This is used for the video window, and if possible, also sets
              the audio stream title.

              Properties are expanded. (See Property Expansion.)

                 There  is  a  danger  of  this  causing  significant CPU usage, depending on the
                 properties used. Changing the window title is often a slow operation, and if the
                 title changes every frame, playback can be ruined.

              In  multi-monitor  configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans across multiple
              displays), this option tells mpv which screen to display the video on.

                 Note (X11)

                        This option does not work properly with all  window  managers.  In  these
                        cases,  you  can try to use --geometry to position the window explicitly.
                        It's also possible that the window manager provides  native  features  to
                        control which screens application windows should use.

              See also --fs-screen.

       --fullscreen, --fs
              Fullscreen playback.

              In  multi-monitor  configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans across multiple
              displays), this option tells mpv which screen to go fullscreen to.  If  current  is
              used mpv will fallback on what the user provided with the screen option.

                 Note (X11)

                        This option works properly only with window managers which understand the
                        EWMH _NET_WM_FULLSCREEN_MONITORS hint.

                 Note (OS X)

                        all does not work on OS X and will behave like current.

              See also --screen.

              Do not terminate when playing or seeking beyond the end of the file, and  there  is
              not  next  file  to be played (and --loop is not used).  Instead, pause the player.
              When trying to seek beyond end of the file, the player will attempt to seek to  the
              last frame.

              Normally,  this will act like set pause yes on EOF, unless the --keep-open-pause=no
              option is set.

              The following arguments can be given:

              no     If the current file ends, go to the next file or terminate.  (Default.)

              yes    Don't terminate if the current file is the last playlist entry.   Equivalent
                     to --keep-open without arguments.

              always Like  yes,  but  also  applies to files before the last playlist entry. This
                     means playback will never automatically advance to the next file.

                 This option is not respected when using --frames.  Explicitly  skipping  to  the
                 next file if the binding uses force will terminate playback as well.

                 Also, if errors or unusual circumstances happen, the player can quit anyway.

              Since mpv 0.6.0, this doesn't pause if there is a next file in the playlist, or the
              playlist is looped. Approximately, this will pause when the player  would  normally
              exit,  but  in  practice there are corner cases in which this is not the case (e.g.
              mpv --keep-open file.mkv /dev/null will play file.mkv normally, then fail  to  open
              /dev/null, then exit). (In mpv 0.8.0, always was introduced, which restores the old

              If set to no, instead of pausing when --keep-open is active, just stop  at  end  of
              file  and continue playing forward when you seek backwards until end where it stops
              again. Default: yes.

              If the current file is an image, play the image for the  given  amount  of  seconds
              (default:  1).  inf  means  the  file  is  kept  open forever (until the user stops
              playback manually).

              Unlike --keep-open, the player is not paused, but simply continues  playback  until
              the time has elapsed. (It should not use any resources during "playback".)

              This  affects  image  files,  which are defined as having only 1 video frame and no
              audio. The player may recognize  certain  non-images  as  images,  for  example  if
              --length is used to reduce the length to 1 frame, or if you seek to the last frame.

              This  option  does  not  affect  the framerate used for mf:// or --merge-files. For
              that, use --mf-fps instead.

              Setting --image-display-duration hides the OSC and does not track playback time  on
              the command-line output, and also does not duplicate the image frame when encoding.
              To force the player into  "dumb  mode"  and  actually  count  out  seconds,  or  to
              duplicate   the   image   when   encoding,   you   need   to   use   --demuxer=lavf
              --demuxer-lavf-o=loop=1, and use --length or --frames to stop  after  a  particular

              Create  a  video  output  window even if there is no video. This can be useful when
              pretending that mpv is a GUI application. Currently, the window always has the size
              640x480, and is subject to --geometry, --autofit, and similar options.

                 The  window  is  created  only after initialization (to make sure default window
                 placement still works if the video size is  different  from  the  --force-window
                 default  window  size).  This  can  be  a problem if initialization doesn't work
                 perfectly, such as when opening URLs with bad  network  connection,  or  opening
                 broken  video  files. The immediate mode can be used to create the window always
                 on program start, but this may cause other issues.

       --taskbar-progress, --no-taskbar-progress
              (Windows only) Enable/disable playback progress rendering in taskbar (Windows 7 and

              Enabled by default.

              (Windows only) Snap the player window to screen edges.

              Makes the player window stay on top of other windows.

              On  Windows,  if  combined  with  fullscreen mode, this causes mpv to be treated as
              exclusive fullscreen window that bypasses the Desktop Window Manager.

              (OS X only) Sets the level of an ontop window (default: window).

              window On top of all other windows.

              system On top of system elements like Taskbar, Menubar and Dock.

              level  A level as integer.

       --border, --no-border
              Play video with window border and decorations. Since this is  on  by  default,  use
              --no-border to disable the standard window decorations.

       --fit-border, --no-fit-border
              (Windows  only)  Fit  the  whole  window with border and decorations on the screen.
              Since this is on by default, use --no-fit-border to make mpv try to only fit client
              area with video on the screen. This behavior only applied to window/video with size
              exceeding size of the screen.

              (X11 only) Show the video window on all virtual desktops.

       --geometry=<[W[xH]][+-x+-y]>, --geometry=<x:y>
              Adjust the initial window position or size. W and H set the window size in  pixels.
              x and y set the window position, measured in pixels from the top-left corner of the
              screen to the top-left corner of the image being displayed. If  a  percentage  sign
              (%) is given after the argument, it turns the value into a percentage of the screen
              size in that direction.  Positions  are  specified  similar  to  the  standard  X11
              --geometry option format, in which e.g. +10-50 means "place 10 pixels from the left
              border and 50 pixels from the lower border" and "--20+-10" means "place  20  pixels
              beyond the right and 10 pixels beyond the top border".

              If an external window is specified using the --wid option, this option is ignored.

              The coordinates are relative to the screen given with --screen for the video output
              drivers that fully support --screen.

                 Generally only supported by GUI VOs. Ignored for encoding.

                 Note (X11)

                        This option does not work properly with all window managers.


                 50:40  Places the window at x=50, y=40.

                        Places the window in the middle of the screen.

                        Places the window at the bottom right corner of the screen.

                 50%    Sets the window width to half the screen width. Window height is  set  so
                        that the window has the video aspect ratio.

                        Forces  the  window width and height to half the screen width and height.
                        Will show black borders to compensate for the video  aspect  ratio  (with
                        most VOs and without --no-keepaspect).

                        Sets  the  window  to  half the screen widths, and positions it 10 pixels
                        below/left of the top left corner of the screen.

              See also --autofit and --autofit-larger for fitting the window into  a  given  size
              without changing aspect ratio.

              Set  the  initial  window size to a maximum size specified by WxH, without changing
              the window's aspect ratio. The size is measured  in  pixels,  or  if  a  number  is
              followed by a percentage sign (%), in percents of the screen size.

              This  option  never  changes  the  aspect  ratio of the window. If the aspect ratio
              mismatches, the window's size is reduced until it fits into the specified size.

              Window position is not taken into account, nor is it modified by this  option  (the
              window  manager  still  may  place  the  window differently depending on size). Use
              --geometry to change the window  position.  Its  effects  are  applied  after  this

              See --geometry for details how this is handled with multi-monitor setups.

              Use  --autofit-larger  instead  if  you  just want to limit the maximum size of the
              window, rather than always forcing a window size.

              Use --geometry if you want to force both window width  and  height  to  a  specific

                 Generally only supported by GUI VOs. Ignored for encoding.


                 70%    Make the window width 70% of the screen size, keeping aspect ratio.

                 1000   Set the window width to 1000 pixels, keeping aspect ratio.

                        Make the window as large as possible, without being wider than 70% of the
                        screen width, or higher than 60% of the screen height.

              This option behaves exactly like --autofit, except the window size is only  changed
              if the window would be larger than the specified size.


                        If  the video is larger than 90% of the screen width or 80% of the screen
                        height, make the window smaller until either its  width  is  90%  of  the
                        screen, or its height is 80% of the screen.

              This option behaves exactly like --autofit, except that it sets the minimum size of
              the window (just as --autofit-larger sets the maximum).


                        Make the window at least 500 pixels wide and 500 pixels  high  (depending
                        on the video aspect ratio, the width or height will be larger than 500 in
                        order to keep the aspect ratio the same).

              Resize the video window to a multiple (or fraction) of the video size. This  option
              is  applied  before  --autofit and other options are applied (so they override this

              For example, --window-scale=0.5 would show the window at half the video size.

              Whether the video window is minimized  or  not.  Setting  this  will  minimize,  or
              unminimze,  the  video window if the current VO supports it. Note that some VOs may
              support minimization while not supporting unminimization (eg: Wayland).

              Whether this option and --window-maximized work on program start or at runtime, and
              whether  they're  (at  runtime) updated to reflect the actual window state, heavily
              depends on the VO and the windowing system. Some VOs simply do not  implement  them
              or  parts  of  them,  while  other  VOs  may be restricted by the windowing systems
              (especially Wayland).

              Whether the video window is maximized  or  not.  Setting  this  will  maximize,  or
              unmaximize,  the video window if the current VO supports it. See --window-minimized
              for further remarks.

              Make mouse cursor automatically hide after given number of milliseconds.   no  will
              disable cursor autohide. always means the cursor will stay hidden.

              If  this  option  is  given,  the  cursor  is  always  visible in windowed mode. In
              fullscreen mode, the cursor is shown or hidden according to --cursor-autohide.

       --no-fixed-vo, --fixed-vo
              --no-fixed-vo enforces closing and reopening the video window  for  multiple  files
              (one (un)initialization for each file).

              Change  how  some  video  outputs  render the OSD and text subtitles. This does not
              change appearance of the subtitles and only has performance implications.  For  VOs
              which  support  native  ASS  rendering  (like  gpu,  vdpau,  direct3d), this can be
              slightly faster or slower, depending on GPU drivers and hardware.  For  other  VOs,
              this just makes rendering slower.

              Forcefully  move  mpv's video output window to default location whenever there is a
              change in video parameters, video stream or file.  This  used  to  be  the  default
              behavior. Currently only affects X11 VOs.

       --no-keepaspect, --keepaspect
              --no-keepaspect  will always stretch the video to window size, and will disable the
              window manager hints that force the window aspect ratio.   (Ignored  in  fullscreen

       --no-keepaspect-window, --keepaspect-window
              --keepaspect-window  (the  default)  will lock the window size to the video aspect.
              --no-keepaspect-window disables this behavior, and will instead add black  bars  if
              window aspect and video aspect mismatch. Whether this actually works depends on the
              VO backend.  (Ignored in fullscreen mode.)

              Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen. A value of 0 disables a previous
              setting  (e.g.  in  the config file). Overrides the --monitorpixelaspect setting if

              See also --monitorpixelaspect and --video-aspect-override.


                 · --monitoraspect=4:3  or --monitoraspect=1.3333

                 · --monitoraspect=16:9 or --monitoraspect=1.7777

       --hidpi-window-scale, --no-hidpi-window-scale
              (OS X, X11, and Wayland only) Scale the window size according to the backing  scale
              factor  (default:  yes).  On regular HiDPI resolutions the window opens with double
              the size but appears as having the same size as on none-HiDPI resolutions. This  is
              the default OS X behavior.

       --native-fs, --no-native-fs
              (OS X only) Uses the native fullscreen mechanism of the OS (default: yes).

              Set the aspect of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen (default: 1). A value
              of 1 means square pixels (correct for (almost?) all LCDs). See also --monitoraspect
              and --video-aspect-override.

       --stop-screensaver, --no-stop-screensaver
              Turns off the screensaver (or screen blanker and similar mechanisms) at startup and
              turns it on again on exit (default: yes). The screensaver is always re-enabled when
              the player is paused.

              This  is  not  supported  on  all  video  outputs  or  platforms.  Sometimes  it is
              implemented, but does not work (especially with Linux "desktops").

              This tells mpv to attach to an existing window. If a VO is selected  that  supports
              this  option, it will use that window for video output. mpv will scale the video to
              the size of this window, and will add black bars to compensate if the aspect  ratio
              of the video is different.

              On  X11,  the  ID  is  interpreted as a Window on X11. Unlike MPlayer/mplayer2, mpv
              always creates its own window, and sets the wid window as parent. The  window  will
              always  be  resized  to  cover  the parent window fully. The value 0 is interpreted
              specially, and mpv will draw directly on the root window.

              On win32, the ID is interpreted as HWND. Pass it as value  cast  to  intptr_t.  mpv
              will create its own window, and set the wid window as parent, like with X11.

              On  OSX/Cocoa, the ID is interpreted as NSView*. Pass it as value cast to intptr_t.
              mpv will create its own sub-view. Because OSX does not support window embedding  of
              foreign  processes,  this works only with libmpv, and will crash when used from the
              command line.

              On Android, the ID is interpreted as android.view.Surface. Pass it as a value  cast
              to  intptr_t.  Use  with  --vo=mediacodec_embed  and  --hwdec=mediacodec for direct
              rendering using MediaCodec, or with --vo=gpu --gpu-context=android (with or without

              Don't move the window when clicking on it and moving the mouse pointer.

              Set the window class name for X11-based video output methods.

              (X11 only) Control the use of NetWM protocol features.

              This  may  or  may  not  help  with  broken  window  managers.  This  provides some
              functionality that was implemented by the now removed --fstype  option.   Actually,
              it  is  not  known  to  the  developers  to which degree this option was needed, so
              feedback is welcome.

              Specifically, yes  will  force  use  of  NetWM  fullscreen  support,  even  if  not
              advertised  by  the WM. This can be useful for WMs that are broken on purpose, like
              XMonad. (XMonad supposedly doesn't advertise fullscreen support, because Flash uses
              it.  Apparently,  applications  which want to use fullscreen anyway are supposed to
              either ignore the NetWM support hints, or provide a workaround. Shame on XMonad for
              deliberately breaking X protocols (as if X isn't bad enough already).

              By default, NetWM support is autodetected (auto).

              This option might be removed in the future.

              If  set  to  yes,  then  ask  the compositor to unredirect the mpv window (default:
              fs-only). This uses the _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR hint.

              fs-only asks the window manager to disable the compositor only in fullscreen mode.

              no sets _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR to 0, which is the default value as  declared  by
              the EWMH specification, i.e. no change is done.

              never asks the window manager to never disable the compositor.

   Disc Devices
              Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/cdrom).

              Specify the DVD device or .iso filename (default: /dev/dvd). You can also specify a
              directory that contains files previously copied directly  from  a  DVD  (with  e.g.


                        mpv dvd:// --dvd-device=/path/to/dvd/

              (Blu-ray  only) Specify the Blu-ray disc location. Must be a directory with Blu-ray


                        mpv bd:// --bluray-device=/path/to/bd/

              These options can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of mpv.

              Set CD spin speed.

              Set paranoia level. Values other than 0 seem to break playback of anything but  the
              first track.

              0      disable checking (default)

              1      overlap checking only

              2      full data correction and verification

              Set atomic read size.

              Force minimum overlap search during verification to <value> sectors.

              Assume  that  the  beginning  offset  of  track  1  as  reported in the TOC will be
              addressed as LBA 0. Some discs need this for getting track boundaries correctly.

              Add <value> sectors  to  the  values  reported  when  addressing  tracks.   May  be

              (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

              Print  CD  text.  This  is  disabled  by default, because it ruins performance with
              CD-ROM drives for unknown reasons.

              Try to limit DVD speed (default: 0, no change). DVD base speed is 1385 kB/s, so  an
              8x  drive  can  read  at speeds up to 11080 kB/s. Slower speeds make the drive more
              quiet. For watching DVDs, 2700 kB/s should be quiet and fast enough. mpv resets the
              speed  to  the  drive default value on close.  Values of at least 100 mean speed in
              kB/s. Values less than 100 mean multiples of 1385 kB/s, i.e. --dvd-speed=8  selects
              11080 kB/s.

                 You need write access to the DVD device to change the speed.

              Some  DVDs  contain  scenes  that  can be viewed from multiple angles.  This option
              tells mpv which angle to use (default: 1).

              Adjust the brightness of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all  video
              output drivers.

              Adjust  the  contrast  of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video
              output drivers.

              Adjust the saturation of the video signal  (default:  0).  You  can  get  grayscale
              output with this option. Not supported by all video output drivers.

              Adjust  the  gamma  of  the  video  signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video
              output drivers.

              Adjust the hue of the video signal (default: 0). You can get a colored negative  of
              the image with this option. Not supported by all video output drivers.

              Force  demuxer  type.  Use  a  '+' before the name to force it; this will skip some
              checks. Give the demuxer name as printed by --demuxer=help.

              Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

              Whether to probe stream information (default:  auto).  Technically,  this  controls
              whether  libavformat's avformat_find_stream_info() function is called. Usually it's
              safer to call it, but it can also make startup slower.

              The auto choice (the default) tries to skip this for a  few  know-safe  whitelisted
              formats, while calling it for everything else.

              The  nostreams  choice  only  calls  it if and only if the file seems to contain no
              streams after opening (helpful in cases when calling  the  function  is  needed  to
              detect streams at all, such as with FLV files).

              Minimum required libavformat probe score. Lower values will require less data to be
              loaded (makes streams start faster), but makes file format detection less reliable.
              Can  be  used  to  force  auto-detected  libavformat  demuxers, even if libavformat
              considers the detection not reliable enough. (Default: 26.)

              Allow deriving the format from the HTTP MIME type (default: yes). Set this to no in
              case  playing  things from HTTP mysteriously fails, even though the same files work
              from local disk.

              This is default in order to reduce latency when opening HTTP streams.

              Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

              By default, some  formats  will  be  handled  differently  from  other  formats  by
              explicitly  checking  for  them.  Most  of  these compensate for weird or imperfect
              behavior from libavformat demuxers. Passing no disables these.  For  debugging  and
              testing only.

              Pass AVOptions to libavformat demuxer.

              Note,  a  patch  to  make  the o= unneeded and pass all unknown options through the
              AVOption system is welcome. A full list of AVOptions can be  found  in  the  FFmpeg
              manual. Note that some options may conflict with mpv options.

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.



              Maximum  amount of data to probe during the detection phase. In the case of MPEG-TS
              this value identifies the maximum number of TS packets to scan.

              Size of the stream read buffer allocated for libavformat in bytes (default: 32768).
              Lowering  the  size could lower latency. Note that libavformat might reallocate the
              buffer internally, or not fully use all of it.

              Attempt to linearize timestamp resets in demuxed streams (default: auto).  This was
              tested  only  for single audio streams. It's unknown whether it works correctly for
              video (but likely won't). Note that the implementation is slightly incorrect either
              way, and will introduce a discontinuity by about 1 codec frame size.

              The  auto  mode  enables  this  for  OGG  audio  stream. This covers the common and
              annoying case of OGG web radio streams. Some of these will reset  timestamps  to  0
              every  time a new song begins. This breaks the mpv seekable cache, which can't deal
              with timestamp resets. Note that FFmpeg/libavformat's seeking API can't  deal  with
              this  either;  it's likely that if this option breaks this even more, while if it's
              disabled, you can at least seek within the first song  in  the  stream.  Well,  you
              won't get anything useful either way if the seek is outside of mpv's cache.

              Propagate  FFmpeg-level  options  to recursively opened connections (default: yes).
              This is needed because FFmpeg will apply these settings  to  nested  AVIO  contexts
              automatically. On the other hand, this could break in certain situations - it's the
              FFmpeg API, you just can't win.

              This  affects  in  particular  the  --timeout  option  and  anything  passed   with

              If  this  option  is  deemed  unnecessary  at  some point in the future, it will be
              removed without notice.

       --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll=<yes|index|no>, --mkv-subtitle-preroll
              Try harder to show embedded soft subtitles when seeking somewhere. Normally, it can
              happen  that the subtitle at the seek target is not shown due to how some container
              file formats are designed. The subtitles appear only if seeking before  or  exactly
              to  the  position a subtitle first appears. To make this worse, subtitles are often
              timed to appear a very small amount before the  associated  video  frame,  so  that
              seeking to the video frame typically does not demux the subtitle at that position.

              Enabling  this  option  makes  the demuxer start reading data a bit before the seek
              target, so that subtitles appear correctly. Note that this  makes  seeking  slower,
              and is not guaranteed to always work. It only works if the subtitle is close enough
              to the seek target.

              Works with the internal Matroska demuxer only.  Always  enabled  for  absolute  and
              hr-seeks, and this option changes behavior with relative or imprecise seeks only.

              You can use the --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll-secs option to specify how much data
              the demuxer should pre-read at most in order to  find  subtitle  packets  that  may
              overlap. Setting this to 0 will effectively disable this preroll mechanism. Setting
              a very large value can make seeking very slow, and an extremely large  value  would
              completely reread the entire file from start to seek target on every seek - seeking
              can become slower towards the end of the file. The details are messy, and the value
              is actually rounded down to the cluster with the previous video keyframe.

              Some  files,  especially files muxed with newer mkvmerge versions, have information
              embedded that can be used to determine what subtitle packets overlap  with  a  seek
              target.  In  these  cases,  mpv  will  reduce the amount of data read to a minimum.
              (Although it will still read all data between the cluster that contains  the  first
              wanted  subtitle  packet,  and  the seek target.) If the index choice (which is the
              default) is specified, then prerolling will be done only  if  this  information  is
              actually  available. If this method is used, the maximum amount of data to skip can
              be additionally controlled by --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll-secs-index  (it  still
              uses the value of the option without -index if that is higher).

              See also --hr-seek-demuxer-offset option. This option can achieve a similar effect,
              but only if hr-seek is active. It works with any demuxer, but  makes  seeking  much
              slower, as it has to decode audio and video data instead of just skipping over it.

              --mkv-subtitle-preroll is a deprecated alias.

              See --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll.

              See --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll.

              When  opening  the  file,  seek to the end of it, and check what timestamp the last
              video packet  has,  and  report  that  as  file  duration.  This  is  strictly  for
              compatibility  with  Haali  only.  In this mode, it's possible that opening will be
              slower (especially when playing over http), or that behavior with broken  files  is
              much worse. So don't use this option.

              The  yes mode merely uses the index and reads a small number of blocks from the end
              of the file. The full mode actually traverses  the  entire  file  and  can  make  a
              reliable estimate even without an index present (such as partial files).

              Number  of  channels  (or  channel  layout) if --demuxer=rawaudio is used (default:

              Sample     format     for     --demuxer=rawaudio     (default:     s16le).      Use
              --demuxer-rawaudio-format=help to get a list of all formats.

              Sample rate for --demuxer=rawaudio (default: 44 kHz).

              Rate in frames per second for --demuxer=rawvideo (default: 25.0).

       --demuxer-rawvideo-w=<value>, --demuxer-rawvideo-h=<value>
              Image dimension in pixels for --demuxer=rawvideo.


                        Play a raw YUV sample:

                     mpv sample-720x576.yuv --demuxer=rawvideo \
                     --demuxer-rawvideo-w=720 --demuxer-rawvideo-h=576

              Color space (fourcc) in hex or string for --demuxer=rawvideo (default: YV12).

              Color    space    by    internal   video   format   for   --demuxer=rawvideo.   Use
              --demuxer-rawvideo-mp-format=help for a list of possible formats.

              Set  the  video  codec  instead  of  selecting  the  rawvideo  codec   when   using
              --demuxer=rawvideo.  This  uses the same values as codec names in --vd (but it does
              not accept decoder names).

              Frame size in bytes when using --demuxer=rawvideo.

              Specify the CUE sheet codepage. (See --sub-codepage for details.)

              This controls how much the demuxer is allowed to buffer  ahead.  The  demuxer  will
              normally  try  to  read  ahead  as  much as necessary, or as much is requested with
              --demuxer-readahead-secs. The option can be used to restrict the maximum readahead.
              This  limits  excessive readahead in case of broken files or desynced playback. The
              demuxer will stop reading additional packets as  soon  as  one  of  the  limits  is
              reached. (The limits still can be slightly overstepped due to technical reasons.)

              Set  these  limits higher if you get a packet queue overflow warning, and you think
              normal playback would be possible with a larger packet queue.

              See --list-options for defaults and value range. <bytesize> options accept suffixes
              such as KiB and MiB.

              This controls how much past data the demuxer is allowed to preserve. This is useful
              only if the --demuxer-seekable-cache option is enabled.  Unlike the forward  cache,
              there  is  no  control how many seconds are actually cached - it will simply use as
              much memory this option allows. Setting this option to 0 will strictly disable  any
              back buffer, but this will lead to the situation that the forward seek range starts
              after the current playback position (as it  removes  past  packets  that  are  seek

              If  the  end  of  the file is reached, the remaining unused forward buffer space is
              "donated" to the backbuffer (unless the backbuffer size is set to 0).   This  still
              limits  the  total  cache  usage  to the sum of the forward and backward cache, and
              effectively makes better use of the total allowed memory budget. (The opposite does
              not happen: free backward buffer is never "donated" to the forward buffer.)

              Keep  in  mind  that  other  buffers  in  the player (like decoders) will cause the
              demuxer to cache "future" frames in the back buffer, which can skew the  impression
              about how much data the backbuffer contains.

              See --list-options for defaults and value range.

              This  controls  whether  seeking  can  use  the  demuxer  cache (default: auto). If
              enabled, short seek offsets will not trigger a low level demuxer seek (which  means
              for example that slow network round trips or FFmpeg seek bugs can be avoided). If a
              seek cannot happen within the cached range, a low level  seek  will  be  triggered.
              Seeking outside of the cache will start a new cached range, but can discard the old
              cache range if the demuxer exhibits certain unsupported behavior.

              Keep in mind that some events can flush the cache or force a low level seek anyway,
              such  as  switching tracks, or attempting to seek before the start or after the end
              of the file.

              The special value auto means yes in the same  situation  as  --cache-secs  is  used
              (i.e.  when  the  stream  appears  to  be  a  network stream or the stream cache is

              Run the demuxer in a separate thread, and let  it  prefetch  a  certain  amount  of
              packets  (default:  yes).  Having  this enabled leads to smoother playback, enables
              features like prefetching, and prevents that stuck network freezes the  player.  On
              the  other  hand,  it  can  add overhead, or the background prefetching can hog CPU

              Disabling this option is not recommended. Use it for debugging only.

              Number of seconds the player should wait to shutdown the  demuxer  (default:  0.1).
              The  player  will  wait  up  to  this  much  time before it closes the stream layer
              forcefully. Forceful closing usually means the network I/O is given  no  chance  to
              close  its connections gracefully (of course the OS can still close TCP connections
              properly), and might result in annoying messages being logged, and in  some  cases,
              confused remote servers.

              This timeout is usually only applied when loading has finished properly. If loading
              is aborted by the user, or in some  corner  cases  like  removing  external  tracks
              sourced from network during playback, forceful closing is always used.

              If  --demuxer-thread  is  enabled, this controls how much the demuxer should buffer
              ahead in seconds (default: 1). As long as no  packet  has  a  timestamp  difference
              higher  than  the  readahead  amount  relative  to  the last packet returned to the
              decoder, the demuxer keeps reading.

              Note that the --cache-secs option will override this value if a cache  is  enabled,
              and the value is larger.

              (This  value  tends  to  be  fuzzy,  because  many  file formats don't store linear

              Prefetch next playlist  entry  while  playback  of  the  current  entry  is  ending
              (default:  no). This merely opens the URL of the next playlist entry as soon as the
              current URL is fully read.

              This does not work with URLs resolved by the youtube-dl wrapper, and it won't.

              This does not affect HLS (.m3u8 URLs) - HLS  prefetching  depends  on  the  demuxer
              cache settings and is on by default.

              This  can give subtly wrong results if per-file options are used, or if options are
              changed in the time window between prefetching start and next file played.

              This can occasionally make wrong  prefetching  decisions.  For  example,  it  can't
              predict  whether  you  go backwards in the playlist, and assumes you won't edit the

              Highly experimental.

              If the player thinks that the media is not seekable (e.g. playing from a  pipe,  or
              it's  an  http  stream  with a server that doesn't support range requests), seeking
              will be disabled. This option can forcibly enable it.  For seeks within the  cache,
              there's a good chance of success.

              Before  starting  playback, read data until either the end of the file was reached,
              or the demuxer cache has reached maximum capacity. Only once this is done, playback
              starts.  This intentionally happens before the initial seek triggered with --start.
              This does not change any runtime behavior after the initial caching. This option is
              useless if the file cannot be cached completely.

              When  opening  multi-volume  rar  files,  open all volumes to create a full list of
              contained files (default: no). If disabled, only the archive entries whose  headers
              are located within the first volume are listed (and thus played when opening a .rar
              file with mpv). Doing so speeds up opening, and the  typical  idiotic  use-case  of
              playing  uncompressed  multi-volume  rar  files that contain a single media file is
              made faster.

              Opening is still slow,  because  for  unknown,  idiotic,  and  unnecessary  reasons
              libarchive  opens  all  volumes  anyway when playing the main file, even though mpv
              iterated no archive entries yet.

              Use system settings for keyrepeat delay and rate, instead of  --input-ar-delay  and
              --input-ar-rate. (Whether this applies depends on the VO backend and how it handles
              keyboard input. Does not apply to terminal input.)

              Delay in milliseconds before we start to autorepeat a key (0 to disable).

              Number of key presses to generate per second on autorepeat.

              Specify input configuration file  other  than  the  default  location  in  the  mpv
              configuration directory (usually ~/.config/mpv/input.conf).

              Disable mpv default (built-in) key bindings.

              Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.

              Time  in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses as a double-click
              (default: 300).

              Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.

              Specify the size of the FIFO that buffers key events (default: 7).  If  it  is  too
              small, some events may be lost. The main disadvantage of setting it to a very large
              value is that if you hold down a key triggering some particularly slow command then
              the player may be unresponsive while it processes all the queued commands.

              Input  test  mode.  Instead of executing commands on key presses, mpv will show the
              keys and the bound commands on the OSD. Has to be used with a dummy video, and  the
              normal  ways to quit the player will not work (key bindings that normally quit will
              be shown on OSD only, just like any other binding). See INPUT.CONF.

              Deprecated. Use --input-ipc-server.

              Read commands from the given file. Mostly useful with a FIFO. Since mpv 0.7.0  also
              understands  JSON commands (see JSON IPC), but you can't get replies or events. Use
              --input-ipc-server for something bi-directional. On MS Windows, JSON  commands  are
              not available.

              This  can  also  specify a direct file descriptor with fd://N (UNIX only).  In this
              case, JSON replies will be written if the FD is writable.

                 When the given file is a FIFO mpv opens both ends, so you can  do  several  echo
                 "seek 10" > mp_pipe and the pipe will stay valid.

       --input-terminal, --no-input-terminal
              --no-input-terminal  prevents  the  player  from  reading  key events from standard
              input. Useful when reading data from standard input. This is automatically  enabled
              when  - is found on the command line. There are situations where you have to set it
              manually, e.g. if you open /dev/stdin (or the equivalent on your system), use stdin
              in  a  playlist  or intend to read from stdin later on via the loadfile or loadlist
              input commands.

              Enable the IPC support and create the listening socket at the given path.

              On Linux and Unix, the given path is a regular filesystem path. On  Windows,  named
              pipes  are used, so the path refers to the pipe namespace (\\.\pipe\<name>). If the
              \\.\pipe\ prefix is missing, mpv will add  it  automatically  before  creating  the
              pipe,             so             --input-ipc-server=/tmp/mpv-socket             and
              --input-ipc-server=\\.\pipe\tmp\mpv-socket are equivalent for IPC on Windows.

              See JSON IPC for details.

              Enable/disable SDL2 Gamepad support. Disabled by default.

       --input-cursor, --no-input-cursor
              Permit mpv to receive pointer events reported by the video output driver. Necessary
              to  use  the OSC, or to select the buttons in DVD menus.  Support depends on the VO
              in use.

              (OS X and Windows only) Enable/disable  media  keys  support.  Enabled  by  default
              (except for libmpv).

       --input-right-alt-gr, --no-input-right-alt-gr
              (Cocoa  and  Windows  only)  Use  the  right  Alt  key as Alt Gr to produce special
              characters. If disabled, count the right Alt as an Alt  modifier  key.  Enabled  by

              Disable  all  keyboard  input on for VOs which can't participate in proper keyboard
              input dispatching. May not affect all VOs. Generally useful for embedding only.

              On X11, a sub-window with input enabled grabs all keyboard input as long as  it  is
              1.  a  child  of a focused window, and 2. the mouse is inside of the sub-window. It
              can steal away all keyboard input from the application embedding  the  mpv  window,
              and on the other hand, the mpv window will receive no input if the mouse is outside
              of the mpv window, even though mpv has focus.  Modern  toolkits  work  around  this
              weird X11 behavior, but naively embedding foreign windows breaks it.

              The  only  way  to  handle  this reasonably is using the XEmbed protocol, which was
              designed to solve these problems. GTK provides GtkSocket, which supports XEmbed. Qt
              doesn't seem to provide anything working in newer versions.

              If  the  embedder supports XEmbed, input should work with default settings and with
              this option disabled. Note that input-default-bindings is disabled  by  default  in
              libmpv as well - it should be enabled if you want the mpv default key bindings.

              (This option was renamed from --input-x11-keyboard.)

       --osc, --no-osc
              Whether to load the on-screen-controller (default: yes).

       --no-osd-bar, --osd-bar
              Disable display of the OSD bar.

              You  can  configure  this on a per-command basis in input.conf using osd- prefixes,
              see Input Command Prefixes.  If  you  want  to  disable  the  OSD  completely,  use

              Set what is displayed on the OSD during seeks. The default is bar.

              You  can  configure  this on a per-command basis in input.conf using osd- prefixes,
              see Input Command Prefixes.

              Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

              Specify font to use for OSD. The default is sans-serif.


                 · --osd-font='Bitstream Vera Sans'

                 · --osd-font='Comic Sans MS'

              Specify the OSD font size. See --sub-font-size for details.

              Default: 55.

              Show this string as message on OSD with OSD level  1  (visible  by  default).   The
              message  will be visible by default, and as long as no other message covers it, and
              the OSD level isn't changed (see --osd-level).  Expands  properties;  see  Property

              Similar  to  --osd-msg1, but for OSD level 2. If this is an empty string (default),
              then the playback time is shown.

              Similar to --osd-msg1, but for OSD level 3. If this is an empty  string  (default),
              then the playback time, duration, and some more information is shown.

              This  is  used  for  the  show-progress  command (by default mapped to P), and when
              seeking if enabled with --osd-on-seek or by osd- prefixes in input.conf (see  Input
              Command Prefixes).

              --osd-status-msg is a legacy equivalent (but with a minor difference).

              Show  a  custom  string  during playback instead of the standard status text.  This
              overrides the status text used for  --osd-level=3,  when  using  the  show-progress
              command (by default mapped to P), and when seeking if enabled with --osd-on-seek or
              osd- prefixes in input.conf (see Input Command Prefixes). Expands  properties.  See
              Property Expansion.

              This  option  has  been  replaced with --osd-msg3. The only difference is that this
              option implicitly includes ${osd-sym-cc}. This option is ignored if  --osd-msg3  is
              not empty.

              Show  a message on OSD when playback starts. The string is expanded for properties,
              e.g. --osd-playing-msg='file: ${filename}' will show the message file: followed  by
              a space and the currently played filename.

              See Property Expansion.

              Position of the OSD bar. -1 is far left, 0 is centered, 1 is far right.  Fractional
              values (like 0.5) are allowed.

              Position of the OSD bar. -1 is top, 0 is centered, 1 is bottom.  Fractional  values
              (like 0.5) are allowed.

              Width  of the OSD bar, in percentage of the screen width (default: 75).  A value of
              50 means the bar is half the screen wide.

              Height of the OSD bar, in percentage of the screen height (default: 3.125).

              See --osd-color. Color used for OSD text background.

              Gaussian blur factor. 0 means no blur applied (default).

              Format text on bold.

              Format text on italic.

              See --osd-color. Color used for the OSD font border.

                 ignored when --osd-back-color is specified (or more exactly: when that option is
                 not set to completely transparent).

              Size  of  the OSD font border in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details). A
              value of 0 disables borders.

              Default: 3.

              Specify the color used for OSD.  See --sub-color for details.

              Show OSD times with fractions of seconds (in millisecond precision). Useful to  see
              the exact timestamp of a video frame.

              Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.

              0      OSD completely disabled (subtitles only)

              1      enabled (shows up only on user interaction)

              2      enabled + current time visible by default

              3      enabled + --osd-status-msg (current time and status by default)

              Left  and right screen margin for the OSD in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for

              This option specifies the distance of the OSD to the left,  as  well  as  at  which
              distance from the right border long OSD text will be broken.

              Default: 25.

              Top  and bottom screen margin for the OSD in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for

              This option specifies the vertical margins of the OSD.

              Default: 22.

              Control to which corner of the screen OSD should be aligned to (default: left).

              Vertical position (default: top).  Details see --osd-align-x.

              OSD font size multiplier, multiplied with --osd-font-size value.

              Whether to scale the OSD with the window size (default: yes). If this is  disabled,
              --osd-font-size  and  other OSD options that use scaled pixels are always in actual
              pixels. The effect is that changing the window size won't change the OSD font size.

              See --sub-color. Color used for OSD shadow.

              Displacement of the OSD shadow in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for  details).
              A value of 0 disables shadows.

              Default: 0.

              Horizontal OSD/sub font spacing in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details).
              This value is added to the normal letter spacing. Negative values are allowed.

              Default: 0.

              Enabled OSD rendering on the video window (default:  yes).  This  can  be  used  in
              situations  where  terminal  OSD  is preferred. If you just want to disable all OSD
              rendering, use --osd-level=0.

              It does not affect subtitles or overlays created by scripts (in particular, the OSC
              needs to be disabled with --no-osc).

              This  option is somewhat experimental and could be replaced by another mechanism in
              the future.

              See  --sub-font-provider  for  details  and  accepted  values.  Note  that   unlike
              subtitles, OSD never uses embedded fonts from media files.

              Set the image file type used for saving screenshots.

              Available choices:

              png    PNG

              jpg    JPEG (default)

              jpeg   JPEG (alias for jpg)

              webp   WebP

              Tag screenshots with the appropriate colorspace.

              Note that not all formats are supported.

              Default: no.

              If  possible,  write  screenshots  with  a  bit  depth  similar to the source video
              (default: yes). This is interesting  in  particular  for  PNG,  as  this  sometimes
              triggers writing 16 bit PNGs with huge file sizes. This will also include an unused
              alpha channel in the resulting files if 16 bit is used.

              Specify the filename template used to save screenshots. The template specifies  the
              filename  without  file extension, and can contain format specifiers, which will be
              substituted when taking a screenshot.  By  default,  the  template  is  mpv-shot%n,
              which results in filenames like mpv-shot0012.png for example.

              The  template  can  start  with  a relative or absolute path, in order to specify a
              directory location where screenshots should be saved.

              If the final screenshot filename points to an already existing file, the file  will
              not  be  overwritten.  The  screenshot will either not be saved, or if the template
              contains %n, saved using different, newly generated filename.

              Allowed format specifiers:

                     A sequence number, padded  with  zeros  to  length  X  (default:  04).  E.g.
                     passing  the format %04n will yield 0012 on the 12th screenshot.  The number
                     is incremented every time a screenshot is  taken  or  if  the  file  already
                     exists. The length X must be in the range 0-9. With the optional # sign, mpv
                     will use the lowest  available  number.  For  example,  if  you  take  three
                     screenshots--0001,  0002,  0003--and  delete  the  first  two,  the next two
                     screenshots will not be 0004 and 0005, but 0001 and 0002 again.

              %f     Filename of the currently played video.

              %F     Same as %f, but strip the file extension, including the dot.

              %x     Directory path of the currently played video. If the video  is  not  on  the
                     filesystem (but e.g. http://), this expand to an empty string.

                     Same  as  %x,  but  if  the  video file is not on the filesystem, return the
                     fallback string inside the {...}.

              %p     Current playback time, in the same format as used in the OSD. The result  is
                     a  string  of  the form "HH:MM:SS". For example, if the video is at the time
                     position 5 minutes and 34 seconds, %p will be replaced with "00:05:34".

              %P     Similar to %p, but extended with the playback time in milliseconds.   It  is
                     formatted  as  "HH:MM:SS.mmm",  with "mmm" being the millisecond part of the
                     playback time.

                        This is a simple way for  getting  unique  per-frame  timestamps.  (Frame
                        numbers would be more intuitive, but are not easily implementable because
                        container formats usually use time stamps for identifying frames.)

              %wX    Specify the current playback time using the format string  X.   %p  is  like
                     %wH:%wM:%wS, and %P is like %wH:%wM:%wS.%wT.

                     Valid format specifiers:

                            %wH    hour (padded with 0 to two digits)

                            %wh    hour (not padded)

                            %wM    minutes (00-59)

                            %wm    total minutes (includes hours, unlike %wM)

                            %wS    seconds (00-59)

                            %ws    total seconds (includes hours and minutes)

                            %wf    like %ws, but as float

                            %wT    milliseconds (000-999)

              %tX    Specify  the  current  local  date/time  using  the  format  X.  This format
                     specifier uses the UNIX strftime()  function  internally,  and  inserts  the
                     result  of passing "%X" to strftime. For example, %tm will insert the number
                     of the current month as number. You have to use multiple %tX  specifiers  to
                     build a full date/time string.

              %{prop[:fallback text]}
                     Insert  the value of the input property 'prop'. E.g. %{filename} is the same
                     as %f. If the property does not exist or is not available, an error text  is
                     inserted, unless a fallback is specified.

              %%     Replaced with the % character itself.

              Store  screenshots  in  this  directory.  This  path  is  joined  with the filename
              generated by --screenshot-template. If the template filename is  already  absolute,
              the directory is ignored.

              If  the  directory  does not exist, it is created on the first screenshot. If it is
              not a directory, an error is generated when trying to write a screenshot.

              This option is not set by default, and thus will write screenshots to the directory
              from  which  mpv was started. In pseudo-gui mode (see PSEUDO GUI MODE), this is set
              to the desktop.

              Set the JPEG quality level. Higher means better quality. The default is 90.

              Write JPEG files with the same chroma subsampling as the video (default:  yes).  If
              disabled, the libjpeg default is used.

              Set  the  PNG  compression level. Higher means better compression. This will affect
              the file size of the written screenshot file and the  time  it  takes  to  write  a
              screenshot.  Too  high  compression  might  occupy  enough  CPU  time  to interrupt
              playback. The default is 7.

              Set the filter applied prior to PNG compression. 0 is none, 1 is "sub", 2 is  "up",
              3  is  "average",  4  is  "Paeth",  and  5  is  "mixed".  This affects the level of
              compression that can be achieved.  For  most  images,  "mixed"  achieves  the  best
              compression ratio, hence it is the default.

              Write lossless WebP files. --screenshot-webp-quality is ignored if this is set. The
              default is no.

              Set the WebP quality level. Higher means better quality. The default is 75.

              Set the WebP compression level. Higher means better compression, but takes more CPU
              time.  Note that this also affects the screenshot quality when used with lossy WebP
              files. The default is 4.

   Software Scaler
              Specify the software scaler algorithm to be used with --vf=scale. This also affects
              video  output  drivers  which  lack  hardware  acceleration,  e.g.  x11.  See  also

              To get a list of available scalers, run --sws-scaler=help.

              Default: bicubic.

              Software scaler Gaussian blur filter (luma). See --sws-scaler.

              Software scaler Gaussian blur filter (chroma). See --sws-scaler.

              Software scaler sharpen filter (luma). See --sws-scaler.

              Software scaler sharpen filter (chroma). See --sws-scaler.

              Software scaler chroma horizontal shifting. See --sws-scaler.

              Software scaler chroma vertical shifting. See --sws-scaler.

              Unknown functionality (default: no). Consult libswscale source  code.  The  primary
              purpose  of  this,  as  far as libswscale API goes), is to produce exactly the same
              output for the same input on all platforms (output has the same "bits"  everywhere,
              thus "bitexact"). Typically disables optimizations.

              Allow optimizations that help with performance, but reduce quality (default: no).

              VOs like drm and x11 will benefit a lot from using --sws-fast.  You may need to set
              other options, like --sws-scaler. The builtin sws-fast profile sets this option and
              some others to gain performance for reduced quality.

              Allow  using  zimg  (if the component using the internal swscale wrapper explicitly
              allows so). In this case, zimg may be used, if the internal zimg  wrapper  supports
              the  input  and  output formats. It will silently fall back to libswscale if one of
              these conditions does not apply.

              If zimg is used, the other --sws- options are ignored, and the --zimg- options  are
              used instead.

              If  the  internal component using the swscale wrapper hooks up logging correctly, a
              verbose priority log message will indicate whether zimg is being used.

              Most things which need software conversion can make use of this.

              Zimg luma scaler to use (default: lanczos).

       --zimg-scaler-param-a=<default|float>, --zimg-scaler-param-b=<default|float>
              Set scaler parameters. By default, these are set to  the  special  string  default,
              which  maps  to  a  scaler-specific  default  value.  Ignored  if the scaler is not

                     --zimg-scaler-param-a is the number of taps.

                     a and b are the bicubic b and c parameters.

              Same as --zimg-scaler, for for chroma interpolation (default: bilinear).

       --zimg-scaler-chroma-param-a, --zimg-scaler-chroma-param-b
              Same as --zimg-scaler-param-a / --zimg-scaler-param-b, for chroma.

              Dithering (default: random).

              Allow optimizations that help with performance, but reduce quality (default:  yes).
              Currently, this may simplify gamma conversion operations.

   Audio Resampler
       This  controls  the  default  options  of  any  resampling  done  by  mpv  (but not within
       libavfilter, within the system audio API resampler, or any other places).

       It also sets the defaults for the lavrresample audio filter.

              Length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate. (default: 16)

              Log2 of the number of polyphase entries. (..., 10->1024, 11->2048,  12->4096,  ...)
              (default: 10->1024)

              Cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon filter length.

              If  set  then  filters  will  be  linearly  interpolated between polyphase entries.
              (default: no)

              Enable/disable normalization if surround audio is  downmixed  to  stereo  (default:
              no).  If  this is disabled, downmix can cause clipping. If it's enabled, the output
              might be too quiet. It depends on the source audio.

              Technically, this changes the normalize suboption of the lavrresample audio filter,
              which performs the downmixing.

              If  downmix  happens  outside  of  mpv  for some reason, or in the decoder (decoder
              downmixing), or in the audio output (system mixer), this has no effect.

              Limit maximum size of audio frames filtered at once,  in  ms  (default:  40).   The
              output  size  size is limited in order to make resample speed changes react faster.
              This is necessary especially if decoders or filters output very large  frame  sizes
              (like  some  lossless codecs or some DRC filters).  This option does not affect the
              resampling algorithm in any way.

              For testing/debugging only. Can be removed or changed any time.

              Set  AVOptions  on  the  SwrContext  or  AVAudioResampleContext.  These  should  be
              documented by FFmpeg or Libav.

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.

              Make console output less verbose; in particular, prevents the status line (i.e. AV:
              3.4 (00:00:03.37) / 5320.6 ...) from being displayed.  Particularly useful on  slow
              terminals or broken ones which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

              See also: --really-quiet and --msg-level.

              Display even less output and status messages than with --quiet.

       --no-terminal, --terminal
              Disable  any  use of the terminal and stdin/stdout/stderr. This completely silences
              any message output.

              Unlike --really-quiet, this disables input and terminal initialization as well.

              Disable colorful console output on terminals.

              Control verbosity directly for each module. The all module changes the verbosity of
              all  the  modules. The verbosity changes from this option are applied in order from
              left to right, and each item can override a previous one.

              Run mpv with --msg-level=all=trace to see all messages mpv outputs. You can use the
              module  names  printed  in the output (prefixed to each line in [...]) to limit the
              output to interesting modules.

              This also affects --log-file, and in certain cases libmpv API logging.

                 Some messages are printed before the command line is parsed  and  are  therefore
                 not  affected  by  --msg-level.  To  control these messages, you have to use the
                 MPV_VERBOSE environment variable; see ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES for details.

              Available levels:

                 no     complete silence

                 fatal  fatal messages only

                 error  error messages

                 warn   warning messages

                 info   informational messages

                 status status messages (default)

                 v      verbose messages

                 debug  debug messages

                 trace  very noisy debug messages


                     mpv --msg-level=ao/sndio=no

                 Completely  silences  the  output  of  ao_sndio,  which  uses  the  log   prefix

                     mpv --msg-level=all=warn,ao/alsa=error

                 Only show warnings or worse, and let the ao_alsa output show errors only.

              Control  whether  OSD  messages  are  shown  on the console when no video output is
              available (default: auto).

              auto   use terminal OSD if no video output active

              no     disable terminal OSD

              force  use terminal OSD even if video output active

              The auto mode also enables terminal OSD if --video-osd=no was set.

       --term-osd-bar, --no-term-osd-bar
              Enable printing a progress bar under the status line on the terminal.  (Disabled by

              Customize  the  --term-osd-bar  feature.  The  string  is  expected to consist of 5
              characters (start, left space, position indicator, right space, end). You  can  use
              Unicode  characters,  but  note  that  double- width characters will not be treated

              Default: [-+-].

              Print out a string after starting playback. The string is expanded for  properties,
              e.g. --term-playing-msg='file: ${filename}' will print the string file: followed by
              a space and the currently played filename.

              See Property Expansion.

              Print out a custom string during playback instead  of  the  standard  status  line.
              Expands properties. See Property Expansion.

              Prepend module name to each console message.

              Prepend timing information to each console message.

              Decide whether to use network cache settings (default: auto).

              If  enabled,  use  up  to  --cache-secs  for  the  cache size (but still limited to
              --demuxer-max-bytes). --demuxer-seekable-cache=auto behaves as if  it  was  set  to
              yes. If disabled, --cache-pause and related are implicitly disabled.

              The  auto choice enables this depending on whether the stream is thought to involve
              network accesses or other slow media (this is an imperfect heuristic).

              Before mpv 0.30.0, this used to accept a number, which specified the  size  of  the
              cache in kilobytes. Use e.g. --cache --demuxer-max-bytes=123k instead.

              Turn off input stream caching. See --cache.

              How  many seconds of audio/video to prefetch if the cache is active. This overrides
              the --demuxer-readahead-secs option if and only if the cache  is  enabled  and  the
              value  is  larger. The default value is set to something very high, so the actually
              achieved readahead will usually be limited by the value of the  --demuxer-max-bytes
              option. Setting this option is usually only useful for limiting readahead.

              Write  packet  data  to  a temporary file, instead of keeping them in memory.  This
              makes sense only with --cache. If the normal cache  is  disabled,  this  option  is

              You need to set --cache-dir to use this.

              The  cache  file is append-only. Even if the player appears to prune data, the file
              space freed by it is not reused. The cache file is deleted when playback is closed.

              Note that packet metadata is still kept in memory. --demuxer-max-bytes and  related
              options  are applied to metadata only. The size of this metadata  varies, but 50 MB
              per hour of media is typical. The cache statistics will report this metadats  size,
              instead  of  the  size of the cache file. If the metadata hits the size limits, the
              metadata is pruned (but not the cache file).

              When the media is closed, the cache file is deleted.  A  cache  file  is  generally
              worthless  after the media is closed, and it's hard to retrieve any media data from
              it (it's not supported by design).

              If the option is enabled at runtime, the cache file is created, but old  data  will
              remain  in the memory cache. If the option is disabled at runtime, old data remains
              in the disk cache, and the cache file is not closed until the media is  closed.  If
              the  option  is  disabled and enabled again, it will continue to use the cache file
              that was opened first.

              Directory where to create temporary files (default: none).

              Currently, this is used for --cache-on-disk only.

              Whether the player should automatically pause when the cache runs out of  data  and
              stalls decoding/playback (default: yes). If enabled, it will pause and unpause once
              more data is available, aka "buffering".

              Number of seconds the packet cache should have buffered  before  starting  playback
              again if "buffering" was entered (default: 1). This can be used to control how long
              the player rebuffers if --cache-pause is enabled, and the demuxer underruns. If the
              given    time   is   higher   than   the   maximum   set   with   --cache-secs   or
              --demuxer-readahead-secs, or prefetching ends before that  for  some  other  reason
              (like file end or maximum configured cache size reached), playback resumes earlier.

              Enter  "buffering" mode before starting playback (default: no). This can be used to
              ensure playback starts smoothly, in exchange for  waiting  some  time  to  prefetch
              network  data  (as  controlled  by  --cache-pause-wait).  For  example, some common
              behavior is that playback starts, but  network  caches  immediately  underrun  when
              trying to decode more data as playback progresses.

              Another  thing  that can happen is that the network prefetching is so CPU demanding
              (due to demuxing in the background) that playback drops frames at first.  In  these
              cases,   it   helps   enabling   this   option,   and   setting   --cache-secs  and
              --cache-pause-wait to roughly the same value.

              This option also triggers when playback is restarted after seeking.

              Whether or when to unlink cache files  (default:  immediate).  This  affects  cache
              files  which  are  inherently  temporary, and which make no sense to remain on disk
              after the player terminates. This is a debugging option.

                     Unlink cache file after they were created. The cache files won't be  visible
                     anymore,  even though they're in use. This ensures they are guaranteed to be
                     removed from disk when the player terminates, even if it crashes.

                     Delete cache files after they are closed.

              no     Don't delete cache files. They will consume disk space without having a use.

              Currently, this is used for --cache-on-disk only.

              Size of the low level stream byte buffer (default: 128KB). This is used  as  buffer
              between  demuxer  and  low  level  I/O  (e.g. sockets). Generally, this can be very
              small, and the main purpose is similar  to  the  internal  buffer  FILE  in  the  C
              standard library will have.

              Half  of the buffer is always used for guaranteed seek back, which is important for
              unseekable input.

              There are known cases where this can help performance to set a large buffer:

                 1. mp4 files. libavformat may trigger  many  small  seeks  in  both  directions,
                    depending on how the file was muxed.

                 2. Certain network filesystems, which do not have a cache, and where small reads
                    can be inefficient.

              In other cases, setting this to a large value can reduce performance.

              Usually, read accesses are at half the buffer size, but it may happen that accesses
              are  done  alternating  with  smaller and larger sizes (this is due to the internal
              ring buffer wrap-around).

              See --list-options for defaults and value range. <bytesize> options accept suffixes
              such as KiB and MiB.

              Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       --cookies, --no-cookies
              Support cookies when making HTTP requests. Disabled by default.

              Read HTTP cookies from <filename>. The file is assumed to be in Netscape format.

              Set custom HTTP fields when accessing HTTP stream.

              This is a string list option. See List Options for details.


                     mpv --http-header-fields='Field1: value1','Field2: value2' \

                 Will generate HTTP request:

                     GET / HTTP/1.0
                     Host: localhost:1234
                     User-Agent: MPlayer
                     Icy-MetaData: 1
                     Field1: value1
                     Field2: value2
                     Connection: close

              URL of the HTTP/HTTPS proxy. If this is set, the http_proxy environment is ignored.
              The no_proxy environment variable is  still  respected.  This  option  is  silently
              ignored  if  it  does  not start with http://. Proxies are not used for https URLs.
              Setting this option does not try to make the ytdl script use the proxy.

              Certificate authority database file for use with TLS. (Silently  fails  with  older
              FFmpeg or Libav versions.)

              Verify  peer  certificates when using TLS (e.g. with https://...).  (Silently fails
              with older FFmpeg or Libav versions.)

              A file containing a certificate to use in the handshake with the peer.

              A file containing the private key for the certificate.

              Specify a referrer path or URL for HTTP requests.

              Specify the network timeout in seconds (default: 60 seconds). This affects at least
              HTTP.  The  special  value  0 uses the FFmpeg/Libav defaults. If a protocol is used
              which does not support timeouts, this option is silently ignored.

                 This breaks the RTSP protocol, because of inconsistent FFmpeg API regarding  its
                 internal  timeout option. Not only does the RTSP timeout option accept different
                 units (seconds instead of microseconds, causing mpv to pass it huge values),  it
                 will  also  overflow  FFmpeg  internal  calculations.  The  worst is that merely
                 setting the option will put RTSP into listening mode, which  breaks  any  client
                 uses.  At  time  of  this  writing, the fix was not made effective yet. For this
                 reason, this option is ignored (or should be ignored)  on  RTSP  URLs.  You  can
                 still set the timeout option directly with --demuxer-lavf-o.

              Select  RTSP  transport  method (default: tcp). This selects the underlying network
              transport when playing rtsp://... URLs. The  value  lavf  leaves  the  decision  to

              If  HLS  streams  are  played,  this  option  controls what streams are selected by
              default. The option allows the following parameters:

              no     Don't do anything special.  Typically,  this  will  simply  pick  the  first
                     audio/video streams it can find.

              min    Pick the streams with the lowest bitrate.

              max    Same, but highest bitrate. (Default.)

              Additionally,  if the option is a number, the stream with the highest rate equal or
              below the option value is selected.

              The bitrate as used is sent by the server, and there's no guarantee  it's  actually

              This  defines  the  program  to  tune  to. Usually, you may specify this by using a
              stream URI like "dvb://ZDF HD", but you can tune to a different channel by  writing
              to  this property at runtime.  Also see dvbin-channel-switch-offset for more useful
              channel switching functionality.

              Specifies using card number 0-15 (default: 0).

              Instructs mpv to read the channels list from <filename>. The default is in the  mpv
              configuration    directory    (usually    ~/.config/mpv)    with    the    filename
              channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc} (based on your card type) or  channels.conf  as  a
              last  resort.  For DVB-S/2 cards, a VDR 1.7.x format channel list is recommended as
              it allows tuning to DVB-S2 channels, enabling subtitles and decoding the PMT (which
              largely  improves  the  demuxing).   Classic mplayer format channel lists are still
              supported (without these improvements), and for other card types, only limited  VDR
              format  channel  list  support is implemented (patches welcome).  For channels with
              dynamic PID switching or incomplete channels.conf, --dvbin-full-transponder or  the
              magic PID 8192 are recommended.

              Maximum  number of seconds to wait when trying to tune a frequency before giving up
              (default: 30).

              Apply no filters on program PIDs, only tune to frequency and pass full  transponder
              to demuxer.  The player frontend selects the streams from the full TS in this case,
              so the program  which  is  shown  initially  may  not  match  the  chosen  channel.
              Switching  between  the programs is possible by cycling the program property.  This
              is useful to record multiple programs on a single transponder, or  to  work  around
              issues in the channels.conf.  It is also recommended to use this for channels which
              switch PIDs on-the-fly, e.g. for regional news.

              Default: no

              This value is not  meant  for  setting  via  configuration,  but  used  in  channel
              switching.  An  input.conf  can  cycle  this  value  up and down to perform channel
              switching. This number effectively gives the  offset  to  the  initially  tuned  to
              channel in the channel list.

              An  example  input.conf  could  contain:  H cycle dvbin-channel-switch-offset up, K
              cycle dvbin-channel-switch-offset down

   ALSA audio output options
              Deprecated, use --audio-device (requires alsa/ prefix).

              Enable ALSA resampling plugin. (This is disabled by default, because  some  drivers
              report incorrect audio delay in some cases.)

              Set the mixer device used with ao-volume (default: default).

              Set  the  name  of  the mixer element (default: Master). This is for example PCM or

              Set the index of the mixer channel (default: 0). Consider  the  output  of  "amixer
              scontrols", then the index is the number that follows the name of the element.

              Allow  output  of  non-interleaved formats (if the audio decoder uses this format).
              Currently disabled by default, because some popular ALSA plugins are utterly broken
              with non-interleaved formats.

              Don't  read  or  set the channel map of the ALSA device - only request the required
              number of channels, and then pass the audio as-is to it. This  option  most  likely
              should  not  be  used.  It can be useful for debugging, or for static setups with a
              specially engineered ALSA configuration (in this case you should always  force  the
              same  layout  with  --audio-channels,  or it will work only for files which use the
              layout implicit to your ALSA device).

              Set the requested buffer time in  microseconds.  A  value  of  0  skips  requesting
              anything  from  the ALSA API. This and the --alsa-periods option uses the ALSA near
              functions to set the  requested  parameters.  If  doing  so  results  in  an  empty
              configuration set, setting these parameters is skipped.

              Both  options  control  the  buffer  size. A low buffer size can lead to higher CPU
              usage and audio dropouts, while a high buffer size can lead to  higher  latency  in
              volume changes and other filtering.

              Number  of  periods requested from the ALSA API. See --alsa-buffer-time for further

   GPU renderer options
       The following video options are currently all specific to --vo=gpu and  --vo=libmpv  only,
       which are the only VOs that implement them.

              The filter function to use when upscaling video.

                     Bilinear hardware texture filtering (fastest, very low quality). This is the
                     default for compatibility reasons.

                     Mid quality and speed. This is the default when using gpu-hq.

                     Lanczos scaling. Provides  mid  quality  and  speed.  Generally  worse  than
                     spline36,  but it results in a slightly sharper image which is good for some
                     content types. The number of taps can be controlled with  scale-radius,  but
                     is best left unchanged.

                     (This filter is an alias for sinc-windowed sinc)

                     Elliptic  weighted  average Lanczos scaling. Also known as Jinc.  Relatively
                     slow, but very good quality. The radius can be controlled with scale-radius.
                     Increasing the radius makes the filter sharper but adds more ringing.

                     (This filter is an alias for jinc-windowed jinc)

                     A  slightly  sharpened version of ewa_lanczos, preconfigured to use an ideal
                     radius and parameter. If your hardware can run it, this is probably what you
                     should use by default.

                     Mitchell-Netravali.  The  B  and C parameters can be set with --scale-param1
                     and --scale-param2. This filter is very good at downscaling (see --dscale).

                     A version of nearest neighbour that (naively) oversamples  pixels,  so  that
                     pixels  overlapping edges get linearly interpolated instead of rounded. This
                     essentially removes the small imperfections and judder artifacts  caused  by
                     nearest-neighbour  interpolation,  in  exchange  for  adding some blur. This
                     filter is good at temporal interpolation, and also known  as  "smoothmotion"
                     (see --tscale).

              linear A --tscale filter.

              There  are some more filters, but most are not as useful. For a complete list, pass
              help as value, e.g.:

                 mpv --scale=help

              As --scale,  but  for  interpolating  chroma  information.  If  the  image  is  not
              subsampled, this option is ignored entirely.

              Like  --scale,  but  apply  these filters on downscaling instead. If this option is
              unset, the filter implied by --scale will be applied.

              The filter used for interpolating the temporal axis (frames). This is only used  if
              --interpolation  is  enabled.  The  only  valid  choices for --tscale are separable
              convolution filters (use --tscale=help to get a list). The default is mitchell.

              Common  --tscale  choices  include  oversample,  linear,   catmull_rom,   mitchell,
              gaussian,    or    bicubic.    These    are   listed   in   increasing   order   of
              smoothness/blurriness, with bicubic being the  smoothest/blurriest  and  oversample
              being the sharpest/least smooth.

       --scale-param1=<value>,          --scale-param2=<value>,          --cscale-param1=<value>,
       --cscale-param2=<value>,         --dscale-param1=<value>,         --dscale-param2=<value>,
       --tscale-param1=<value>, --tscale-param2=<value>
              Set  filter  parameters.  By  default, these are set to the special string default,
              which maps to a scaler-specific  default  value.  Ignored  if  the  filter  is  not
              tunable. Currently, this affects the following filter parameters:

                     Spline parameters (B and C). Defaults to 0.5 for both.

                     Scale parameter (t). Increasing this makes the result blurrier.  Defaults to

                     Minimum distance to an edge before interpolation is used. Setting this to  0
                     will  always  interpolate  edges,  whereas  setting  it  to  0.5  will never
                     interpolate, thus behaving as if the regular nearest neighbour algorithm was
                     used. Defaults to 0.0.

       --scale-blur=<value>,             --scale-wblur=<value>,            --cscale-blur=<value>,
       --cscale-wblur=<value>,           --dscale-blur=<value>,           --dscale-wblur=<value>,
       --tscale-blur=<value>, --tscale-wblur=<value>
              Kernel/window  scaling  factor (also known as a blur factor). Decreasing this makes
              the result sharper, increasing it makes it blurrier (default 0). If set to  0,  the
              kernel's  preferred  blur  factor is used. Note that setting this too low (eg. 0.5)
              leads to bad results. It's generally recommended to stick to values between 0.8 and

       --scale-clamp=<0.0-1.0>, --cscale-clamp, --dscale-clamp, --tscale-clamp
              Specifies  a  weight  bias  to  multiply  into  negative  coefficients.  Specifying
              --scale-clamp=1 has the  effect  of  removing  negative  weights  completely,  thus
              effectively  clamping  the  value range to [0-1]. Values between 0.0 and 1.0 can be
              specified to apply only a  moderate  diminishment  of  negative  weights.  This  is
              especially useful for --tscale, where it reduces excessive ringing artifacts in the
              temporal domain (which typically manifest themselves as short flashes or fringes of
              black,  mostly  around  moving edges) in exchange for potentially adding more blur.
              The default for --tscale-clamp is 1.0, the others default to 0.0.

       --scale-cutoff=<value>, --cscale-cutoff=<value>, --dscale-cutoff=<value>
              Cut off the filter kernel  prematurely  once  the  value  range  drops  below  this
              threshold.  Doing  so  allows  more aggressive pruning of skippable coefficients by
              disregarding parts of the LUT which  are  effectively  zeroed  out  by  the  window
              function. Only affects polar (EWA) filters. The default is 0.001 for each, which is
              perceptually transparent but provides a 10%-20% speedup,  depending  on  the  exact
              radius and filter kernel chosen.

       --scale-taper=<value>,           --scale-wtaper=<value>,           --dscale-taper=<value>,
       --dscale-wtaper=<value>,         --cscale-taper=<value>,          --cscale-wtaper=<value>,
       --tscale-taper=<value>, --tscale-wtaper=<value>
              Kernel/window  taper  factor.  Increasing this flattens the filter function.  Value
              range is 0 to 1. A value of 0 (the default) means no flattening, a value of 1 makes
              the  filter completely flat (equivalent to a box function).  Values in between mean
              that some portion will be flat and the actual filter function will be squeezed into
              the space in between.

       --scale-radius=<value>,          --cscale-radius=<value>,         --dscale-radius=<value>,
              Set radius for tunable filters, must be  a  float  number  between  0.5  and  16.0.
              Defaults  to the filter's preferred radius if not specified. Doesn't work for every
              scaler and VO combination.

              Note that depending on filter implementation details and video scaling  ratio,  the
              radius  that  actually being used might be different (most likely being increased a

       --scale-antiring=<value>,      --cscale-antiring=<value>,       --dscale-antiring=<value>,
              Set  the  antiringing  strength. This tries to eliminate ringing, but can introduce
              other artifacts in the process. Must be a float number between  0.0  and  1.0.  The
              default value of 0.0 disables antiringing entirely.

              Note  that  this  doesn't affect the special filters bilinear and bicubic_fast, nor
              does it affect any polar (EWA) scalers.

       --scale-window=<window>,        --cscale-window=<window>,        --dscale-window=<window>,
              (Advanced  users only) Choose a custom windowing function for the kernel.  Defaults
              to the filter's preferred window if unset. Use --scale-window=help to get a list of
              supported windowing functions.

       --scale-wparam=<window>,        --cscale-wparam=<window>,        --cscale-wparam=<window>,
              (Advanced users only) Configure the parameter for  the  window  function  given  by
              --scale-window  etc. By default, these are set to the special string default, which
              maps to a window-specific default value. Ignored if  the  window  is  not  tunable.
              Currently, this affects the following window parameters:

              kaiser Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 6.33.

                     Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 0.16.

                     Scale parameter (t). Increasing this makes the window wider. Defaults to 1.

              Set the size of the lookup texture for scaler kernels (default: 6). The actual size
              of the texture is 2^N for an option value of N. So  the  lookup  texture  with  the
              default setting uses 64 samples.

              All weights are linearly interpolated from those samples, so increasing the size of
              lookup table might improve the accuracy of scaler.

              Disable the scaler if the video image is not resized. In  that  case,  bilinear  is
              used  instead  of  whatever is set with --scale. Bilinear will reproduce the source
              image perfectly if no scaling is performed.  Enabled by  default.  Note  that  this
              option never affects --cscale.

              When  using  convolution  based  filters,  extend the filter size when downscaling.
              Increases quality, but reduces performance while downscaling.

              This will perform slightly sub-optimally for anamorphic  video  (but  still  better
              than  without  it)  since  it  will extend the size to match only the milder of the
              scale factors between the axes.

              Scale in linear light when downscaling. It should only be used with a  --fbo-format
              that has at least 16 bit precision. This option has no effect on HDR content.

              Scale  in linear light when upscaling. Like --linear-downscaling, it should only be
              used with a --fbo-format that has at least 16 bits precisions. This is not  usually
              recommended  except  for  testing/specific  purposes.  Users  are advised to either
              enable --sigmoid-upscaling or keep both options disabled  (i.e.  scaling  in  gamma

              When  upscaling,  use  a  sigmoidal  color  transform  to avoid emphasizing ringing
              artifacts. This is incompatible with and replaces  --linear-upscaling.  (Note  that
              sigmoidization  also  requires linearization, so the LINEAR rendering step fires in
              both cases)

              The center of the sigmoid curve used  for  --sigmoid-upscaling,  must  be  a  float
              between 0.0 and 1.0. Defaults to 0.75 if not specified.

              The  slope  of  the  sigmoid  curve  used  for --sigmoid-upscaling, must be a float
              between 1.0 and 20.0. Defaults to 6.5 if not specified.

              Reduce stuttering caused by mismatches in the video fps and  display  refresh  rate
              (also known as judder).

                 This  requires  setting the --video-sync option to one of the display- modes, or
                 it will be silently disabled.  This was not required before mpv 0.14.0.

              This essentially attempts to interpolate the  missing  frames  by  convoluting  the
              video along the temporal axis. The filter used can be controlled using the --tscale

              Threshold below which frame ratio interpolation gets  disabled  (default:  0.0001).
              This  is  calculated  as  abs(disphz/vfps  -  1)  <  threshold,  where  vfps is the
              speed-adjusted video FPS, and disphz the display refresh rate. (The  speed-adjusted
              video  FPS  is roughly equal to the normal video FPS, but with slowdown and speedup
              applied. This matters if you use --video-sync=display-resample to  make  video  run
              synchronously to the display FPS, or if you change the speed property.)

              The  default is intended to almost always enable interpolation if the playback rate
              is even slightly different from the display refresh rate. But note that if you  use
              e.g.   --video-sync=display-vdrop,   small  deviations  in  the  rate  can  disable
              interpolation and introduce a discontinuity every other minute.

              Set this to -1 to disable this logic.

              Enable use of PBOs. On some drivers this can be faster, especially  if  the  source
              video size is huge (e.g. so called "4K" video). On other drivers it might be slower
              or cause latency issues.

              Set dither target depth to N. Default: no.

              no     Disable any dithering done by mpv.

              auto   Automatic selection. If output bit depth cannot  be  detected,  8  bits  per
                     component are assumed.

              8      Dither to 8 bit output.

              Note  that  the  depth  of  the  connected video display device cannot be detected.
              Often, LCD panels will do dithering on their own, which conflicts with this  option
              and leads to ugly output.

              Set  the  size  of the dither matrix (default: 6). The actual size of the matrix is
              (2^N) x (2^N) for an option value of N, so a value of 6 gives a size of 64x64.  The
              matrix  is  generated  at  startup time, and a large matrix can take rather long to
              compute (seconds).

              Used in --dither=fruit mode only.

              Select dithering algorithm (default: fruit). (Normally, the  --dither-depth  option
              controls whether dithering is enabled.)

              The  error-diffusion option requires compute shader support. It also requires large
              amount of shared memory to run, the size of which depends on both the  kernel  (see
              --error-diffusion option below) and the height of video window. It will fallback to
              fruit dithering if there is no enough shared memory to run the shader.

              Enable temporal dithering. (Only active if dithering is enabled in  general.)  This
              changes  between  8  different  dithering  patterns  on  each frame by changing the
              orientation of the tiled dithering matrix. Unfortunately, this can lead to  flicker
              on LCD displays, since these have a high reaction time.

              Determines  how often the dithering pattern is updated when --temporal-dither is in
              use. 1 (the default) will update on every video frame, 2 on every other frame, etc.

              The error diffusion kernel to use when --dither=error-diffusion is set.

              simple Propagate error to only two adjacent pixels. Fastest but low quality.

                     Fast with reasonable quality. This is the default.

                     Most notable error diffusion kernel.

                     Looks different from other kernels because only fraction of errors  will  be
                     propagated  during  dithering.  A  typical use case of this kernel is saving
                     dithered screenshot (in window mode). This kernel produces slightly  smaller
                     file, with still reasonable dithering quality.

              There  are  other kernels (use --error-diffusion=help to list) but most of them are
              much slower and demanding  even  larger  amount  of  shared  memory.   Among  these
              kernels,  burkes  achieves  a  good  balance  between  performance and quality, and
              probably is the one you want to try first.

              Enables GPU debugging. What this means depends on the  API  type.  For  OpenGL,  it
              calls glGetError(), and requests a debug context. For Vulkan, it enables validation

              Interval in displayed frames between two buffer swaps. 1 is  equivalent  to  enable
              VSYNC, 0 to disable VSYNC. Defaults to 1 if not specified.

              Note  that  this  depends  on  proper  OpenGL  vsync support. On some platforms and
              drivers, this only works reliably when in fullscreen  mode.  It  may  also  require
              driver-specific  hacks if using multiple monitors, to ensure mpv syncs to the right
              one. Compositing window managers can also lead to bad results, as  can  missing  or
              incorrect display FPS information (see --override-display-fps).

              Controls  the  presentation  mode  of  the vulkan swapchain. This is similar to the
              --opengl-swapinterval option.

              auto   Use the preferred swapchain mode for the vulkan context. (Default)

              fifo   Non-tearing, vsync blocked. Similar to "VSync on".

                     Tearing, vsync blocked. Late frames will tear instead of stuttering.

                     Non-tearing, not vsync blocked. Similar to "triple buffering".

                     Tearing, not vsync blocked. Similar to "VSync off".

              Controls the number of VkQueues used for rendering (limited by how many your device
              supports).  In  theory,  using  more  queues  could enable some parallelism between
              frames (when using a --swapchain-depth higher than 1), but it can also slow  things
              down on hardware where there's no true parallelism between queues. (Default: 1)

              Enables  the  use  of async transfer queues on supported vulkan devices. Using them
              allows transfer operations like texture uploads and blits  to  happen  concurrently
              with the actual rendering, thus improving overall throughput and power consumption.
              Enabled by default, and should be relatively safe.

              Enables the use of async compute queues on supported vulkan devices. Using this, in
              theory,  allows  out-of-order  scheduling of compute shaders with graphics shaders,
              thus enabling the hardware to do more effective work  while  waiting  for  pipeline
              bubbles  and  memory operations. Not beneficial on all GPUs. It's worth noting that
              if async compute is enabled, and the  device  supports  more  compute  queues  than
              graphics  queues  (bound by the restrictions set by --vulkan-queue-count), mpv will
              internally try and prefer the use of compute shaders over fragment shaders wherever
              possible. Enabled by default, although Nvidia users may want to disable it.

              Use  WARP  (Windows  Advanced  Rasterization  Platform)  with the D3D11 GPU backend
              (default: auto). This is a high performance software renderer. By  default,  it  is
              only  used  when  the system has no hardware adapters that support D3D11. While the
              extended GPU features will work with WARP, they can be very slow.

              Select a specific feature level when using the D3D11 GPU backend. By  default,  the
              highest  available feature level is used. This option can be used to select a lower
              feature level, which is mainly useful for debugging.  Most  extended  GPU  features
              will not work at 9_x feature levels.

              Enable  flip-model  presentation, which avoids unnecessarily copying the backbuffer
              by sharing surfaces with the DWM (default: yes). This may cause performance  issues
              with  older  drivers.  If flip-model presentation is not supported (for example, on
              Windows 7 without the platform update), mpv will automatically  fall  back  to  the
              older bitblt presentation model.

              Schedule each frame to be presented for this number of VBlank intervals.  (default:
              1) Setting to 1 will enable VSync, setting to 0 will disable it.

       --d3d11-adapter=<adapter name|help>
              Select a specific D3D11 adapter to utilize for  D3D11  rendering.   Will  pick  the
              default adapter if unset. Alternatives are listed when the name "help" is given.

              Checks for matches based on the start of the string, case insensitive. Thus, if the
              description of the adapter starts with the vendor name, that can be utilized as the
              selection parameter.

              Hardware  decoders utilizing the D3D11 rendering abstraction's helper functionality
              to receive a device, such as D3D11VA or DXVA2's DXGI mode, will be affected by this

              Select  a  specific  D3D11 output format to utilize for D3D11 rendering.  "auto" is
              the default, which will pick either rgba8 or rgb10_a2 depending on  the  configured
              desktop  bit  depth. rgba16f and bgra8 are left out of the autodetection logic, and
              are available for manual testing.

                 Desktop bit depth querying is only available from an API available from  Windows
                 10.  Thus  on  older systems it will only automatically utilize the rgba8 output

              Select a specific D3D11 output color space to utilize for D3D11 rendering.   "auto"
              is  the default, which will select the color space of the desktop on which the swap
              chain is located.

              Values other than "srgb" and "pq" have had issues in testing, so  they  are  mostly
              available for manual testing.

                 Swap  chain  color  space  configuration is only available from an API available
                 from Windows 10. Thus on older systems it will not work.

              By default, when using hardware decoding with --gpu-api=d3d11, the video image will
              be  copied  (GPU-to-GPU)  from  the  decoder surface to a shader resource. Set this
              option to avoid that copy by sampling directly from the  decoder  image.  This  may
              increase  performance and reduce power usage, but can cause the image to be sampled
              incorrectly on the bottom and right edges due to padding,  and  may  invoke  driver
              bugs,  since Direct3D 11 technically does not allow sampling from a decoder surface
              (though most drivers support it.)

              Currently only relevant for --gpu-api=d3d11.

              Control the amount of offset (in microseconds)  to  add  to  wayland's  frame  wait
              (default  1000). The wayland context assumes that if frame callback or presentation
              feedback isn't received within a certain amount of time then  the  video  is  being
              rendered offscreen. The time it waits is equal to how long it takes your monitor to
              display a frame (i.e. 1/refresh rate) plus the offset. In general, staying close to
              your  monitor's  refresh rate is preferred, but with a small offset in case a frame
              takes a little long to display.

              Disable vsync for the wayland contexts (default: no). Useful for  benchmarking  the
              wayland  context  when  combined  with  video-sync=display-desync,  --no-audio, and
              --untimed=yes. Only works with --gpu-context=wayland and --gpu-context=waylandvk.

              Controls which compiler is used to translate GLSL to SPIR-V.  This  is  (currently)
              only  relevant  for --gpu-api=vulkan and --gpu-api=d3d11.  The possible choices are
              currently only:

              auto   Use the first available compiler. (Default)

                     Use libshaderc, which is an API wrapper around glslang.  This  is  generally
                     the most preferred, if available.

                 This  option is deprecated, since there is only one reasonable value.  It may be
                 removed in the future.

       --glsl-shader=<file>, --glsl-shaders=<file-list>
              Custom GLSL hooks. These are a flexible way to add custom fragment  shaders,  which
              can  be  injected  at almost arbitrary points in the rendering pipeline, and access
              all previous intermediate textures.

              Each use of the --glsl-shader option will add another file to the internal list  of
              shaders,  while  --glsl-shaders  takes a list of files, and overwrites the internal
              list with it. The latter is a path list option (see List Options for details).


                        The syntax is not stable yet and may change any time.

              The general syntax of a user shader looks like this:

                 //!METADATA ARGS...
                 //!METADATA ARGS...

                 vec4 hook() {
                    return something;

                 //!METADATA ARGS...
                 //!METADATA ARGS...


              Each section of metadata, along with the non-metadata lines  after  it,  defines  a
              single block. There are currently two types of blocks, HOOKs and TEXTUREs.

              A TEXTURE block can set the following options:

              TEXTURE <name> (required)
                     The  name  of  this texture. Hooks can then bind the texture under this name
                     using BIND. This must be the first option of the texture block.

              SIZE <width> [<height>] [<depth>] (required)
                     The dimensions of the texture. The height and depth are optional.  The  type
                     of texture (1D, 2D or 3D) depends on the number of components specified.

              FORMAT <name> (required)
                     The  texture format for the samples. Supported texture formats are listed in
                     debug logging when the gpu VO is initialized (look  for  Texture  formats:).
                     Usually,  this  follows  OpenGL  naming  conventions.   For  example,  rgb16
                     provides 3 channels with normalized 16 bit components. One oddity are  float
                     formats: for example, rgba16f has 16 bit internal precision, but the texture
                     data is provided as 32 bit floats, and  the  driver  converts  the  data  on
                     texture upload.

                     Although format names follow a common naming convention, not all of them are
                     available on all hardware, drivers, GL versions, and so on.

                     The min/magnification filter used when sampling from this texture.

                     The border wrapping mode used when sampling from this texture.

              Following the metadata is a string of bytes in hexadecimal notation that define the
              raw texture data, corresponding to the format specified by FORMAT, on a single line
              with no extra whitespace.

              A HOOK block can set the following options:

              HOOK <name> (required)
                     The texture which to hook into. May occur multiple times within  a  metadata
                     block,  up  to  a  predetermined  limit.  See  below  for a list of hookable

              DESC <title>
                     User-friendly  description  of  the  pass.  This  is  the  name  used   when
                     representing this shader in the list of passes for property vo-passes.

              BIND <name>
                     Loads  a  texture (either coming from mpv or from a TEXTURE block) and makes
                     it available to the pass. When binding textures from mpv, this will also set
                     up  macros  to  facilitate  accessing  it properly. See below for a list. By
                     default, no textures are bound. The special name HOOKED can be used to refer
                     to the texture that triggered this pass.

              SAVE <name>
                     Gives  the  name  of  the  texture  to save the result of this pass into. By
                     default, this is set to the special name HOOKED  which  has  the  effect  of
                     overwriting the hooked texture.

              WIDTH <szexpr>, HEIGHT <szexpr>
                     Specifies  the size of the resulting texture for this pass. szexpr refers to
                     an expression in RPN (reverse polish notation), using the operators + - *  /
                     >  < !, floating point literals, and references to sizes of existing texture
                     (such as MAIN.width or CHROMA.height), OUTPUT, or NATIVE_CROPPED (size of an
                     input  texture  cropped  after pan-and-scan, video-align-x/y, video-pan-x/y,
                     etc. and possibly prescaled). By default, these  are  set  to  HOOKED.w  and
                     HOOKED.h, espectively.

              WHEN <szexpr>
                     Specifies  a condition that needs to be true (non-zero) for the shader stage
                     to be evaluated. If it fails, it will silently  be  omitted.  (Note  that  a
                     shader  stage like this which has a dependency on an optional hook point can
                     still cause that hook point to be saved, which has some minor overhead)

              OFFSET <ox oy | ALIGN>
                     Indicates a pixel shift  (offset)  introduced  by  this  pass.  These  pixel
                     offsets  will  be  accumulated  and  corrected  during the next scaling pass
                     (cscale or scale). The default values are 0 0 which correspond to no  shift.
                     Note that offsets are ignored when not overwriting the hooked texture.

                     A  special  value  of ALIGN will attempt to fix existing offset of HOOKED by
                     align it with reference. It requires HOOKED to be resizable (see below).  It
                     works transparently with fragment shader. For compute shader, the predefined
                     texmap macro is required to handle coordinate mapping.

              COMPONENTS <n>
                     Specifies how many components of this pass's output are relevant and  should
                     be stored in the texture, up to 4 (rgba). By default, this value is equal to
                     the number of components in HOOKED.

              COMPUTE <bw> <bh> [<tw> <th>]
                     Specifies that this shader should be treated as a compute shader,  with  the
                     block  size  bw  and  bh. The compute shader will be dispatched with however
                     many blocks are necessary to completely tile over the output.   Within  each
                     block,  there  will  bw tw*th threads, forming a single work group. In other
                     words: tw and th specify the work group size, which can  be  different  from
                     the block size. So for example, a compute shader with bw, bh = 32 and tw, th
                     = 8 running on a 500x500 texture would dispatch 16x16 blocks  (rounded  up),
                     each with 8x8 threads.

                     Compute  shaders  in  mpv are treated a bit different from fragment shaders.
                     Instead of defining a vec4 hook that produces an output sample, you directly
                     define  void  hook  which  writes  to  a  fixed  writeonly  image unit named
                     out_image (this is bound by mpv) using imageStore. To help translate texture
                     coordinates  in  the  absence  of  vertices, mpv provides a special function
                     NAME_map(id) to map from the texel space of the output image to the  texture
                     coordinates for all bound textures. In particular, NAME_pos is equivalent to
                     NAME_map(gl_GlobalInvocationID), although using this only really makes sense
                     if (tw,th) == (bw,bh).

              Each  bound mpv texture (via BIND) will make available the following definitions to
              that shader pass, where NAME is the name of the bound texture:

              vec4 NAME_tex(vec2 pos)
                     The sampling function to use to access the texture at  a  certain  spot  (in
                     texture  coordinate  space,  range  [0,1]). This takes care of any necessary
                     normalization conversions.

              vec4 NAME_texOff(vec2 offset)
                     Sample the texture at a certain offset in pixels. This works  like  NAME_tex
                     but additionally takes care of necessary rotations, so that sampling at e.g.
                     vec2(-1,0) is always one pixel to the left.

              vec2 NAME_pos
                     The local texture coordinate of that texture, range [0,1].

              vec2 NAME_size
                     The (rotated) size in pixels of the texture.

              mat2 NAME_rot
                     The rotation matrix associated with this texture. (Rotates  pixel  space  to
                     texture coordinates)

              vec2 NAME_pt
                     The (unrotated) size of a single pixel, range [0,1].

              float NAME_mul
                     The  coefficient  that  needs  to be multiplied into the texture contents in
                     order to normalize it to the range [0,1].

              sampler NAME_raw
                     The raw bound texture itself. The use  of  this  should  be  avoided  unless
                     absolutely necessary.

              Normally, users should use either NAME_tex or NAME_texOff to read from the texture.
              For some shaders however , it can be better for performance to do  custom  sampling
              from  NAME_raw,  in  which  case  care  needs  to  be taken to respect NAME_mul and

              In  addition  to  these  parameters,  the  following  uniforms  are  also  globally

              float random
                     A random number in the range [0-1], different per frame.

              int frame
                     A  simple  count  of  frames  rendered, increases by one per frame and never
                     resets (regardless of seeks).

              vec2 input_size
                     The size in pixels of the input image (possibly cropped and prescaled).

              vec2 target_size
                     The size in pixels of the visible part of the scaled (and possibly  cropped)

              vec2 tex_offset
                     Texture   offset  introduced  by  user  shaders  or  options  like  panscan,
                     video-align-x/y, video-pan-x/y.

              Internally, vo_gpu may generate any number of the following textures.   Whenever  a
              texture is rendered and saved by vo_gpu, all of the passes that have hooked into it
              will run, in the order they were added by the user. This is a  list  of  the  legal
              hook points:

              RGB, LUMA, CHROMA, ALPHA, XYZ (resizable)
                     Source  planes (raw). Which of these fire depends on the image format of the

              CHROMA_SCALED, ALPHA_SCALED (fixed)
                     Source planes (upscaled). These only fire on subsampled content.

              NATIVE (resizable)
                     The combined image, in the source colorspace, before conversion to RGB.

              MAINPRESUB (resizable)
                     The image, after conversion to RGB, but  before  --blend-subtitles=video  is

              MAIN (resizable)
                     The main image, after conversion to RGB but before upscaling.

              LINEAR (fixed)
                     Linear light image, before scaling. This only fires when --linear-upscaling,
                     --linear-downscaling or --sigmoid-upscaling is in effect.

              SIGMOID (fixed)
                     Sigmoidized light, before scaling. This only fires when  --sigmoid-upscaling
                     is in effect.

              PREKERNEL (fixed)
                     The image immediately before the scaler kernel runs.

              POSTKERNEL (fixed)
                     The image immediately after the scaler kernel runs.

              SCALED (fixed)
                     The final upscaled image, before color management.

              OUTPUT (fixed)
                     The  final  output  image,  after  color management but before dithering and
                     drawing to screen.

              Only the textures labelled with resizable may be  transformed  by  the  pass.  When
              overwriting  a  texture  marked fixed, the WIDTH, HEIGHT and OFFSET must be left at
              their default values.

              CLI/config file only alias for --glsl-shaders-append.

              Enable the debanding algorithm. This greatly reduces the amount of visible banding,
              blocking and other quantization artifacts, at the expense of very slightly blurring
              some of the finest details. In practice, it's virtually always an improvement - the
              only reason to disable it would be for performance.

              The  number  of debanding steps to perform per sample. Each step reduces a bit more
              banding, but takes time to compute. Note that the strength of each step  falls  off
              very quickly, so high numbers (>4) are practically useless.  (Default 1)

              The  debanding  filter's  cut-off  threshold. Higher numbers increase the debanding
              strength dramatically but progressively diminish image details.  (Default 64)

              The debanding filter's initial radius.  The  radius  increases  linearly  for  each
              iteration. A higher radius will find more gradients, but a lower radius will smooth
              more aggressively. (Default 16)

              If you increase the --deband-iterations,  you  should  probably  decrease  this  to

              Add  some  extra  noise  to  the image. This significantly helps cover up remaining
              quantization artifacts. Higher numbers add more noise. (Default 48)

              If set to a value other than 0, enable an unsharp masking filter.  Positive  values
              will  sharpen  the  image (but add more ringing and aliasing). Negative values will
              blur the image. If your GPU is powerful  enough,  consider  alternatives  like  the
              ewa_lanczossharp scale filter, or the --scale-blur option.

              Call  glFinish()  before  swapping  buffers  (default: disabled). Slower, but might
              improve results when doing framedropping.  Can  completely  ruin  performance.  The
              details depend entirely on the OpenGL driver.

              Call  glXWaitVideoSyncSGI  after each buffer swap (default: disabled).  This may or
              may not help with video timing accuracy and frame drop.  It's  possible  that  this
              makes video output slower, or has no effect at all.

              X11/GLX only.

              Calls  DwmFlush  after  swapping  buffers  on Windows (default: auto). It also sets
              SwapInterval(0) to ignore the OpenGL timing. Values are:  no  (disabled),  windowed
              (only in windowed mode), yes (also in full screen).

              The  value  auto  will try to determine whether the compositor is active, and calls
              DwmFlush only if it seems to be.

              This may help to get more consistent  frame  intervals,  especially  with  high-fps
              clips  -  which  might  also  reduce dropped frames. Typically, a value of windowed
              should be enough, since full screen may bypass the DWM.

              Windows only.

              Selects a specific feature level when using  the  ANGLE  backend  with  D3D11.   By
              default,  the  highest  available feature level is used. This option can be used to
              select a lower feature level, which is mainly  useful  for  debugging.   Note  that
              OpenGL  ES  3.0  is  only supported at feature level 10_1 or higher.  Most extended
              OpenGL features will not work at lower feature levels (similar to --gpu-dumb-mode).

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Use WARP (Windows Advanced Rasterization Platform) when  using  the  ANGLE  backend
              with  D3D11  (default:  auto).  This  is  a  high performance software renderer. By
              default, it is used when the Direct3D hardware does not support Direct3D 11 feature
              level 9_3. While the extended OpenGL features will work with WARP, they can be very

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Use ANGLE's built in EGL windowing functions  to  create  a  swap  chain  (default:
              auto). If this is set to no and the D3D11 renderer is in use, ANGLE's built in swap
              chain will not be used and  a  custom  swap  chain  that  is  optimized  for  video
              rendering will be created instead. If set to auto, a custom swap chain will be used
              for D3D11 and the built in swap chain will be used for D3D9. This option is  mainly
              for  debugging purposes, in case the custom swap chain has poor performance or does
              not work.

              If  set  to  yes,  the  --angle-max-frame-latency,   --angle-swapchain-length   and
              --angle-flip options will have no effect.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Enable  flip-model  presentation, which avoids unnecessarily copying the backbuffer
              by sharing surfaces with the DWM (default: yes). This may cause performance  issues
              with  older  drivers.  If flip-model presentation is not supported (for example, on
              Windows 7 without the platform update), mpv will automatically  fall  back  to  the
              older bitblt presentation model.

              If set to no, the --angle-swapchain-length option will have no effect.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Forces  a  specific  renderer when using the ANGLE backend (default: auto). In auto
              mode this will pick D3D11 for systems that support Direct3D 11 feature level 9_3 or
              higher,  and D3D9 otherwise. This option is mainly for debugging purposes. Normally
              there is no reason to force a specific renderer, though  --angle-renderer=d3d9  may
              give  slightly better performance on old hardware. Note that the D3D9 renderer only
              supports OpenGL ES 2.0, so most extended OpenGL features  will  not  work  if  this
              renderer is selected (similar to --gpu-dumb-mode).

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Deactivates  the  automatic  graphics  switching  and  forces  the  dedicated  GPU.
              (default: no)

              OS X only.

              Use the Apple Software Renderer when using cocoa-cb (default: auto). If set  to  no
              the software renderer is never used and instead fails when a the usual pixel format
              could not be created, yes will always only use the software renderer, and auto only
              falls  back  to  the  software  renderer  when  the  usual pixel format couldn't be

              OS X only.

              Creates a 10bit capable pixel format  for  the  context  creation  (default:  yes).
              Instead of 8bit integer framebuffer a 16bit half-float framebuffer is requested.

              OS X only.

              Sets  the  appearance  of  the  title  bar (default: auto). Not all combinations of
              appearances and --macos-title-bar-material materials  make  sense  or  are  unique.
              Appearances  that  are  not supported by you current macOS version fall back to the
              default value.  macOS and cocoa-cb only

              <appearance> can be one of the following:

              auto   Detects the system settings and sets the title bar appearance appropriately.
                     On macOS 10.14 it also detects run time changes.

              aqua   The standard macOS Light appearance.

                     The standard macOS Dark appearance. (macOS 10.14+)

                     Light vibrancy appearance with.

                     Dark vibrancy appearance with.

                     Light Accessibility appearance. (macOS 10.14+)

                     Dark Accessibility appearance. (macOS 10.14+)

                     Light vibrancy Accessibility appearance.  (macOS 10.14+)

                     Dark vibrancy Accessibility appearance.  (macOS 10.14+)

              Sets  the  material  of the title bar (default: titlebar). All deprecated materials
              should not be used on macOS 10.14+ because their functionality is  not  guaranteed.
              Not all combinations of materials and --macos-title-bar-appearance appearances make
              sense or are unique.  Materials that are not supported by you current macOS version
              fall back to the default value.  macOS and cocoa-cb only

              <material> can be one of the following:

                     The standard macOS titel bar material.

                     The standard macOS selection material.

              menu   The standard macOS menu material. (macOS 10.11+)

                     The standard macOS popover material. (macOS 10.11+)

                     The standard macOS sidebar material. (macOS 10.11+)

                     The standard macOS header view material.  (macOS 10.14+)

              sheet  The standard macOS sheet material. (macOS 10.14+)

                     The standard macOS window background material.  (macOS 10.14+)

                     The standard macOS hudWindow material. (macOS 10.14+)

                     The standard macOS full screen material.  (macOS 10.14+)

                     The standard macOS tool tip material. (macOS 10.14+)

                     The standard macOS content background material.  (macOS 10.14+)

                     The standard macOS under window background material.  (macOS 10.14+)

                     The  standard  macOS  under  page background material.  (deprecated in macOS

              dark   The standard macOS dark material.  (deprecated in macOS 10.14+)

              light  The standard macOS light material.  (macOS 10.14+)

                     The standard macOS mediumLight material.  (macOS 10.11+, deprecated in macOS

                     The  standard  macOS  ultraDark material.  (macOS 10.11+ deprecated in macOS

              Sets the color of the title bar (default: completely transparent). Is influenced by
              --macos-title-bar-appearance  and  --macos-title-bar-material.  See --sub-color for
              color syntax.

              Sets the fullscreen resize  animation  duration  in  ms  (default:  default).   The
              default  value  is  slightly  less  than the system's animation duration (500ms) to
              prevent some problems when the end of an async animation happens at the  same  time
              as  the  end  of the system wide fullscreen animation. Setting anything higher than
              500ms will only prematurely cancel the  resize  animation  after  the  system  wide
              animation  ended.  The  upper limit is still set at 1000ms since it's possible that
              Apple or the user changes the system defaults. Anything higher than  1000ms  though
              seems too long and shouldn't be set anyway.  OS X and cocoa-cb only

              Set  dimensions of the rendering surface used by the Android gpu context.  Needs to
              be set by the embedding application if the dimensions change during  runtime  (i.e.
              if the device is rotated), via the surfaceChanged callback.

              Android with --gpu-context=android only.

              Continue even if a software renderer is detected.

              The value auto (the default) selects the GPU context. You can also pass help to get
              a complete list of compiled in backends (sorted by autoprobe order).

              auto   auto-select (default)

              cocoa  Cocoa/OS X (deprecated, use --vo=libmpv instead)

              win    Win32/WGL

              winvk  VK_KHR_win32_surface

              angle  Direct3D11 through the OpenGL ES  translation  layer  ANGLE.  This  supports
                     almost everything the win backend does (if the ANGLE build is new enough).

              dxinterop (experimental)
                     Win32,  using  WGL for rendering and Direct3D 9Ex for presentation. Works on
                     Nvidia and AMD. Newer Intel chips with the latest drivers may also work.

              d3d11  Win32, with native Direct3D 11 rendering.

              x11    X11/GLX

              x11vk  VK_KHR_xlib_surface



              drm    DRM/EGL

              x11egl X11/EGL

                     Android/EGL. Requires --wid be set to an android.view.Surface.

              Controls which type of graphics APIs will be accepted:

              auto   Use any available API (default)

              opengl Allow only OpenGL (requires OpenGL 2.1+ or GLES 2.0+)

              vulkan Allow only Vulkan (requires a valid/working --spirv-compiler)

              d3d11  Allow only --gpu-context=d3d11

              Controls which type of OpenGL context will be accepted:

              auto   Allow all types of OpenGL (default)

              yes    Only allow GLES

              no     Only allow desktop/core GL

              Restricts all OpenGL versions above a certain  version.  Versions  are  encoded  in
              hundreds,  i.e.  OpenGL  4.5  ->  450.  As  an example, --opengl-restrict=300 would
              restrict OpenGL 3.0 and higher, effectively only allowing 2.x contexts.  Note  that
              this  only  imposes a limit on context creation APIs, the actual OpenGL context may
              still have a higher OpenGL version. (Default: 0)

              Selects the internal format of textures used for FBOs.  The  format  can  influence
              performance  and  quality  of  the  video  output.  fmt can be one of: rgb8, rgb10,
              rgb10_a2, rgb16, rgb16f, rgb32f, rgba12, rgba16, rgba16f, rgba16hf, rgba32f.

              Default: auto, which first attempts to utilize 16bit float (rgba16f, rgba16hf), and
              falls  back  to  rgba16  if  those are not available.  Finally, attempts to utilize
              rgb10_a2 or rgba8 if all of the previous formats are not available.

              Set an additional raw gamma factor (default: 1.0). If gamma is  adjusted  in  other
              ways  (like  with  the  --gamma option or key bindings and the gamma property), the
              value is multiplied with the other gamma value.

              Recommended values based on the environmental brightness:

              1.0    Pitch black or dimly lit room (default)

              1.1    Moderately lit room, home

              1.2    Brightly illuminated room, office

              NOTE: This is based around the assumptions of typical movie content, which contains
              an  implicit end-to-end of about 0.8 from scene to display. For bright environments
              it can be useful to cancel that out.

              Automatically corrects the gamma value depending  on  ambient  lighting  conditions
              (adding a gamma boost for bright rooms).

              With  ambient  illuminance of 16 lux, mpv will pick the 1.0 gamma value (no boost),
              and slightly increase the boost up until 1.2 for 256 lux.

              NOTE: Only implemented on OS X.

              Specifies the primaries of the display.  Video  colors  will  be  adapted  to  this
              colorspace when ICC color management is not being used. Valid values are:

              auto   Disable  any  adaptation,  except  for  atypical color spaces. Specifically,
                     wide/unusual gamuts get automatically  adapted  to  BT.709,  while  standard
                     gamut (i.e. BT.601 and BT.709) content is not touched. (default)

                     ITU-R BT.470 M

                     ITU-R BT.601 (525-line SD systems, eg. NTSC), SMPTE 170M/240M

                     ITU-R BT.601 (625-line SD systems, eg. PAL/SECAM), ITU-R BT.470 B/G

              bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD), IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB), SMPTE RP177 Annex B

                     ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)

              apple  Apple RGB

              adobe  Adobe RGB (1998)

                     ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

                     CIE 1931 RGB (not to be confused with CIE XYZ)

              dci-p3 DCI-P3 (Digital Cinema Colorspace), SMPTE RP431-2

                     Panasonic V-Gamut (VARICAM) primaries

                     Sony S-Gamut (S-Log) primaries

              Specifies the transfer characteristics (gamma) of the display. Video colors will be
              adjusted to this curve when ICC color management is not being used.   Valid  values

              auto   Disable  any adaptation, except for atypical transfers. Specifically, HDR or
                     linear light source material gets  automatically  converted  to  gamma  2.2,
                     while SDR content is not touched. (default)

                     ITU-R BT.1886 curve (assuming infinite contrast)

              srgb   IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)

              linear Linear light output

                     Pure power curve (gamma 1.8), also used for Apple RGB

                     Pure power curve (gamma 2.0)

                     Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)

                     Pure power curve (gamma 2.4)

                     Pure power curve (gamma 2.6)

                     Pure power curve (gamma 2.8), also used for BT.470-BG

                     ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

              pq     ITU-R BT.2100 PQ (Perceptual quantizer) curve, aka SMPTE ST2084

              hlg    ITU-R BT.2100 HLG (Hybrid Log-gamma) curve, aka ARIB STD-B67

              v-log  Panasonic V-Log (VARICAM) curve

              s-log1 Sony S-Log1 curve

              s-log2 Sony S-Log2 curve

                 When  using  HDR  output  formats, mpv will encode to the specified curve but it
                 will not set any HDMI flags or other signalling that might be required  for  the
                 target   device   to   correctly  display  the  HDR  signal.   The  user  should
                 independently guarantee this before using these signal formats for display.

              Specifies the measured peak brightness of the output display, in cd/m^2 (AKA nits).
              The  interpretation  of  this brightness depends on the configured --target-trc. In
              all cases, it imposes a limit on the  signal  values  that  will  be  sent  to  the
              display. If the source exceeds this brightness level, a tone mapping filter will be
              inserted. For HLG, it has the additional effect of parametrizing the inverse  OOTF,
              in order to get colorimetrically consistent results with the mastering display. For
              SDR, or when using an ICC (profile (--icc-profile), setting this to a  value  above
              100  essentially  causes  the display to be treated as if it were an HDR display in
              disguise. (See the note below)

              In auto mode (the default), the chosen peak is an appropriate value  based  on  the
              TRC in use. For SDR curves, it uses 100. For HDR curves, it uses 100 * the transfer
              function's nominal peak.

                 When using an SDR transfer function, this is normally not needed, and setting it
                 may lead to very unexpected results. The one time it is useful is if you want to
                 calibrate a HDR display using traditional  transfer  functions  and  calibration
                 equipment. In such cases, you can set your HDR display to a high brightness such
                 as 800 cd/m^2, and then calibrate it to a standard curve like gamma2.8.  Setting
                 this  value  to  800  would  then instruct mpv to essentially treat it as an HDR
                 display with the given peak. This may be  a  good  alternative  in  environments
                 where  PQ  or HLG input to the display is not possible, and makes it possible to
                 use HDR displays with mpv regardless of operating system support  for  HDMI  HDR

                 In such a configuration, we highly recommend setting --tone-mapping to mobius or
                 even clip.

              Specifies the algorithm used for tone-mapping images onto the target display.  This
              is  relevant  for both HDR->SDR conversion as well as gamut reduction (e.g. playing
              back BT.2020 content on a standard gamut display).  Valid values are:

              clip   Hard-clip any out-of-range values. Use this  when  you  care  about  perfect
                     color  accuracy  for  in-range  values  at the cost of completely distorting
                     out-of-range values. Not generally recommended.

              mobius Generalization of Reinhard  to  a  Möbius  transform  with  linear  section.
                     Smoothly  maps  out-of-range  values while retaining contrast and colors for
                     in-range material as much as possible. Use this when you  care  about  color
                     accuracy  more  than  detail preservation. This is somewhere in between clip
                     and reinhard, depending on the value of --tone-mapping-param.

                     Reinhard tone mapping algorithm. Very simple  continuous  curve.   Preserves
                     overall  image  brightness  but  uses  nonlinear  contrast, which results in
                     flattening of details and degradation in color accuracy.

              hable  Similar to reinhard but  preserves  both  dark  and  bright  details  better
                     (slightly  sigmoidal),  at  the  cost  of  slightly darkening / desaturating
                     everything. Developed by John Hable for use in video games.  Use  this  when
                     you care about detail preservation more than color/brightness accuracy. This
                     is roughly equivalent to --tone-mapping=reinhard  --tone-mapping-param=0.24.
                     If possible, you should also enable --hdr-compute-peak for the best results.

              gamma  Fits a logarithmic transfer between the tone curves.

              linear Linearly stretches the entire reference gamut to (a linear multiple of)  the

              Set tone mapping parameters. By default, this is set to the special string default,
              which maps to an algorithm-specific default value.  Ignored  if  the  tone  mapping
              algorithm is not tunable. This affects the following tone mapping algorithms:

              clip   Specifies  an  extra  linear  coefficient to multiply into the signal before
                     clipping. Defaults to 1.0.

              mobius Specifies the transition point from linear to mobius transform. Every  value
                     below  this  point is guaranteed to be mapped 1:1. The higher the value, the
                     more accurate the result will be, at the  cost  of  losing  bright  details.
                     Defaults  to  0.3,  which  due  to  the  steep initial slope still preserves
                     in-range colors fairly accurately.

                     Specifies the local contrast coefficient at the display  peak.  Defaults  to
                     0.5,  which  means that in-gamut values will be about half as bright as when

              gamma  Specifies the exponent of the function. Defaults to 1.8.

              linear Specifies the scale factor to use while stretching. Defaults to 1.0.

              Upper limit for how much the tone mapping algorithm is allowed to boost the average
              brightness  by  over-exposing  the  image.  The  default  value  of  1.0  allows no
              additional brightness boost. A value of 2.0 would allow over-exposing by  a  factor
              of  2, and so on. Raising this setting can help reveal details that would otherwise
              be hidden in dark scenes, but raising it too high  will  make  dark  scenes  appear
              unnaturally bright.

              Compute  the  HDR peak and frame average brightness per-frame instead of relying on
              tagged metadata. These values are averaged over  local  regions  as  well  as  over
              several  frames  to  prevent  the value from jittering around too much. This option
              basically gives you dynamic, per-scene tone  mapping.   Requires  compute  shaders,
              which is a fairly recent OpenGL feature, and will probably also perform horribly on
              some drivers, so enable at your own risk.  The special value  auto  (default)  will
              enable  HDR  peak  computation  automatically  if  compute  shaders  and  SSBOs are

              The decay rate used for the HDR peak detection algorithm (default: 100.0).  This is
              only relevant when --hdr-compute-peak is enabled. Higher values make the peak decay
              more  slowly,  leading  to  more  stable  values  at  the   cost   of   more   "eye
              adaptation"-like    effects    (although    this    is    mitigated   somewhat   by
              --hdr-scene-threshold).  A  value  of  1.0  (the  lowest  possible)  disables   all
              averaging,  meaning each frame's value is used directly as measured, but doing this
              is not recommended for "noisy" sources since it may lead to excessive flicker.  (In
              signal  theory  terms,  this  controls  the  time constant "tau" of an IIR low pass

       --hdr-scene-threshold-low=<0.0..100.0>, --hdr-scene-threshold-high=<0.0..100.0>
              The lower and upper thresholds (in dB) for a brightness difference to be considered
              a  scene  change  (default:  5.5  low,  10.0  high).  This  is  only  relevant when
              --hdr-compute-peak is enabled. Normally, small fluctuations in the frame brightness
              are  compensated  for  by  the peak averaging mechanism, but for large jumps in the
              brightness this can result in the frame remaining too bright or too dark for up  to
              several  seconds,  depending  on  the value of --hdr-peak-decay-rate. To counteract
              this, when the brightness between the running average and the current frame exceeds
              the  low  threshold,  mpv will make the averaging filter more aggressive, up to the
              limit of the high threshold (at which point the filter becomes instant).

              Apply desaturation for highlights  (default:  0.75).  The  parameter  controls  the
              strength  of the desaturation curve. A value of 0.0 completely disables it, while a
              value of 1.0 means that overly bright colors will tend towards white. (This is  not
              always the case, especially not for highlights that are near primary colors)

              Values  in  between  apply  progressively  more/less aggressive desaturation.  This
              setting helps prevent unnaturally oversaturated  colors  for  super-highlights,  by
              (smoothly)  turning  them  into  less  saturated  (per  channel tone mapped) colors
              instead. This makes images feel more natural, at the cost of chromatic  distortions
              for out-of-range colors. The default value of 0.75 provides a good balance. Setting
              this to 0.0 preserves the chromatic accuracy of the tone mapping process.

              This setting controls the exponent of the desaturation curve,  which  controls  how
              bright  a color needs to be in order to start being desaturated. The default of 1.5
              provides a reasonable balance.  Decreasing  this  exponent  makes  the  curve  more

              If  enabled,  mpv  will  mark  all  clipped/out-of-gamut pixels that exceed a given
              threshold (currently hard-coded to 101%). The affected pixels will be  inverted  to
              make  them  stand  out. Note: This option applies after the effects of all of mpv's
              color space transformation / tone mapping options, so it's a good idea  to  combine
              this  with  --tone-mapping=clip and use --target-prim to set the gamut to simulate.
              For example, --target-prim=bt.709 would make mpv highlight all pixels  that  exceed
              the  gamut  of a standard gamut (sRGB) display. This option also does not work well
              with ICC profiles, since the 3DLUTs are always generated against the  source  color
              space and have chromatically-accurate clipping built in.

              Load  the  embedded  ICC  profile  contained  in  media  files  such as PNG images.
              (Default: yes). Note that this option only works when  also  using  a  display  ICC
              profile  (--icc-profile  or  --icc-profile-auto),  and  also  requires  LittleCMS 2

              Load an ICC profile and use it to transform video  RGB  to  screen  output.   Needs
              LittleCMS   2  support  compiled  in.  This  option  overrides  the  --target-prim,
              --target-trc and --icc-profile-auto options.

              Automatically select the ICC display profile currently  specified  by  the  display
              settings of the operating system.

              NOTE:  On Windows, the default profile must be an ICC profile. WCS profiles are not

              Applications using libmpv with the render API need to provide the ICC  profile  via

              Store  and  load  the 3D LUTs created from the ICC profile in this directory.  This
              can be used to speed up loading, since LittleCMS 2 can take a while to create a  3D
              LUT.  Note  that  these  files contain uncompressed LUTs. Their size depends on the
              --icc-3dlut-size, and can be very big.

              NOTE: This is not cleaned automatically, so  old,  unused  cache  files  may  stick
              around indefinitely.

              Specifies   the   ICC   intent  used  for  the  color  transformation  (when  using

              0      perceptual

              1      relative colorimetric (default)

              2      saturation

              3      absolute colorimetric

              Size of the 3D LUT generated from the ICC profile in each  dimension.   Default  is
              64x64x64. Sizes may range from 2 to 512.

              Specifies  an  upper  limit on the target device's contrast ratio. This is detected
              automatically from the profile if possible, but  for  some  profiles  it  might  be
              missing,  causing  the  contrast  to be assumed as infinite. As a result, video may
              appear darker than intended. This only affects BT.1886 content. The  default  of  0
              means  no  limit  if  the detected contrast is less than 100000, and limits to 1000
              otherwise. Use --icc-contrast=inf to preserve the infinite  contrast  (most  likely
              when using OLED displays).

              Blend  subtitles  directly  onto upscaled video frames, before interpolation and/or
              color management (default: no). Enabling this causes subtitles to  be  affected  by
              --icc-profile,  --target-prim,  --target-trc,  --interpolation,  --gamma-factor and
              --glsl-shaders. It also increases subtitle performance when using --interpolation.

              The downside of enabling this is that it restricts subtitles to the visible portion
              of  the video, so you can't have subtitles exist in the black margins below a video
              (for example).

              If video is selected, the behavior is similar to yes, but subs  are  drawn  at  the
              video's native resolution, and scaled along with the video.

                 This  changes the way subtitle colors are handled. Normally, subtitle colors are
                 assumed to be in sRGB and color  managed  as  such.  Enabling  this  makes  them
                 treated  as  being  in the video's color space instead. This is good if you want
                 things like softsubbed ASS signs to match the video colors, but  may  cause  SRT
                 subtitles or similar to look slightly off.

              Decides what to do if the input has an alpha component.

                     Blend the frame against a 16x16 gray/white tiles background (default).

              blend  Blend the frame against the background color (--background, normally black).

              yes    Try  to  create a framebuffer with alpha component. This only makes sense if
                     the video contains alpha information (which is extremely rare). May  not  be
                     supported  on  all  platforms.  If  alpha  framebuffers  are unavailable, it
                     silently falls back on a normal  framebuffer.  Note  that  if  you  set  the
                     --fbo-format  option  to  a  non-default  value, a format with alpha must be
                     specified, or this won't work.  This does not work on X11 with EGL and  Mesa
                     (freedesktop bug 67676).

              no     Ignore alpha component.

              Force  use  of  rectangle  textures (default: no). Normally this shouldn't have any
              advantages over normal textures. Note that hardware decoding overrides  this  flag.
              Could be removed any time.

              Color  used  to  draw parts of the mpv window not covered by video. See --osd-color
              option how colors are defined.

       --gpu-tex-pad-x, --gpu-tex-pad-y
              Enlarge the video source textures by this many pixels. For debugging only (normally
              textures  are  sized  exactly,  but due to hardware decoding interop we may have to
              deal with additional padding, which can be tested with  these  options).  Could  be
              removed any time.

              Call  glFlush()  after  rendering  a  frame  and  before  attempting  to display it
              (default: auto). Can fix stuttering in some cases, in other cases  probably  causes
              it.  The  auto mode will call glFlush() only if the renderer is going to wait for a
              while after rendering, instead of flipping GL  front  and  backbuffers  immediately
              (i.e. it doesn't call it in display-sync mode).

              On  OSX  this is always deactivated because it only causes performance problems and
              other regressions.

              This mode is extremely restricted, and will disable most  extended  features.  That
              includes high quality scalers and custom shaders!

              It  is  intended  for  hardware  that  does not support FBOs (including GLES, which
              supports it insufficiently), or to get some more performance  out  of  bad  or  old

              This  mode  is forced automatically if needed, and this option is mostly useful for
              debugging. The default of  auto  will  enable  it  automatically  if  nothing  uses
              features which require FBOs.

              This option might be silently removed in the future.

              Store   and  load  compiled  GLSL  shaders  in  this  directory.  Normally,  shader
              compilation is very fast, so this is usually not needed. It mostly matters for  GPU
              APIs  that  require  internally recompiling shaders to other languages, for example
              anything based on ANGLE or Vulkan. Enabling this can improve startup performance on
              these platforms.

              NOTE:  This  is  not  cleaned  automatically,  so old, unused cache files may stick
              around indefinitely.

              Set the list of tags that should be displayed on the terminal. Tags that are in the
              list,  but  are not present in the played file, will not be shown.  If a value ends
              with *, all tags are matched by prefix (though there is no general globbing).  Just
              passing * essentially filtering.

              The default includes a common list of tags, call mpv with --list-options to see it.

              This is a string list option. See List Options for details.

              Maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)

              Gradually  adjusts  the  A/V  sync  based  on audio delay measurements.  Specifying
              --autosync=0, the default, will cause frame timing to be based  entirely  on  audio
              delay  measurements.  Specifying  --autosync=1  will  do  the same, but will subtly
              change the A/V correction algorithm. An uneven video framerate  in  a  video  which
              plays  fine with --no-audio can often be helped by setting this to an integer value
              greater than 1. The higher the value, the closer the timing will be to  --no-audio.
              Try  --autosync=30 to smooth out problems with sound drivers which do not implement
              a perfect audio delay measurement. With this  value,  if  large  A/V  sync  offsets
              occur,  they  will  only  take  about  1  or 2 seconds to settle out. This delay in
              reaction time to sudden A/V offsets should be the only side effect of turning  this
              option on, for all sound drivers.

              Control  how  long  before  video  display target time the frame should be rendered
              (default: 0.050). If a video frame should be displayed at a certain  time,  the  VO
              will start rendering the frame earlier, and then will perform a blocking wait until
              the display time, and only then "swap" the frame to display. The  rendering  cannot
              start  before  the previous frame is displayed, so this value is implicitly limited
              by the video framerate. With normal video  frame  rates,  the  default  value  will
              ensure  that  rendering  is always immediately started after the previous frame was
              displayed. On the other hand, setting a too high value  can  reduce  responsiveness
              with low FPS value.

              For  client  API users using the render API (or the deprecated opengl-cb API), this
              option is interesting, because you can stop the render API from limiting  your  FPS
              (see mpv_render_context_render() documentation).

              This  applies  only to audio timing modes (e.g. --video-sync=audio). In other modes
              (--video-sync=display-...), video timing relies on vsync blocking, and this  option
              is not used.

              How the player synchronizes audio and video.

              If  you use this option, you usually want to set it to display-resample to enable a
              timing mode that tries to not skip or repeat frames when for example playing  24fps
              video on a 24Hz screen.

              The   modes   starting   with  display-  try  to  output  video  frames  completely
              synchronously to the display, using the detected display vertical refresh rate as a
              hint  how  fast frames will be displayed on average. These modes change video speed
              slightly to match the display. See --video-sync-...  options for fine  tuning.  The
              robustness  of this mode is further reduced by making a some idealized assumptions,
              which may not always apply in reality.  Behavior can  depend  on  the  VO  and  the
              system's  video  and  audio  drivers.   Media  files  must  use constant framerate.
              Section-wise VFR might work as well with some container formats (but not e.g. mkv).

              Under some circumstances, the player automatically reverts to audio mode  for  some
              time  or  permanently.  This  can  happen  on  very  low framerate video, or if the
              framerate cannot be detected.

              Also in display-sync modes it can happen that interruptions to video playback (such
              as  toggling  fullscreen  mode,  or simply resizing the window) will skip the video
              frames that should have been displayed, while audio mode will  display  them  after
              the  renderer  has resumed (typically resulting in a short A/V desync and the video
              "catching up").

              Before mpv 0.30.0, there was a fallback to audio mode on severe  A/V  desync.  This
              was  changed  for  the  sake of not sporadically stopping. Now, display-desync does
              what it promises and may desync with audio by an  arbitrary  amount,  until  it  is
              manually fixed with a seek.

              These  modes  also  require  a  vsync  blocked  presentation mode. For OpenGL, this
              translates   to   --opengl-swapinterval=1.   For   Vulkan,   it    translates    to
              --vulkan-swap-mode=fifo (or fifo-relaxed).

              The  modes  with  desync in their names do not attempt to keep audio/video in sync.
              They will slowly (or quickly) desync, until e.g. the next seek happens. These modes
              are meant for testing, not serious use.

              audio  Time video frames to audio. This is the most robust mode, because the player
                     doesn't  have  to  assume  anything  about  how  the  display  behaves.  The
                     disadvantage  is  that  it can lead to occasional frame drops or repeats. If
                     audio is disabled, this uses the system clock. This is the default mode.

                     Resample audio to match the video. This mode will also try to  adjust  audio
                     speed  to compensate for other drift.  (This means it will play the audio at
                     a different speed every once in a while to reduce the A/V difference.)

                     Resample audio to match the video.  Drop  video  frames  to  compensate  for

                     Like the previous mode, but no A/V compensation.

                     Drop  or  repeat  video  frames  to compensate desyncing video. (Although it
                     should  have  the  same  effects  as  audio,  the  implementation  is   very

                     Drop   or   repeat   audio   data   to   compensate   desyncing  video.  See
                     --video-sync-adrop-size. This mode will cause severe audio artifacts if  the
                     real monitor refresh rate is too different from the reported or forced rate.

                     Sync video to display, and let audio play on its own.

              desync Sync video according to system clock, and let audio play on its own.

              Maximum   speed   difference   in   percent   that   is   applied   to  video  with
              --video-sync=display-... (default: 1). Display sync mode will be  disabled  if  the
              monitor  and  video  refresh  way  do  not  match  within the given range. It tries
              multiples as well: playing 30 fps video on a 60  Hz  screen  will  duplicate  every
              second  frame.  Playing  24  fps  video  on  a  60  Hz  screen will play video in a
              2-3-2-3-... pattern.

              The default settings are not loose enough to speed up 23.976 fps video to  25  fps.
              We  consider  the  pitch  change too extreme to allow this behavior by default. Set
              this option to a value of 5 to enable it.

              Note that in the --video-sync=display-resample mode, audio speed will  additionally
              be    changed    by   a   small   amount   if   necessary   for   A/V   sync.   See

              Maximum additional speed difference in  percent  that  is  applied  to  audio  with
              --video-sync=display-...  (default: 0.125). Normally, the player plays the audio at
              the speed of the video. But if the difference between audio and video  position  is
              too  high, e.g. due to drift or other timing errors, it will attempt to speed up or
              slow down audio by this additional factor. Too low values could lead to video frame
              dropping  or  repeating  if  the  A/V desync cannot be compensated, too high values
              could lead to chaotic frame dropping due to the audio "overshooting"  and  skipping
              multiple video frames before the sync logic can react.

              For  the  --video-sync=display-adrop mode. This mode duplicates/drops audio data to
              keep audio in sync with video. To avoid audio  artifacts  on  jitter  (which  would
              add/remove  samples  all  the time), this is done in relatively large, fixed units,
              controlled by this option. The unit is seconds.

              Framerate used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files with  mf://  (default:

              Input  file  type  for  mf:// (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi). By default, this is
              guessed from the file extension.

              Instead of playing a file,  read  its  byte  stream  and  write  it  to  the  given
              destination   file.   The  destination  is  overwritten.  Can  be  useful  to  test
              network-related behavior.

              Set AVOptions on streams opened with libavformat. Unknown or misspelled options are
              silently  ignored. (They are mentioned in the terminal output in verbose mode, i.e.
              --v. In general we can't print errors, because other  options  such  as  e.g.  user
              agent are not available with all protocols, and printing errors for unknown options
              would end up being too noisy.)

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.

              (Windows only.)  Set the MMCSS profile for  the  video  renderer  thread  (default:

              (Windows  only.)   Set  process  priority  for  mpv  according  to  the  predefined
              priorities available under Windows.

              Possible values of <prio>: idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

                 Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

              Force the contents of the media-title property to this value.  Useful  for  scripts
              which want to set a title, without overriding the user's setting in --title.

              Load  a  file  and  add  all  of its tracks. This is useful to play different files
              together (for example audio from one file, video from  another),  or  for  advanced
              --lavfi-complex used (like playing two video files at the same time).

              Unlike  --sub-files and --audio-files, this includes all tracks, and does not cause
              default stream selection over the  "proper"  file.  This  makes  it  slightly  less
              intrusive. (In mpv 0.28.0 and before, this was not quite strictly enforced.)

              This is a path list option. See List Options for details.

              CLI/config  file  only  alias  for --external-files-append. Each use of this option
              will add a new external files.

              Automatically load/select external files (default: yes).

              If set to no, then do  not  automatically  load  external  files  as  specified  by
              --sub-auto  and  --audio-file-auto. If external files are forcibly added (like with
              --sub-files), they will not be auto-selected.

              This  does  not  affect  playlist  expansion,  redirection,  or  other  loading  of
              referenced files like with ordered chapters.

              Deprecated, use --stream-record, or the dump-cache command.

              Record  the current stream to the given target file. The target file will always be
              overwritten without asking.

              This was deprecated because it isn't very nice to use. For one, seeking while  this
              is  enabled  will  be  directly  reflected  in the output, which was not useful and

              Write received/read data from the demuxer to the given output file. The output file
              will  always  be overwritten without asking. The output format is determined by the
              extension of the output file.

              Switching streams or seeking during  recording  might  result  in  recording  being
              stopped and/or broken files. Use with care.

              Seeking outside of the demuxer cache will result in "skips" in the output file, but
              seeking within  the demuxer cache should not affect  recording.  One  exception  is
              when  you  seek back far enough to exceed the forward buffering size, in which case
              the cache stops actively reading. This will return in dropped data if it's  a  live

              If this is set at runtime, the old file is closed, and the new file is opened. Note
              that this will write only data that is appended at the end of the  cache,  and  the
              already  cached  data  cannot  be written. You can try the dump-cache command as an

              External files (--audio-file etc.) are ignored by this, it works on the "main" file
              only.  Using this with files using ordered chapters or EDL files will also not work
              correctly in general.

              There are some glitches with this because it uses FFmpeg's libavformat for  writing
              the  output  file.  For  example, it's typical that it will only work if the output
              format is the same as the input format. This is the case even if it works with  the
              ffmpeg  tool.  One reason for this is that ffmpeg and its libraries contain certain
              hacks and workarounds for these issues, that are unavailable to outside users.

              This   replaces   --record-file.   It   is   similar   to    the    ancient/removed
              --stream-capture/-capture options, and provides better behavior in most cases (i.e.
              actually works).

              Set a "complex" libavfilter filter, which means a  single  filter  graph  can  take
              input from multiple source audio and video tracks. The graph can result in a single
              audio or video output (or both).

              Currently, the filter graph labels are  used  to  select  the  participating  input
              tracks and audio/video output. The following rules apply:

              · A label of the form aidN selects audio track N as input (e.g.  aid1).

              · A label of the form vidN selects video track N as input.

              · A label named ao will be connected to the audio output.

              · A label named vo will be connected to the video output.

              Each  label  can  be  used  only  once. If you want to use e.g. an audio stream for
              multiple filters, you need to use  the  asplit  filter.  Multiple  video  or  audio
              outputs are not possible, but you can use filters to merge them into one.

              It's  not  possible to change the tracks connected to the filter at runtime, unless
              you explicitly change the lavfi-complex property and  set  new  track  assignments.
              When  the  graph  is  changed, the track selection is changed according to the used
              labels as well.

              Other tracks, as long as they're not connected to the filter, and the corresponding
              output  is not connected to the filter, can still be freely changed with the normal

              Note that the normal filter chains (--af, --vf) are  applied  between  the  complex
              graphs (e.g. ao label) and the actual output.


                 · --lavfi-complex='[aid1] [aid2] amix [ao]' Play audio track 1 and 2 at the same

                 · --lavfi-complex='[vid1] [vid2] vstack [vo]' Stack video track 1 and 2 and play
                   them  at  the same time. Note that both tracks need to have the same width, or
                   filter initialization will fail (you can add scale filters before  the  vstack
                   filter to fix the size).  To load a video track from another file, you can use

                 · --lavfi-complex='[aid1] asplit [t1] [ao] ; [t1] showvolume [t2] ; [vid1]  [t2]
                   overlay  [vo]'  Play  audio  track 1, and overlay the measured volume for each
                   speaker over video track 1.

                 · null:// --lavfi-complex='life [vo]' A libavfilter source-only filter (Conways'
                   Life Game).

              See the FFmpeg libavfilter documentation for details on the available filters.

              Codepage  for  various input metadata (default: utf-8). This affects how file tags,
              chapter titles, etc. are interpreted. You can for  example  set  this  to  auto  to
              enable  autodetection  of  the codepage. (This is not the default because non-UTF-8
              codepages are an obscure fringe use-case.)

              See --sub-codepage option on  how  codepages  are  specified  and  further  details
              regarding autodetection and codepage conversion. (The underlying code is the same.)

              Conversion is not applied to metadata that is updated at runtime.

              Run an internal unit test. There are multiple, and the name specifies which.

              The  special value all-simple runs all tests which do not need further setup (other
              arguments and such). Some tests  may  need  additional  arguments  to  do  anything

              On  success,  the player binary exits with exit status 0, otherwise it returns with
              an undefined non-0 exit status (it may crash or abort itself on test failures).

              This is only enabled if built with --enable-tests, and should normally  be  enabled
              and used by developers only.


       Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities. The syntax is:

              Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained in the list.

          See  --ao=help  for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers. The driver --ao=alsa is
          preferred. --ao=pulse is preferred on systems where PulseAudio is used. On BSD systems,
          --ao=oss or --ao=sndio may work (the latter being experimental).

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa (Linux only)
              ALSA audio output driver

              See ALSA audio output options for options specific to this AO.

                 To  get  multichannel/surround audio, use --audio-channels=auto. The default for
                 this option is auto-safe,  which  makes  this  audio  output  explicitly  reject
                 multichannel  output,  as  there  is  no way to detect whether a certain channel
                 layout is actually supported.

                 You can also try using the upmix plugin.  This setup enables multichannel  audio
                 on  the  default  device  with automatic upmixing with shared access, so playing
                 stereo and multichannel audio at the same time will work as expected.

       oss    OSS audio output driver

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).

                     Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm). Other valid values include vol,
                     pcm,  line.  For  a  complete list of options look for SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES in

       jack   JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports).

                     Client name that is passed to JACK (default: mpv). Useful  if  you  want  to
                     have certain connections established automatically.

                     Automatically  start  jackd if necessary (default: disabled). Note that this
                     tends to be unreliable and will flood stdout with server messages.

                     Automatically create connections to output ports (default:  enabled).   When
                     enabled, the maximum number of output channels will be limited to the number
                     of available output ports.

                     Select the standard channel layout (default: waveext). JACK  itself  has  no
                     notion  of  channel layouts (i.e. assigning which speaker a given channel is
                     supposed to map to) - it just takes whatever the  application  outputs,  and
                     reroutes  it  to  whatever  the  user  defines.  This means the user and the
                     application are in charge of dealing with the channel layout.  waveext  uses
                     WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE   order,   which,  even  though  it  was  defined  by
                     Microsoft, is the standard on many systems.  The value any makes JACK accept
                     whatever comes from the audio filter chain, regardless of channel layout and
                     without reordering. This mode is probably not very useful,  other  than  for
                     debugging or when used with fixed setups.

       coreaudio (Mac OS X only)
              Native  Mac  OS  X  audio  output  driver  using AudioUnits and the CoreAudio sound

              Automatically redirects to coreaudio_exclusive when playing compressed formats.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Change the physical format to one similar  to  the  requested  audio  format
                     (default:  no).  This  has the advantage that multichannel audio output will
                     actually work. The disadvantage is that it will change the system-wide audio
                     settings.  This  is  equivalent  to changing the Format setting in the Audio
                     Devices dialog in the Audio MIDI Setup utility.  Note  that  this  does  not
                     affect the selected speaker setup.

                     Try to pass through AC3/DTS data as PCM. This is useful for drivers which do
                     not report AC3 support. It converts the AC3 data to float, and  assumes  the
                     driver  will  do  the inverse conversion, which means a typical A/V receiver
                     will pick it up as compressed IEC framed  AC3  stream,  ignoring  that  it's
                     marked  as  PCM.  This  disables  normal AC3 passthrough (even if the device
                     reports it as supported). Use with extreme care.

       coreaudio_exclusive (Mac OS X only)
              Native Mac OS X audio output driver using direct device access and  exclusive  mode
              (bypasses the sound server).

       openal OpenAL audio output driver

                     Specify  the  number  of  audio  buffers to use. Lower values are better for
                     lower CPU usage. Default: 4.

                     Specify the number of complete samples to use for each buffer. Higher values
                     are better for lower CPU usage. Default: 8192.

                     Enable  OpenAL  Soft's  direct  channel  extension  when  available to avoid
                     tinting the sound with ambisonics or HRTF.  Channels are dropped  when  when
                     they are not available as downmixing will be disabled. Default: no.

       pulse  PulseAudio audio output driver

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Specify  the  host  to  use. An empty <host> string uses a local connection,
                     "localhost" uses network transfer (most likely not what you want).

                     Set the audio buffer size in milliseconds. A higher value buffers more data,
                     and  has  a lower probability of buffer underruns. A smaller value makes the
                     audio stream react faster, e.g. to playback speed changes.

                     Enable hacks to workaround PulseAudio timing bugs (default: no). If enabled,
                     mpv  will do elaborate latency calculations on its own. If disabled, it will
                     use PulseAudio automatically  updated  timing  information.  Disabling  this
                     might  help  with  e.g.  networked  audio or some plugins, while enabling it
                     might help in some unknown situations (it used to be required  to  get  good
                     behavior on old PulseAudio versions).

                     If  you  have  stuttering video when using pulse, try to enable this option.
                     (Or try to update PulseAudio.)

                     Allow mpv to use PulseAudio even if the sink  is  suspended  (default:  no).
                     Can  be  useful if PulseAudio is running as a bridge to jack and mpv has its
                     sink-input set to the one jack is using.

       sdl    SDL 1.2+ audio output driver. Should work on any platform supported by SDL 1.2, but
              may  require  the  SDL_AUDIODRIVER environment variable to be set appropriately for
              your system.

                 This driver is for compatibility with extremely foreign  environments,  such  as
                 systems where none of the other drivers are available.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Sets the audio buffer length in seconds. Is used only as a hint by the sound
                     system. Playing a file with -v will show the requested  and  obtained  exact
                     buffer size. A value of 0 selects the sound system default.

                     Sets the number of extra audio buffers in mpv. Usually needs not be changed.

       null   Produces  no audio output but maintains video playback speed. You can use --ao=null
              --ao-null-untimed for benchmarking.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Do not simulate timing of a perfect audio device. This means audio  decoding
                     will go as fast as possible, instead of timing it to the system clock.

                     Simulated buffer length in seconds.

                     Simulated chunk size in samples.

                     Simulated audio playback speed as a multiplier. Usually, a real audio device
                     will not go exactly as fast as the system clock.  It  will  deviate  just  a
                     little, and this option helps to simulate this.

                     Simulated device latency. This is additional to EOF.

                     Simulate  broken audio drivers, which always add the fixed device latency to
                     the reported audio playback position.

                     Simulate broken audio drivers, which don't report latency correctly.

                     If not empty, this is a , separated list of channel layouts the  AO  allows.
                     This can be used to test channel layout selection.

                     Force the audio output format the AO will accept. If unset accepts any.

       pcm    Raw PCM/WAVE file writer audio output

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Include  or  do  not  include  the WAVE header (default: included). When not
                     included, raw PCM will be generated.

                     Write the sound to <filename>  instead  of  the  default  audiodump.wav.  If
                     no-waveheader is specified, the default is audiodump.pcm.

                     Append  to  the  file,  instead  of overwriting it. Always use this with the
                     no-waveheader option - with waveheader it's broken, because it will write  a
                     WAVE header every time the file is opened.

       rsound Audio  output  to an RSound daemon. Use --audio-device=rsound/<hostname> to set the
              host name (with <hostname> replaced, without the < >).

                 Completely useless, unless you intend to run RSound. Not  to  be  confused  with
                 RoarAudio, which is something completely different.

       sndio  Audio output to the OpenBSD sndio sound system

                 Experimental. There are known bugs and issues.

              (Note: only supports mono, stereo, 4.0, 5.1 and 7.1 channel layouts.)

       wasapi Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API.


       Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities. The syntax is:

              Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ,, mpv will fall back on drivers not contained in the list.

          See --vo=help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

          The  recommended output driver is --vo=gpu, which is the default. All other drivers are
          for compatibility or special purposes. If the default does not work, it  will  fallback
          to other drivers (in the same order as listed by --vo=help).

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
              Uses  the XVideo extension to enable hardware-accelerated display. This is the most
              compatible VO on X, but may be low-quality, and has issues with  OSD  and  subtitle

                 This driver is for compatibility with old systems.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Select a specific XVideo adapter (check xvinfo results).

                     Select a specific XVideo port.

                     Select the source from which the color key is taken (default: cur).

                     cur    The default takes the color key currently set in Xv.

                     use    Use  but do not set the color key from mpv (use the --colorkey option
                            to change it).

                     set    Same as use but also sets the supplied color key.

                     Sets the color key drawing method (default: man).

                     none   Disables color-keying.

                     man    Draw the color key manually (reduces flicker in some cases).

                     bg     Set the color key as window background.

                     auto   Let Xv draw the color key.

                     Changes the color key to an RGB value of your choice. 0x000000 is black  and
                     0xffffff is white.

                     Number  of  image  buffers  to use for the internal ringbuffer (default: 2).
                     Increasing this will use more memory, but might help with the X  server  not
                     responding  quickly  enough  if  video  FPS  is  close to or higher than the
                     display refresh rate.

       x11 (X11 only)
              Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that works whenever
              X11 is present.

              Since mpv 0.30.0, you may need to use --profile=sw-fast to get decent performance.

                 This is a fallback only, and should not be normally used.

       vdpau (X11 only)
              Uses  the  VDPAU  interface  to display and optionally also decode video.  Hardware
              decoding is used with --hwdec=vdpau.

                 Earlier versions of mpv (and MPlayer, mplayer2)  provided  sub-options  to  tune
                 vdpau  post-processing,  like  deint,  sharpen,  denoise,  chroma-deint, pullup,
                 hqscaling. These sub-options are deprecated, and  you  should  use  the  vdpaupp
                 video filter instead.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the video, for negative
                     values a blurring algorithm (default: 0).

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Apply a noise reduction  algorithm  to  the  video  (default:  0;  no  noise

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Select  deinterlacing  mode  (default:  0).  In  older  versions (as well as
                     MPlayer/mplayer2) you could use this option to enable  deinterlacing.   This
                     doesn't work anymore, and deinterlacing is enabled with either the d key (by
                     default mapped to the  command  cycle  deinterlace),  or  the  --deinterlace
                     option.  Also,  to  select  the default deint mode, you should use something
                     like --vf-defaults=vdpaupp:deint-mode=temporal instead of this sub-option.

                     0      Pick the vdpaupp video filter default, which corresponds to 3.

                     1      Show only first field.

                     2      Bob deinterlacing.

                     3      Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing. May lead to A/V  desync  with
                            slow video hardware and/or high resolution.

                     4      Motion-adaptive   temporal  deinterlacing  with  edge-guided  spatial
                            interpolation. Needs fast video hardware.

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma (default).  Use
                     no-chroma-deint  to  solely  use  luma  and speed up advanced deinterlacing.
                     Useful with slow video memory.

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing.

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     0      Use default VDPAU scaling (default).

                     1-9    Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).

                     Override autodetected display refresh rate value (the value  is  needed  for
                     framedrop  to  allow  video playback rates higher than display refresh rate,
                     and  for  vsync-aware  frame  timing  adjustments).  Default  0  means   use
                     autodetected  value. A positive value is interpreted as a refresh rate in Hz
                     and overrides the autodetected value. A negative value disables  all  timing
                     adjustment and framedrop logic.

                     NVIDIA's  current  VDPAU implementation behaves somewhat differently under a
                     compositing  window  manager  and  does  not  give  accurate  frame   timing
                     information.  With this option enabled, the player tries to detect whether a
                     compositing window manager  is  active.  If  one  is  detected,  the  player
                     disables  timing  adjustments  as  if the user had specified fps=-1 (as they
                     would be based on incorrect input).  This  means  timing  is  somewhat  less
                     accurate  than without compositing, but with the composited mode behavior of
                     the NVIDIA driver, there is no hard playback speed limit  even  without  the
                     disabled  logic.  Enabled  by default, use --vo-vdpau-composite-detect=no to

              --vo-vdpau-queuetime-windowed=<number> and queuetime-fs=<number>
                     Use VDPAU's presentation queue functionality to  queue  future  video  frame
                     changes  at most this many milliseconds in advance (default: 50).  See below
                     for additional information.

                     Allocate this many output surfaces to display video frames (default: 3). See
                     below for additional information.

                     Set  the VDPAU presentation queue background color, which in practice is the
                     colorkey used if VDPAU operates in  overlay  mode  (default:  #020507,  some
                     shade  of  black).  If  the  alpha component of this value is 0, the default
                     VDPAU colorkey will be used instead (which is usually green).

                     Never accept RGBA input. This means mpv will insert a filter to convert to a
                     YUV  format before the VO. Sometimes useful to force availability of certain
                     YUV-only features, like video equalizer or deinterlacing.

              Using the VDPAU frame queuing functionality controlled  by  the  queuetime  options
              makes  mpv's  frame flip timing less sensitive to system CPU load and allows mpv to
              start decoding the next frame(s) slightly earlier, which can reduce  jitter  caused
              by  individual slow-to-decode frames. However, the NVIDIA graphics drivers can make
              other window behavior such as window moves choppy if VDPAU is using the blit  queue
              (mainly  happens  if  you have the composite extension enabled) and this feature is
              active. If this happens on your system and it bothers you  then  you  can  set  the
              queuetime  value  to 0 to disable this feature. The settings to use in windowed and
              fullscreen mode are separate because there should be no reason to disable this  for
              fullscreen mode (as the driver issue should not affect the video itself).

              You  can  queue  more  frames  ahead  by  increasing  the  queuetime values and the
              output_surfaces count (to ensure enough surfaces to buffer video for a certain time
              ahead  you need at least as many surfaces as the video has frames during that time,
              plus two). This could help make video smoother in some cases.  The  main  downsides
              are  increased video RAM requirements for the surfaces and laggier display response
              to user commands (display changes only  become  visible  some  time  after  they're
              queued).  The  graphics driver implementation may also have limits on the length of
              maximum queuing time or number of queued surfaces that work well or at all.

       direct3d (Windows only)
              Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface.

                 This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide  proper  OpenGL
                 drivers, and where ANGLE does not perform well.

                 Before  to  0.21.0,  direct3d_shaders and direct3d were different, with direct3d
                 not  using  shader  by  default.  Now  both  use   shaders   by   default,   and
                 direct3d_shaders is a deprecated alias. Use the --vo-direct3d-prefer-stretchrect
                 or  the  --vo-direct3d-disable-shaders  options  to  get  the  old  behavior  of

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Use IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect over other methods if possible.

                     Never render the video using IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect.

                     Never  render the video using D3D texture rendering. Rendering with textures
                     + shader will still be allowed. Add disable-shaders  to  completely  disable
                     video rendering with textures.

                     Never use shaders when rendering video.

                     Never render YUV video with more than 8 bits per component.  Using this flag
                     will force software conversion to 8-bit.

                     Normally texture sizes are always aligned to 16. With this  option  enabled,
                     the  video  texture  will  always  have  exactly  the same size as the video

              Debug options. These might be incorrect, might be  removed  in  the  future,  might
              crash, might cause slow downs, etc. Contact the developers if you actually need any
              of these for performance or proper operation.

                     Always  force  textures  to  power  of  2,  even  if  the   device   reports
                     non-power-of-2 texture sizes as supported.

                     Only affects operation with shaders/texturing enabled, and (E)OSD.  Possible

                     default (default)
                            Use D3DPOOL_DEFAULT, with a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM texture for locking. If
                            the driver supports D3DDEVCAPS_TEXTURESYSTEMMEMORY, D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM
                            is used directly.

                            Use D3DPOOL_DEFAULT. (Like default, but never use a shadow-texture.)

                            Use D3DPOOL_DEFAULT, with a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM  texture  for  locking.
                            (Like default, but always force the shadow-texture.)

                            Use D3DPOOL_MANAGED.

                            Use D3DPOOL_SCRATCH, with a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM texture for locking.

                     Use  D3DSWAPEFFECT_DISCARD,  which might be faster.  Might be slower too, as
                     it must(?) clear every frame.

                     Always resize the backbuffer to window size.

       gpu    General purpose, customizable, GPU-accelerated video  output  driver.  It  supports
              extended  scaling  methods,  dithering,  color management, custom shaders, HDR, and

              See GPU renderer options for options specific to this VO.

              By default, it tries to use fast and fail-safe settings. Use the gpu-hq profile  to
              use  this  driver  with  defaults set to high quality rendering. The profile can be
              applied   with   --profile=gpu-hq   and   its   contents   can   be   viewed   with

              This VO abstracts over several possible graphics APIs and windowing contexts, which
              can be influenced using the --gpu-api and --gpu-context options.

              Hardware decoding over OpenGL-interop is supported to some  degree.  Note  that  in
              this  mode,  some  corner  case  might  not  be gracefully handled, and color space
              conversion and chroma upsampling is generally in the hand of the  hardware  decoder

              gpu  makes  use  of  FBOs  by  default. Sometimes you can achieve better quality or
              performance by changing the --gpu-fbo-format option to rgb16f, rgb32f or rgb. Known
              problems  include Mesa/Intel not accepting rgb16, Mesa sometimes not being compiled
              with float texture support, and some OS X setups being very  slow  with  rgb16  but
              fast   with   rgb32f.  If  you  have  problems,  you  can  also  try  enabling  the
              --gpu-dumb-mode=yes option.

       sdl    SDL 2.0+ Render video output driver, depending on system with or  without  hardware
              acceleration. Should work on all platforms supported by SDL 2.0.  For tuning, refer
              to your copy of the file SDL_hints.h.

                 This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide proper graphics

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Continue even if a software renderer is detected.

                     Instruct SDL to switch the monitor video mode when going fullscreen.

       vaapi  Intel  VA  API  video  output  driver with support for hardware decoding. Note that
              there is absolutely no reason to use this, other than compatibility.  This  is  low
              quality, and has issues with OSD.

                 This driver is for compatibility with crappy systems. You can use vaapi hardware
                 decoding with --vo=gpu too.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:


                            Driver default (mpv default as well).

                     fast   Fast, but low quality.

                     hq     Unspecified driver dependent high-quality scaling, slow.

                     nla    non-linear anamorphic scaling

                     Select deinterlacing  algorithm.  Note  that  by  default  deinterlacing  is
                     initially  always  off,  and needs to be enabled with the d key (default key
                     binding for cycle deinterlace).

                     This option doesn't apply if libva supports video post processing (vpp).  In
                     this  case, the default for deint-mode is no, and enabling deinterlacing via
                     user interaction using the methods  mentioned  above  actually  inserts  the
                     vavpp  video filter. If vpp is not actually supported with the libva backend
                     in use, you can use this option to forcibly enable VO based deinterlacing.

                     no     Don't allow deinterlacing (default for newer libva).

                            Show only first field.

                     bob    bob deinterlacing (default for older libva).

                     If enabled, then the OSD is rendered  at  video  resolution  and  scaled  to
                     display resolution. By default, this is disabled, and the OSD is rendered at
                     display resolution if the driver supports it.

       null   Produces no video output. Useful for benchmarking.

              Usually, it's better to disable video with --no-video instead.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Simulate display FPS. This  artificially  limits  how  many  frames  the  VO
                     accepts per second.

       caca   Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.

                 This driver is a joke.

       tct    Color  Unicode  art  video  output driver that works on a text console.  Depends on
              support of true color by modern terminals to  display  the  images  at  full  color
              range. On Windows it requires an ansi terminal such as mintty.

              Since mpv 0.30.0, you may need to use --profile=sw-fast to get decent performance.

                     Select how to write the pixels to the terminal.

                            Uses  unicode  LOWER  HALF BLOCK character to achieve higher vertical
                            resolution. (Default.)

                     plain  Uses spaces. Causes vertical resolution  to  drop  twofolds,  but  in
                            theory works in more places.

              --vo-tct-width=<width> --vo-tct-height=<height>
                     Assume  the terminal has the specified character width and/or height.  These
                     default to 80x25 if the terminal size cannot be determined.

              --vo-tct-256=<yes|no> (default: no)
                     Use 256 colors - for terminals which don't support true color.

       image  Output each frame into an image file in the current directory. Each file takes  the
              frame number padded with leading zeros as name.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Select the image file format.

                     jpg    JPEG files, extension .jpg. (Default.)

                     jpeg   JPEG files, extension .jpeg.

                     png    PNG files.

                     webp   WebP files.

                     PNG compression factor (speed vs. file size tradeoff) (default: 7)

                     Filter  applied  prior  to  PNG  compression (0 = none; 1 = sub; 2 = up; 3 =
                     average; 4 = Paeth; 5 = mixed) (default: 5)

                     JPEG quality factor (default: 90)

                     JPEG optimization factor (default: 100)

                     Enable writing lossless WebP files (default: no)

                     WebP quality (default: 75)

                     WebP compression factor (default: 4)

                     Specify the directory to save the image files to (default: ./).

       libmpv For use with libmpv direct embedding. As a special case, on OS X it is used like  a
              normal  VO  within  mpv  (cocoa-cb). Otherwise useless in any other contexts.  (See

              This also supports many of the options the gpu VO has, depending on the backend.

       rpi (Raspberry Pi)
              Native video output on the Raspberry Pi using the MMAL API.

              This is deprecated. Use --vo=gpu instead, which is the  default  and  provides  the
              same functionality. The rpi VO will be removed in mpv 0.23.0. Its functionality was
              folded into --vo=gpu, which now uses RPI hardware decoding  by  treating  it  as  a
              hardware overlay (without applying GL filtering). Also to be changed in 0.23.0: the
              --fs flag will be reset to "no" by default (like on the other platforms).

              The following deprecated global options are supported by this video output:

                     Select the display number  on  which  the  video  overlay  should  be  shown
                     (default: 0).

                     Select  the  dispmanx  layer  on  which  the  video  overlay should be shown
                     (default: -10). Note that mpv will also use the 2 layers above the  selected
                     layer,  to handle the window background and OSD. Actual video rendering will
                     happen on the layer above the selected layer.

                     Whether to render  a  black  background  behind  the  video  (default:  no).
                     Normally  it's  better  to kill the console framebuffer instead, which gives
                     better performance.

                     Enabled by default. If disabled with no, no OSD layer is created.  This also
                     means there will be no subtitles rendered.

       drm (Direct Rendering Manager)
              Video  output  driver using Kernel Mode Setting / Direct Rendering Manager.  Should
              be used when one doesn't want to install full-blown graphical environment (e.g.  no
              X). Does not support hardware acceleration (if you need this, check the drm backend
              for gpu VO).

              Since mpv 0.30.0, you may need to use --profile=sw-fast to get decent performance.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Select the connector to use (usually this is a monitor.) If <name> is  empty
                     or  auto,  mpv  renders  the  output  on  the first available connector. Use
                     --drm-connector=help to get a  list  of  available  connectors.  When  using
                     multiple  graphic  cards,  use  the  <gpu_number>  argument to disambiguate.
                     (default: empty)

                     Mode to use (resolution and frame rate).  Possible values:

                            Use the preferred mode for the  screen  on  the  selected  connector.

                            Use  the  mode  with the highest resolution available on the selected

                     N      Select mode by index.

                            Specify mode by width, height, and optionally refresh rate.  In  case
                            several  modes  match,  selects the mode that comes first in the EDID
                            list of modes.

                     Use --drm-mode=help to  get  a  list  of  available  modes  for  all  active

                     Toggle use of atomic modesetting. Mostly useful for debugging.

                     no     Use legacy modesetting.

                     auto   Use  atomic  modesetting,  falling  back to legacy modesetting if not
                            available. (default)

                     Note: Only affects gpu-context=drm. vo=drm supports legacy modesetting only.

                     Select the DRM plane to which video  and  OSD  is  drawn  to,  under  normal
                     circumstances.  The  plane  can be specified as primary, which will pick the
                     first  applicable  primary  plane;  overlay,  which  will  pick  the   first
                     applicable  overlay plane; or by index. The index is zero based, and related
                     to the CRTC.  (default: primary)

                     When using this option with the drmprime-drm hwdec interop, only the OSD  is
                     rendered to this plane.

                     Select  the  DRM  plane to use for video with the drmprime-drm hwdec interop
                     (used by e.g. the rkmpp hwdec on RockChip SoCs, and v4l2 hwdec:s on  various
                     other  SoC:s).  The  plane is unused otherwise. This option accepts the same
                     values as --drm-draw-plane. (default: overlay)

                     To be able to successfully play 4K video on various SoCs you might  need  to
                     set  --drm-draw-plane=overlay --drm-drmprime-video-plane=primary and setting
                     --drm-draw-surface-size=1920x1080, to render the OSD at a  lower  resolution
                     (the video when handled by the hwdec will be on the drmprime-video plane and
                     at full 4K resolution)

                     Select the DRM format to use (default: xrgb8888). This allows you to  choose
                     the  bit  depth  of  the DRM mode. xrgb8888 is your usual 24 bit per pixel/8
                     bits per channel packed RGB format with 8 bits of padding.  xrgb2101010 is a
                     packed  30  bits per pixel/10 bits per channel packed RGB format with 2 bits
                     of padding.

                     There are cases when xrgb2101010 will work with the drm VO, but not with the
                     drm  backend for the gpu VO. This is because with the gpu VO, in addition to
                     requiring support in your DRM driver, requires support  for  xrgb2101010  in
                     your EGL driver

                     Sets  the  size of the surface used on the draw plane. The surface will then
                     be upscaled to the current screen resolution. This option can be useful when
                     used together with the drmprime-drm hwdec interop at high resolutions, as it
                     allows scaling the draw plane (which in this case only handles the OSD) down
                     to a size the GPU can handle.

                     When used without the drmprime-drm hwdec interop this option will just cause
                     the video to get rendered at a  different  resolution  and  then  scaled  to
                     screen size.

                     Note:  this  option  is  only  available with DRM atomic support.  (default:
                     display resolution)

       mediacodec_embed (Android)
              Renders IMGFMT_MEDIACODEC frames directly  to  an  android.view.Surface.   Requires
              --hwdec=mediacodec  for  hardware  decoding,  along  with --vo=mediacodec_embed and

              Since this video output driver uses native decoding and rendering routines, many of
              mpv's  features (subtitle rendering, OSD/OSC, video filters, etc) are not available
              with this driver.

              To use hardware decoding with --vo=gpu instead, use  --hwdec=mediacodec-copy  along
              with --gpu-context=android.

       wlshm (Wayland only)
              Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that works whenever
              Wayland is present.

              Since mpv 0.30.0, you may need to use --profile=sw-fast to get decent performance.

                 This is a fallback only, and should not be normally used.


       Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The syntax is:

              Setup a chain of audio filters. See --vf (VIDEO FILTERS) for the full syntax.

          To get a full list of available audio filters, see --af=help.

          Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the lavfi wrapper,  which
          gives  you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This includes all filters that have
          been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.

          The --vf description describes how libavfilter  can  be  used  and  how  to  workaround
          deprecated mpv filters.

       See  --vf  group  of  options for info on how --af-defaults, --af-add, --af-pre, --af-del,
       --af-clr, and possibly others work.

       Available filters are:

              Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime  using  libavcodec.  Supports  16-bit
              native-endian  input  format,  maximum  6  channels.  The output is big-endian when
              outputting a raw AC-3 stream, native-endian when outputting to S/PDIF. If the input
              sample rate is not 48 kHz, 44.1 kHz or 32 kHz, it will be resampled to 48 kHz.

                     Output  raw  AC-3  stream  if  no,  output to S/PDIF for pass-through if yes

                     The bitrate use for the AC-3 stream. Set it to 384 to get 384 kbps.

                     The default is 640. Some receivers might not be able to handle this.

                     Valid values: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320,
                     384, 448, 512, 576, 640.

                     The  special value auto selects a default bitrate based on the input channel

                     1ch    96

                     2ch    192

                     3ch    224

                     4ch    384

                     5ch    448

                     6ch    448

                     If the input channel number is less than <minch>,  the  filter  will  detach
                     itself (default: 3).

                     Select  the  libavcodec  encoder  used.  Currently,  this  should be an AC-3
                     encoder, and using another codec will fail horribly.

              Does not do any format conversion itself. Rather, it may cause the filter system to
              insert  necessary  conversion  filters before or after this filter if needed. It is
              primarily useful for controlling the audio format  going  into  other  filters.  To
              specify  the  format  for audio output, see --audio-format, --audio-samplerate, and
              --audio-channels. This filter  is  able  to  force  a  particular  format,  whereas
              --audio-* may be overridden by the ao based on output compatibility.

              All  parameters  are  optional.  The  first  3  parameters restrict what the filter
              accepts as input. They will therefore  cause  conversion  filters  to  be  inserted
              before  this  one.  The out- parameters tell the filters or audio outputs following
              this filter how to interpret the data without actually doing a conversion.  Setting
              these will probably just break things unless you really know you want this for some
              reason, such as testing or dealing with broken media.

                     Force conversion to this format. Use --af=format=format=help to get  a  list
                     of valid formats.

                     Force  conversion  to  a specific sample rate. The rate is an integer, 48000
                     for example.

                     Force mixing to a specific channel layout. See --audio-channels  option  for
                     possible values.



              NOTE:  this  filter  used  to  be  named  force.  The  old format filter used to do
              conversion itself, unlike  this  one  which  lets  the  filter  system  handle  the

              Scales  audio  tempo  without  altering  pitch, optionally synced to playback speed

              This works by  playing  'stride'  ms  of  audio  at  normal  speed  then  consuming
              'stride*scale'  ms  of  input  audio.  It  pieces  the strides together by blending
              'overlap'% of stride with  audio  following  the  previous  stride.  It  optionally
              performs a short statistical analysis on the next 'search' ms of audio to determine
              the best overlap position.

                     Nominal amount to scale tempo. Scales this  amount  in  addition  to  speed.
                     (default: 1.0)

                     Length in milliseconds to output each stride. Too high of a value will cause
                     noticeable skips at high scale amounts and an echo  at  low  scale  amounts.
                     Very low values will alter pitch. Increasing improves performance. (default:

                     Percentage of stride to overlap. Decreasing improves performance.  (default:

                     Length  in  milliseconds  to  search  for  best overlap position. Decreasing
                     improves performance greatly. On slow systems, you will probably want to set
                     this very low. (default: 14)

                     Set response to speed change.

                     tempo  Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).

                     pitch  Reverses  effect of filter. Scales pitch without altering tempo.  Add
                            this to your input.conf to step by musical semi-tones:

                               [ multiply speed 0.9438743126816935
                               ] multiply speed 1.059463094352953

                               Loses sync with video.

                     both   Scale both tempo and pitch.

                     none   Ignore speed changes.


                 mpv --af=scaletempo --speed=1.2 media.ogg
                        Would play media at 1.2x  normal  speed,  with  audio  at  normal  pitch.
                        Changing playback speed would change audio tempo to match.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none --speed=1.2 media.ogg
                        Would  play  media  at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch, but
                        changing playback speed would have no effect on audio tempo.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg
                        Would tweak the quality and performance parameters.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
                        Would play media at 1.2x  normal  speed,  with  audio  at  normal  pitch.
                        Changing playback speed would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

              High  quality  pitch  correction  with  librubberband. This can be used in place of
              scaletempo, and will be used to adjust audio pitch when playing at speed  different
              from  normal.  It  can also be used to adjust audio pitch without changing playback

                     Sets the pitch scaling factor. Frequencies are multiplied by this value.

              This filter has a number of additional sub-options. You  can  list  them  with  mpv
              --af=rubberband=help.  This  will also show the default values for each option. The
              options are not documented here, because they are merely passed  to  librubberband.
              Look   at   the  librubberband  documentation  to  learn  what  each  option  does:
              (The  mapping  of the mpv rubberband filter sub-option names and values to those of
              librubberband follows a simple pattern: "Option" + Name + Value.)

              This filter supports the following af-command commands:

                     Set the <pitch-scale> argument dynamically. This can be used to  change  the
                     playback  pitch at runtime. Note that speed is controlled using the standard
                     speed property, not af-command.

              multiply-pitch <factor>
                     Multiply the current value of <pitch-scale> dynamically.  For  example:  0.5
                     to go down by an octave, 1.5 to go up by a perfect fifth.  If you want to go
                     up or down by semi-tones, use 1.059463094352953 and 0.9438743126816935

              Filter audio using FFmpeg's libavfilter.

                     Libavfilter graph. See lavfi video filter for details - the graph syntax  is
                     the same.

                        Don't  forget to quote libavfilter graphs as described in the lavfi video
                        filter section.


                     Determine PTS based on sample count (default: no). If this is  enabled,  the
                     player  won't  rely on libavfilter passing through PTS accurately.  Instead,
                     it pass a sample count as PTS to libavfilter, and compute the  PTS  used  by
                     mpv  based on that and the input PTS. This helps with filters which output a
                     recomputed PTS instead of the original PTS (including filters which  require
                     the  PTS  to  start at 0). mpv normally expects filters to not touch the PTS
                     (or only to the extent of changing frame boundaries), so  this  is  not  the
                     default,  but  it  will  be needed to use broken filters. In practice, these
                     broken filters will either cause  slow  A/V  desync  over  time  (with  some
                     files),  or break playback completely if you seek or start playback from the
                     middle of a file.


       Video filters allow you to modify  the  video  stream  and  its  properties.  All  of  the
       information  described  in  this section applies to audio filters as well (generally using
       the prefix --af instead of --vf).

       The exact syntax is:

              Setup a chain of video filters. This consists on the filter  name,  and  an  option
              list  of  parameters  after  =.  The  parameters are separated by : (not ,, as that
              starts a new filter entry).

              Before the filter name, a label can be specified with  @name:,  where  name  is  an
              arbitrary  user-given name, which identifies the filter. This is only needed if you
              want to toggle the filter at runtime.

              A ! before the filter name means the filter is disabled  by  default.  It  will  be
              skipped on filter creation. This is also useful for runtime filter toggling.

              See the vf command (and toggle sub-command) for further explanations and examples.

              The general filter entry syntax is:
                 ["@"<label-name>":"] ["!"] <filter-name> [ "=" <filter-parameter-list> ]

              or for the special "toggle" syntax (see vf command):

              and the filter-parameter-list:
                 <filter-parameter> | <filter-parameter> "," <filter-parameter-list>

              and filter-parameter:
                 ( <param-name> "=" <param-value> ) | <param-value>

              param-value  can  further  be quoted in [ / ] in case the value contains characters
              like , or =. This is used in particular with the lavfi filter, which  uses  a  very
              similar  syntax  as  mpv  (MPlayer  historically)  to  specify  filters  and  their

       Filters can be manipulated at run time. You  can  use  @  labels  as  described  above  in
       combination  with  the  vf  command (see COMMAND INTERFACE) to get more control over this.
       Initially disabled filters with ! are useful for this as well.

       You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults  are  applied  before  the  normal
       filter parameters. This is deprecated and never worked for the libavfilter bridge.

              Set defaults for each filter. (Deprecated. --af-defaults is deprecated as well.)

          To    get   a   full   list   of   available   video   filters,   see   --vf=help   and

          Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the lavfi wrapper,  which
          gives  you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This includes all filters that have
          been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.

          Most builtin filters are deprecated in some ways, unless they're only available in  mpv
          (such as filters which deal with mpv specifics, or which are implemented in mpv only).

          If  a  filter is not builtin, the lavfi-bridge will be automatically tried. This bridge
          does not support help output, and does not  verify  parameters  before  the  filter  is
          actually used. Although the mpv syntax is rather similar to libavfilter's, it's not the
          same. (Which means not everything accepted by vf_lavfi's graph option will be  accepted
          by --vf.)

          You  can also prefix the filter name with lavfi- to force the wrapper.  This is helpful
          if the filter  name  collides  with  a  deprecated  mpv  builtin  filter.  For  example
          --vf=lavfi-scale=args  would  use  libavfilter's  scale  filter  over  mpv's deprecated
          builtin one.

       Video filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the filter list.

              Appends the filter given as arguments to the filter list.

              Appends the filter given as arguments to the filter list. (Passing multiple filters
              is currently still possible, but deprecated.)

              Prepends  the  filters  given  as  arguments  to the filter list. (Passing multiple
              filters is currently still possible, but deprecated.)

              Deletes the filter from the list. The filter can be either given  the  way  it  was
              added  (filter  name  and  its  full argument list), or by label (prefixed with @).
              Matching of filters works as follows: if either of the compared filters has a label
              set,  only the labels are compared. If none of the filters have a label, the filter
              name, arguments, and argument order are  compared.  (Passing  multiple  filters  is
              currently still possible, but deprecated.)

              Add  the  given filter to the list if it was not present yet, or remove it from the
              list if it was present. Matching of filters works as described in --vf-remove.

              Sort of like --vf-remove, but also accepts an index number. Index numbers start  at
              0, negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last). Deprecated.

              Completely empties the filter list.

       With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

              Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particular filter.

       Available mpv-only filters are:

              Applies  video  parameter  overrides,  with  optional  conversion. By default, this
              overrides the video's parameters without conversion (except for the fmt parameter),
              but  can  be  made  to  perform  an  appropriate  conversion  with  convert=yes for
              parameters for which conversion is supported.

              <fmt>  Image format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: don't change).

                     This filter always performs conversion to the given format.

                        For a list of available formats, use --vf=format=fmt=help.

                     Force conversion of color parameters (default: no).

                     If this is disabled (the default), the  only  conversion  that  is  possibly
                     performed  is  format conversion if <fmt> is set. All other parameters (like
                     <colormatrix>) are forced without conversion. This mode is typically  useful
                     when files have been incorrectly tagged.

                     If  this  is  enabled,  libswscale  or zimg is used if any of the parameters
                     mismatch. zimg is used of the input/output image formats  are  supported  by
                     mpv's  zimg wrapper, and if --sws-allow-zimg=yes is used. Both libraries may
                     not support all kinds of  conversions.  This  typically  results  in  silent
                     incorrect  conversion.  zimg has in many cases a better chance of performing
                     the conversion correctly.

                     In both cases, the color parameters are set on the output stage of the image
                     format  conversion (if fmt was set). The difference is that with convert=no,
                     the color parameters are not passed on to the converter.

                     If input and output video parameters are  the  same,  conversion  is  always


                        mpv test.mkv --vf=format:colormatrix=ycgco
                               Results in incorrect colors (if test.mkv was tagged correctly).

                        mpv test.mkv --vf=format:colormatrix=ycgco:convert=yes --sws-allow-zimg
                               Results  in  true  conversion  to  ycgco,  assuming  the  renderer
                               supports it (--vo=gpu normally does). You can add --vo=xv to force
                               a  VO  which  definitely  does  not  support it, which should show
                               incorrect colors as confirmation.

                               Using --sws-allow-zimg=no (or disabling zimg at build  time)  will
                               use  libswscale,  which  cannot perform this conversion as of this

                     Controls the YUV to RGB color space conversion when playing video. There are
                     various  standards. Normally, BT.601 should be used for SD video, and BT.709
                     for HD video. (This is done by default.) Using incorrect color space results
                     in slightly under or over saturated and shifted colors.

                     These  options  are  not  always  supported. Different video outputs provide
                     varying degrees of support. The gpu and vdpau video output  drivers  usually
                     offer  full  support.  The  xv  output can set the color space if the system
                     video driver supports it, but not input and output levels. The  scale  video
                     filter  can  configure  color space and input levels, but only if the output
                     format is RGB (if the video output driver supports RGB output, you can force
                     this with -vf scale,format=rgba).

                     If  this  option  is  set  to auto (which is the default), the video's color
                     space flag will be used. If that flag is unset,  the  color  space  will  be
                     selected  automatically. This is done using a simple heuristic that attempts
                     to distinguish SD and HD video. If the video is larger than 1279x576 pixels,
                     BT.709 (HD) will be used; otherwise BT.601 (SD) is selected.

                     Available color spaces are:

                     auto   automatic selection (default)

                     bt.601 ITU-R BT.601 (SD)

                     bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD)

                            ITU-R BT.2020 non-constant luminance system

                            ITU-R BT.2020 constant luminance system


                     YUV  color  levels  used  with  YUV  to  RGB conversion. This option is only
                     necessary when playing broken files  which  do  not  follow  standard  color
                     levels  or  which are flagged wrong. If the video does not specify its color
                     range, it is assumed to be limited range.

                     The same limitations as with <colormatrix> apply.

                     Available color ranges are:

                     auto   automatic selection (normally limited range) (default)

                            limited range (16-235 for luma, 16-240 for chroma)

                     full   full range (0-255 for both luma and chroma)

                     RGB primaries the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be  set
                     in  the  file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be
                     used to override the setting.

                     This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management,
                     for example gpu with the target-prim or icc-profile suboptions set.

                     If  this option is set to auto (which is the default), the video's primaries
                     flag will be used. If that flag is unset, the color space will  be  selected
                     automatically,  using  the following heuristics: If the <colormatrix> is set
                     or determined as BT.2020 or BT.709, the corresponding  primaries  are  used.
                     Otherwise,  if the video height is exactly 576 (PAL), BT.601-625 is used. If
                     it's exactly 480 or 486 (NTSC), BT.601-525 is used. If the video  resolution
                     is anything else, BT.709 is used.

                     Available primaries are:

                     auto   automatic selection (default)

                            ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 525-line systems (NTSC, SMPTE-C)

                            ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 625-line systems (PAL, SECAM)

                     bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD) (same primaries as sRGB)

                            ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)

                     apple  Apple RGB

                     adobe  Adobe RGB (1998)

                            ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

                            CIE 1931 RGB

                     dci-p3 DCI-P3 (Digital Cinema)

                            Panasonic V-Gamut primaries

                     Gamma function the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set
                     in the file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this  can  be
                     used to override the setting.

                     This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management.

                     If  this option is set to auto (which is the default), the gamma will be set
                     to BT.1886 for YCbCr content, sRGB  for  RGB  content  and  Linear  for  XYZ

                     Available gamma functions are:

                     auto   automatic selection (default)

                            ITU-R BT.1886 (EOTF corresponding to BT.601/BT.709/BT.2020)

                     srgb   IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)

                     linear Linear light

                            Pure power curve (gamma 1.8)

                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.0)

                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)

                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.4)

                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.6)

                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.8)

                            ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) curve

                     pq     ITU-R BT.2100 PQ (Perceptual quantizer) curve

                     hlg    ITU-R BT.2100 HLG (Hybrid Log-gamma) curve

                     v-log  Panasonic V-Log transfer curve

                     s-log1 Sony S-Log1 transfer curve

                     s-log2 Sony S-Log2 transfer curve

                     Reference  peak  illumination  for  the video file, relative to the signal's
                     reference white level. This is mostly interesting for HDR, but it  can  also
                     be  used  tone  map  SDR  content to simulate a different exposure. Normally
                     inferred from tags such as MaxCLL or mastering metadata.

                     The default of 0.0 will default to the source's nominal peak luminance.

                        Light type of the scene. This is mostly correctly inferred based  on  the
                        gamma  function,  but  it can be useful to override this when viewing raw
                        camera footage (e.g. V-Log), which is normally scene-referred instead  of

                        Available light types are:

                     auto   Automatic selection (default)

                            Display-referred light (most content)

                     hlg    Scene-referred using the HLG OOTF (e.g. HLG content)

                            Scene-referred using the BT709+BT1886 interaction

                            Scene-referred using a pure power OOTF (gamma=1.2)

                     Set  the  stereo  mode  the  video  is  assumed  to  be encoded in. Use --vf
                     format:stereo-in=help to list all available modes. Check with  the  stereo3d
                     filter documentation to see what the names mean.

                     Set  the stereo mode the video should be displayed as. Takes the same values
                     as the stereo-in option.

                     Set the rotation the video is assumed to be encoded with  in  degrees.   The
                     special value -1 uses the input format.

              <dw>, <dh>
                     Set the display size. Note that setting the display size such that the video
                     is scaled in both directions instead of just changing the aspect ratio is an
                     implementation detail, and might change later.

              <dar>  Set the display aspect ratio of the video frame. This is a float, but values
                     such as [16:9] can be passed too ([...] for quoting to  prevent  the  option
                     parser from interpreting the : character).

              Filter video using FFmpeg's libavfilter.

                     The  libavfilter graph string. The filter must have a single video input pad
                     and a single video output pad.

                     See for syntax and available filters.

                        If you want to use the full filter syntax with this option, you  have  to
                        quote  the  filter  graph in order to prevent mpv's syntax and the filter
                        graph syntax from clashing. To  prevent  a  quoting  and  escaping  mess,
                        consider  using --lavfi-complex if you know which video track you want to
                        use from the input file. (There is only one video track  for  nearly  all
                        video files anyway.)


                               gradfun  filter  with  nonsense  parameters,  followed  by a vflip
                               filter. (This demonstrates how libavfilter takes a graph  and  not
                               just  a  single  filter.) The filter graph string is quoted with [
                               and ]. This requires no additional quoting or escaping  with  some
                               shells  (like  bash), while others (like zsh) require additional "
                               quotes around the option string.

                               Same as before, but uses quoting that  should  be  safe  with  all
                               shells.  The  outer  '  quotes  make  sure that the shell does not
                               remove the " quotes needed by mpv.

                               Same as before, but uses named parameters for everything.

                     If libavfilter inserts filters for  pixel  format  conversion,  this  option
                     gives the flags which should be passed to libswscale. This option is numeric
                     and takes a bit-wise combination of SWS_ flags.


              <o>    Set AVFilterGraph options. These should be documented by FFmpeg.


                               forces a specific threading configuration.

              Moves subtitle rendering to an arbitrary  point  in  the  filter  chain,  or  force
              subtitle  rendering  in  the  video  filter  as  opposed  to using video output OSD

                     Adds a black band at the bottom of the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can place
                     subtitles there (with --sub-use-margins).

                     Black band on the top for toptitles  (with --sub-use-margins).


                        Moves  sub  rendering  before  the eq filter. This will put both subtitle
                        colors and video under the influence of the video equalizer settings.

              Loads a VapourSynth filter script. This is intended for  streamed  processing:  mpv
              actually  provides  a  source  filter,  instead of using a native VapourSynth video
              source. The mpv source will answer frame requests only within  a  small  window  of
              frames  (the size of this window is controlled with the buffered-frames parameter),
              and requests outside of that will return errors. As such, you can't  use  the  full
              power of VapourSynth, but you can use certain filters.

                 Do  not  use  this  filter, unless you have expert knowledge in VapourSynth, and
                 know how to fix bugs in the mpv VapourSynth wrapper code.

              If you just want to play video  generated  by  VapourSynth  (i.e.  using  a  native
              VapourSynth video source), it's better to use vspipe and a pipe or FIFO to feed the
              video to mpv. The same applies if the filter script requires  random  frame  access
              (see buffered-frames parameter).

              file   Filename  of  the  script  source. Currently, this is always a python script
                     (.vpy in VapourSynth convention).

                     The variable video_in is set to the mpv video source,  and  it  is  expected
                     that  the  script reads video from it. (Otherwise, mpv will decode no video,
                     and the video packet queue will overflow, eventually leading to  only  audio
                     playing, or worse.)

                     The  filter  graph  created  by  the script is also expected to pass through
                     timestamps using the _DurationNum and _DurationDen frame properties.

                     See the end of the option list for a full list of script  variables  defined
                     by mpv.


                            import vapoursynth as vs
                            core = vs.get_core()
                            core.std.AddBorders(video_in, 10, 10, 20, 20).set_output()

                        The  script  will  be  reloaded  on every seek. This is done to reset the
                        filter properly on discontinuities.

                     Maximum number of decoded video frames that should be  buffered  before  the
                     filter  (default: 4). This specifies the maximum number of frames the script
                     can request in backward direction.

                     E.g. if buffered-frames=5, and the script just requested frame  15,  it  can
                     still  request  frame  10,  but  frame  9  is  not available anymore.  If it
                     requests frame 30, mpv will decode 15 more  frames,  and  keep  only  frames

                     The  only  reason  why  this  buffer  exists  is  to serve the random access
                     requests the VapourSynth filter can make.

                     The VapourSynth API has a getFrameAsync function, which  takes  an  absolute
                     frame  number.  Source  filters must respond to all requests. For example, a
                     source filter can request frame 2432, and  then  frame  3.   Source  filters
                     typically implement this by pre-indexing the entire file.

                     mpv  on  the  other  hand  is stream oriented, and does not allow filters to
                     seek. (And it would not make sense  to  allow  it,  because  it  would  ruin
                     performance.)  Filters  get  frames  sequentially in playback direction, and
                     cannot request them out of order.

                     To compensate for this mismatch, mpv allows  the  filter  to  access  frames
                     within  a  certain window. buffered-frames controls the size of this window.
                     Most VapourSynth filters happen to work  with  this,  because  mpv  requests
                     frames sequentially increasing from it, and most filters only require frames
                     "close" to the requested frame.

                     If the filter requests a frame that has  a  higher  frame  number  than  the
                     highest buffered frame, new frames will be decoded until the requested frame
                     number is reached. Excessive frames will be flushed out  in  a  FIFO  manner
                     (there are only at most buffered-frames in this buffer).

                     If the filter requests a frame that has a lower frame number than the lowest
                     buffered frame, the request cannot be satisfied, and an error is returned to
                     the  filter.  This  kind  of  error  is not supposed to happen in a "proper"
                     VapourSynth  environment.  What  exactly  happens  depends  on  the  filters

                     Increasing  this  buffer will not improve performance. Rather, it will waste
                     memory, and slow down seeks (when enough frames to fill the buffer  need  to
                     be decoded at once). It is only needed to prevent the error described in the
                     previous paragraph.

                     How many frames a filter requires depends on filter implementation  details,
                     and  mpv  has  no way of knowing. A scale filter might need only 1 frame, an
                     interpolation filter may require a small number of frames, and  the  Reverse
                     filter will require an infinite number of frames.

                     If  you  want  reliable operation to the full extend VapourSynth is capable,
                     use vspipe.

                     The actual number of buffered frames  also  depends  on  the  value  of  the
                     concurrent-frames  option.  Currently,  both option values are multiplied to
                     get the final buffer size.

                     Number of frames  that  should  be  requested  in  parallel.  The  level  of
                     concurrency  depends  on  the filter and how quickly mpv can decode video to
                     feed the filter. This value should probably be proportional to the number of
                     cores  on your machine. Most time, making it higher than the number of cores
                     can actually make it slower.

                     Technically, mpv will call the VapourSynth getFrameAsync function in a loop,
                     until  there are concurrent-frames frames that have not been returned by the
                     filter yet. This also assumes that the rest of the mpv  filter  chain  reads
                     the  output  of  the vapoursynth filter quickly enough. (For example, if you
                     pause the player, filtering will stop very soon, because the filtered frames
                     are waiting in a queue.)

                     Actual concurrency depends on many other factors.

                     By  default,  this uses the special value auto, which sets the option to the
                     number of detected logical CPU cores.

              The following .vpy script variables are defined by mpv:

                     The mpv video source as vapoursynth clip. Note that this  has  an  incorrect
                     (very  high)  length  set,  which  confuses many filters. This is necessary,
                     because the true number of frames is unknown. You can use the Trim filter on
                     the clip to reduce the length.

              video_in_dw, video_in_dh
                     Display  size  of  the  video. Can be different from video size if the video
                     does not use square pixels (e.g. DVD).

                     FPS value as reported by file headers. This value can be wrong or completely
                     broken  (e.g.  0  or  NaN).  Even if the value is correct, if another filter
                     changes the real FPS (by dropping or inserting frames), the  value  of  this
                     variable  will  not  be  useful.  Note  that  the  --fps command line option
                     overrides this value.

                     Useful for some filters which insist on having a FPS.

                     Refresh rate of the current display. Note that this value can be 0.

       vavpp  VA-API video post processing. Requires the system to support VA-API, i.e. Linux/BSD
              only. Works with --vo=vaapi and --vo=gpu only.  Currently deinterlaces. This filter
              is automatically inserted if deinterlacing is requested (either using the d key, by
              default mapped to the command cycle deinterlace, or the --deinterlace option).

                     Select the deinterlacing algorithm.

                     no     Don't perform deinterlacing.

                     auto   Select  the best quality deinterlacing algorithm (default). This goes
                            by the order of the options as  documented,  with  motion-compensated
                            being considered best quality.

                            Show only first field.

                     bob    bob deinterlacing.

                     weave, motion-adaptive, motion-compensated
                            Advanced   deinterlacing  algorithms.  Whether  these  actually  work
                            depends on the GPU hardware, the GPU drivers, driver  bugs,  and  mpv


                     no     Deinterlace all frames (default).

                     yes    Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.


                     no     Use  the  API as it was interpreted by older Mesa drivers. While this
                            interpretation was more  obvious  and  inuitive,  it  was  apparently
                            wrong, and not shared by Intel driver developers.

                     yes    Use  Intel interpretation of surface forward and backwards references
                            (default). This is what Intel drivers and newer Mesa drivers  expect.
                            Matters only for the advanced deinterlacing algorithms.

              VDPAU  video  post processing. Works with --vo=vdpau and --vo=gpu only. This filter
              is automatically inserted if deinterlacing is requested (either using the d key, by
              default mapped to the command cycle deinterlace, or the --deinterlace option). When
              enabling deinterlacing, it is always preferred over software  deinterlacer  filters
              if  the  vdpau  VO  is  used,  and  also  if  gpu is used and hardware decoding was
              activated at least once (i.e. vdpau was loaded).

                     For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the video, for negative
                     values a blurring algorithm (default: 0).

                     Apply  a  noise  reduction  algorithm  to  the  video  (default: 0; no noise

                     Whether deinterlacing is enabled (default: no). If enabled, it will use  the
                     mode selected with deint-mode.

                     Select deinterlacing mode (default: temporal).

                     Note  that  there's currently a mechanism that allows the vdpau VO to change
                     the deint-mode of auto-inserted vdpaupp filters. To  avoid  confusion,  it's
                     recommended not to use the --vo=vdpau suboptions related to filtering.

                            Show only first field.

                     bob    Bob deinterlacing.

                            Motion-adaptive  temporal  deinterlacing. May lead to A/V desync with
                            slow video hardware and/or high resolution.

                            Motion-adaptive  temporal  deinterlacing  with  edge-guided   spatial
                            interpolation. Needs fast video hardware.

                     Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma (default).  Use
                     no-chroma-deint to solely use luma  and  speed  up  advanced  deinterlacing.
                     Useful with slow video memory.

              pullup Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing.

                     If yes, only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default: no).


                     0      Use default VDPAU scaling (default).

                     1-9    Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).

              Direct3D  11  video post processing. Currently requires D3D11 hardware decoding for

                     Whether deinterlacing is enabled (default: no).

                     If yes, only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default: no).

                     Tries to select a video processor with the given processing capability.   If
                     a  video  processor  supports  multiple  capabilities, it is not clear which
                     algorithm is actually selected. none always falls back. On most if  not  all
                     hardware,  this  option  will probably do nothing, because a video processor
                     usually supports all modes or none.

              Compute video frame  fingerprints  and  provide  them  as  metadata.  Actually,  it
              currently  barely  deserved  to  be called fingerprint, because it does not compute
              "proper" fingerprints, only tiny downscaled  images  (but  which  can  be  used  to
              compute image hashes or for similarity matching).

              The  main  purpose  of this filter is to support the skip-logo.lua script.  If this
              script is dropped, or mpv ever gains a way to load user-defined filters (other than
              VapourSynth),  this  filter  will  be  removed. Due to the "special" nature of this
              filter, it will be removed without warning.

              The  intended  way  to  read  from  the  filter  is  using  vf-metadata  (also  see
              clear-on-query  filter  parameter).  The  property  will return a list of key/value
              pairs as follows:

                 fp0.pts = 1.2345
                 fp0.hex = 1234abcdef...bcde
                 fp1.pts = 1.4567
                 fp1.hex = abcdef1234...6789
                 fpN.pts = ...
                 fpN.hex = ...
                 type = gray-hex-16x16

              Each fp<N> entry is for a frame. The pts entry specifies the timestamp of the frame
              (within  the  filter  chain;  in  simple  cases  this  is  the  same as the display
              timestamp). The hex field is the hex encoded fingerprint, whose  size  and  meaning
              depend  on the type filter option.  The type field has the same value as the option
              the filter was created with.

              This returns the frames that were filtered since the last query of the property. If
              clear-on-query=no was set, a query doesn't reset the list of frames. In both cases,
              a maximum of 10 frames is returned. If there are more frames, the oldest frames are
              discarded. Frames are returned in filter order.

              (This  doesn't  return  a  structured  list  for  the per-frame details because the
              internals of the vf-metadata mechanism suck. The returned format may change in  the

              This filter uses zimg for speed and profit. However, it will fallback to libswscale
              in a number of  situations:  lesser  pixel  formats,  unaligned  data  pointers  or
              strides,  or  if  zimg fails to initialize for unknown reasons. In these cases, the
              filter will use more CPU. Also, it  will  output  different  fingerprints,  because
              libswscale  cannot  perform the full range expansion we normally request from zimg.
              As a consequence, the filter may  be  slower  and  not  work  correctly  in  random

                     What fingerprint to compute. Available types are:

                            grayscale, 8 bit, 8x8 size

                            grayscale, 8 bit, 16x16 size (default)

                     Both  types  simply  remove all colors, downscale the image, concatenate all
                     pixel values to a byte array, and convert the array to a hex string.

                     Clear the list of frame fingerprints if the vf-metadata  property  for  this
                     filter  is queried (default: yes). This requires some care by the user. Some
                     types of accesses might query the filter multiple times, which leads to lost

                     Print  computed  fingerprints the the terminal (default: no). This is mostly
                     for testing and such. Scripts should use  vf-metadata  to  read  information
                     from this filter instead.

              Convert  video  to  RGB using the OpenGL renderer normally used with --vo=gpu. This
              requires that the EGL implementation supports off-screen rendering on  the  default
              display. (This is the case with Mesa.)


              w=<pixels>, h=<pixels>
                     Size  of  the  output in pixels (default: 0). If not positive, this will use
                     the size of the first filtered input frame.

                 This is highly experimental. Performance is bad, and it will not work everywhere
                 in the first place. Some features are not supported.

                 This does not do OSD rendering. If you see OSD, then it has been rendered by the
                 VO backend. (Subtitles are rendered by the gpu filter, if possible.)

                 If you use this with encoding mode, keep in mind that encoding mode will convert
                 the  RGB  filter's  output  back  to  yuv420p  in software, using the configured
                 software scaler. Using zimg might improve this, but in  any  case  it  might  go
                 against your goals when using this filter.

                 Do  not  use  this  with  --vo=gpu.  It  will  apply filtering twice, since most
                 --vo=gpu options are unconditionally applied to the  gpu  filter.  There  is  no
                 mechanism in mpv to prevent this.


       You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.

              Enables encoding mode and specifies the output file name.

              Specifies  the output format (overrides autodetection by the file name extension of
              the file specified by -o). See --of=help for a full list of supported formats.

              Specifies the output format options for libavformat.  See --ofopts=help for a  full
              list of supported options.

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.

                     Appends  the  option  given  as  an  argument  to the options list. (Passing
                     multiple options is currently still possible, but deprecated.)

                     Completely empties the options list.

              Specifies the output audio codec. See --oac=help  for  a  full  list  of  supported

              Shifts  audio data by the given time (in seconds) by adding/removing samples at the
              start. Deprecated.

              Specifies the output audio codec options for libavcodec.  See --oacopts=help for  a
              full list of supported options.


                 --oac=libmp3lame --oacopts=b=128000
                        selects 128 kbps MP3 encoding.

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.

                     Appends  the  option  given  as  an  argument  to the options list. (Passing
                     multiple options is currently still possible, but deprecated.)

                     Completely empties the options list.

              Force the audio stream to become the first stream in the output.  By  default,  the
              order is unspecified. Deprecated.

              Specifies  the  output  video  codec.  See  --ovc=help for a full list of supported

              Shifts video data by the given time  (in  seconds)  by  shifting  the  pts  values.

              Specifies  the output video codec options for libavcodec.  See --ovcopts=help for a
              full list of supported options.


                 "--ovc=mpeg4 --ovcopts=qscale=5"
                        selects constant quantizer scale 5 for MPEG-4 encoding.

                 "--ovc=libx264 --ovcopts=crf=23"
                        selects VBR quality factor 23 for H.264 encoding.

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.

                     Appends the option given as  an  argument  to  the  options  list.  (Passing
                     multiple options is currently still possible, but deprecated.)

                     Completely empties the options list.

              Force  the  video stream to become the first stream in the output.  By default, the
              order is unspecified. Deprecated.

              Copies input pts to the output  video  (not  supported  by  some  output  container
              formats,  e.g.  AVI).  In  this mode, discontinuities are not fixed and all pts are
              passed through as-is. Never seek backwards or use  multiple  input  files  in  this

              Turns off copying of metadata from input files to output files when encoding (which
              is enabled by default).

              Specifies metadata to include in the output  file.   Supported  keys  vary  between
              output  formats.  For example, Matroska (MKV) and FLAC allow almost arbitrary keys,
              while support in MP4 and MP3 is more limited.

              This is a key/value list option. See List Options for details.


                 --oset-metadata=title= Output title",comment="Another tag""
                        adds a title and a comment to the output file.

              Specifies metadata to exclude from the output file  when  copying  from  the  input

              This is a string list option. See List Options for details.


                        excludes copying of the the comment and genre tags to the output file.


       The  mpv core can be controlled with commands and properties. A number of ways to interact
       with the player use  them:  key  bindings  (input.conf),  OSD  (showing  information  with
       properties), JSON IPC, the client API (libmpv), and the classic slave mode.

       The input.conf file consists of a list of key bindings, for example:

          s screenshot      # take a screenshot with the s key
          LEFT seek 15      # map the left-arrow key to seeking forward by 15 seconds

       Each  line  maps  a  key  to an input command. Keys are specified with their literal value
       (upper case if combined with Shift), or a name for special keys. For example,  a  maps  to
       the a key without shift, and A maps to a with shift.

       The    file    is    located   in   the   mpv   configuration   directory   (normally   at
       ~/.config/mpv/input.conf depending on platform). The default bindings are defined here:

       A list of special keys can be obtained with
          mpv --input-keylist

       In general, keys can be combined with Shift, Ctrl and Alt:

          ctrl+q quit

       mpv can be started in input test mode,  which  displays  key  bindings  and  the  commands
       they're bound to on the OSD, instead of executing the commands:

          mpv --input-test --force-window --idle

       (Only  closing the window will make mpv exit, pressing normal keys will merely display the
       binding, even if mapped to quit.)

       Also see Key names.

   input.conf syntax
       [Shift+][Ctrl+][Alt+][Meta+]<key> [{<section>}] <command> ( ; <command> )*

       Note that by default, the right Alt key can be used to create special characters, and thus
       does not register as a modifier. The option --no-input-right-alt-gr changes this behavior.

       Newlines  always  start  a  new  binding.  #  starts  a  comment (outside of quoted string
       arguments). To bind commands to the # key, SHARP can be used.

       <key> is either the literal character the key produces (ASCII or Unicode character), or  a
       symbolic name (as printed by --input-keylist).

       <section> (braced with { and }) is the input section for this command.

       <command>  is  the  command itself. It consists of the command name and multiple (or none)
       commands, all separated by whitespace. String arguments need to be quoted with ".  Details
       see Flat command syntax.

       You can bind multiple commands to one key. For example:
       a show-text "command 1" ; show-text "command 2"

       It's also possible to bind a command to a sequence of keys:
       a-b-c show-text "command run after a, b, c have been pressed"

       (This is not shown in the general command syntax.)

       If  a or a-b or b are already bound, this will run the first command that matches, and the
       multi-key command will never be called. Intermediate keys can be  remapped  to  ignore  in
       order  to  avoid this issue. The maximum number of (non-modifier) keys for combinations is
       currently 4.

   Key names
       All mouse and keyboard input is to converted to mpv-specific  key  names.  Key  names  are
       either  special  symbolic  identifiers  representing  a physical key, or a text key names,
       which are unicode code points encoded as  UTF-8.  These  are  what  keyboard  input  would
       normally produce, for example a for the A key. As a consequence, mpv uses input translated
       by the current OS keyboard layout, rather than physical scan codes.

       Currently there is the hardcoded assumption that every text key can be  represented  as  a
       single unicode code point (in NFKC form).

       All  key  names  can  be  combined with the modifiers Shift, Ctrl, Alt, Meta. They must be
       prefixed to the actual key name, where each modifier is  followed  by  a  +  (for  example

       Symbolic  key  names  and  modifier  names  are  case-insensitive.  Unicode  key names are
       case-sensitive because input bindings typically respect the shift key.

       Another type of key names are hexadecimal key names, that serve as  fallback  for  special
       keys  that  are  neither unicode, nor have a special mpv defined name.  They will break as
       soon as mpv adds proper names for them, but can enable you to use a key  at  all  if  that
       does not happen.

       All  symbolic  names  are  listed  by --input-keylist. --input-test is a special mode that
       prints all input on the OSD.

       Comments on some symbolic names:

       KP*    Keypad names. Behavior varies by backend (whether they implement this, and  on  how
              they treat numlock), but typically, mpv tries to map keys on the keypad to separate
              names, even if they produce the same text as normal keys.

       MOUSE_BTN*, MBTN*
              Various mouse buttons.

              Depending on backend, the mouse wheel might also be represented as  a  button.   In
              addition, MOUSE_BTN3 to MOUSE_BTN6 are deprecated aliases for WHEEL_UP, WHEEL_DOWN,
              WHEEL_LEFT, WHEEL_RIGHT.

              MBTN* are aliases for MOUSE_BTN*.

              Mouse wheels (typically).

       AXIS_* Deprecated aliases for WHEEL_*.

       *_DBL  Mouse button double clicks.

              Emitted by mouse move events. Enter/leave happens when the mouse  enters  or  leave
              the  mpv  window  (or  the  current mouse region, using the deprecated mouse region
              input section mechanism).

              Pseudo key emitted when closing the mpv window using the  OS  window  manager  (for
              example, by clicking the close button in the window title bar).

              Keys emitted by the SDL gamepad backend.

              Pseudo-key  that  matches  any  unmapped  key.  (You  should probably avoid this if
              possible, because it might change behavior or get removed in the future.)

              Pseudo-key that matches any key that produces text. (You should probably avoid this
              if possible, because it might change behavior or get removed in the future.)

   Flat command syntax
       This  is the syntax used in input.conf, and referred to "input.conf syntax" in a number of
       other places.

       <command> ::= [<prefixes>] <command_name>  (<argument>)*  <argument>  ::=  (<string>  |  "
       <quoted_string> " )

       command_name  is  an  unquoted  string  with  the  command  name itself. See List of Input
       Commands for a list.

       Arguments are separated by whitespace. This applies even to string  arguments.   For  this
       reason,  string arguments should be quoted with ". If a string argument contains spaces or
       certain special characters, quoting and possibly escaping is  mandatory,  or  the  command
       cannot be parsed correctly.

       Inside  quotes,  C-style  escaping  can be used. JSON escapes according to RFC 8259, minus
       surrogate pair escapes, should be a safe subset that can be used.

   Commands specified as arrays
       This applies to certain APIs, such as mp.commandv()  or  mp.command_native()  (with  array
       parameters)   in   Lua   scripting,   or   mpv_command()   or   mpv_command_node()   (with
       MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY) in the C libmpv client API.

       The command as well as all arguments are passed as a single array.  Similar  to  the  Flat
       command syntax, you can first pass prefixes as strings (each as separate array item), then
       the command name as string, and then each argument as string or a native value.

       Since these APIs pass arguments as separate strings or native values, they do  not  expect
       quotes,  and do support escaping. Technically, there is the input.conf parser, which first
       splits the command string into arguments, and  then  invokes  argument  parsers  for  each
       argument.  The  input.conf  parser normally handles quotes and escaping. The array command
       APIs mentioned above pass strings directly to the argument parsers, or can  sidestep  them
       by the ability to pass non-string values.

       Sometimes  commands  have  string  arguments,  that  in  turn are actually parsed by other
       components (e.g. filter strings with vf add) - in these  cases,  you  you  would  have  to
       double-escape in input.conf, but not with the array APIs.

       For  complex  commands, consider using Named arguments instead, which should give slightly
       more compatibility. Some commands do not support named arguments and  inherently  take  an
       array, though.

   Named arguments
       This  applies  to  certain APIs, such as mp.command_native() (with tables that have string
       keys) in Lua scripting, or mpv_command_node() (with MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP) in the  C  libmpv
       client API.

       Like  with  array  commands,  quoting  and escaping is inherently not needed in the normal

       The name of each command is defined in each command  description  in  the  List  of  Input
       Commands. --input-cmdlist also lists them.

       Some commands do not support named arguments (e.g. run command). You need to use APIs that
       pass arguments as arrays.

       Named arguments are not supported in the "flat" input.conf syntax, which means you  cannot
       use them for key bindings in input.conf at all.

   List of Input Commands
       Commands  with  parameters  have the parameter name enclosed in < / >.  Don't add those to
       the actual command. Optional arguments are enclosed in [ / ]. If you don't pass them, they
       will be set to a default value.

       Remember to quote string arguments in input.conf (see Flat command syntax).

       ignore Use  this  to  "block"  keys  that  should  be  unbound, and do nothing. Useful for
              disabling   default    bindings,    without    disabling    all    bindings    with

       seek <target> [<flags>]
              Change the playback position. By default, seeks by a relative amount of seconds.

              The second argument consists of flags controlling the seek mode:

              relative (default)
                     Seek relative to current position (a negative value seeks backwards).

                     Seek to a given time (a negative value starts from the end of the file).

                     Seek to a given percent position.

                     Seek relative to current position in percent.

                     Always restart playback at keyframe boundaries (fast).

              exact  Always do exact/hr/precise seeks (slow).

              Multiple flags can be combined, e.g.: absolute+keyframes.

              By  default, keyframes is used for relative, relative-percent, and absolute-percent
              seeks, while exact is used for absolute seeks.

              Before mpv 0.9, the keyframes and exact flags had to be  passed  as  3rd  parameter
              (essentially using a space instead of +). The 3rd parameter is still parsed, but is
              considered deprecated.

       revert-seek [<flags>]
              Undoes the seek command, and some other commands that seek (but not necessarily all
              of  them).  Calling this command once will jump to the playback position before the
              seek. Calling it a second time undoes the revert-seek  command  itself.  This  only
              works within a single file.

              The first argument is optional, and can change the behavior:

              mark   Mark  the  current  time  position. The next normal revert-seek command will
                     seek back to this point, no matter how many seeks happened since last time.

              Using it without any arguments gives you the default behavior.

              Play one frame, then pause. Does nothing with audio-only playback.

              Go back by one frame, then pause. Note that this can be very slow (it tries  to  be
              precise,  not fast), and sometimes fails to behave as expected. How well this works
              depends   on   whether   precise   seeking   works   correctly   (e.g.    see   the
              --hr-seek-demuxer-offset option). Video filters or other video post-processing that
              modifies timing of frames (e.g. deinterlacing) should usually work, but might  make
              backstepping    silently    behave    incorrectly    in    corner    cases.   Using
              --hr-seek-framedrop=no should help, although it might make precise seeking slower.

              This does not work with audio-only playback.

       set <name> <value>
              Set the given property or option to the given value.

       add <name> [<value>]
              Add the given value to the property or option. On overflow or underflow, clamp  the
              property to the maximum. If <value> is omitted, assume 1.

       cycle <name> [<value>]
              Cycle  the  given  property or option. The second argument can be up or down to set
              the cycle direction. On  overflow,  set  the  property  back  to  the  minimum,  on
              underflow set it to the maximum. If up or down is omitted, assume up.

       multiply <name> <value>
              Similar to add, but multiplies the property or option with the numeric value.

       screenshot <flags>
              Take a screenshot.

              Multiple flags are available (some can be combined with +):

              <subtitles> (default)
                     Save  the video image, in its original resolution, and with subtitles.  Some
                     video outputs may  still  include  the  OSD  in  the  output  under  certain

                     Like  subtitles,  but typically without OSD or subtitles. The exact behavior
                     depends on the selected video output.

                     Save the contents  of  the  mpv  window.  Typically  scaled,  with  OSD  and
                     subtitles.  The  exact behavior depends on the selected video output, and if
                     no support is available, this will act like video.

                     Take a screenshot each frame.  Issue  this  command  again  to  stop  taking
                     screenshots.  Note  that  you  should disable frame-dropping when using this
                     mode - or you might receive duplicate images  in  cases  when  a  frame  was
                     dropped.   This   flag   can   be   combined  with  the  other  flags,  e.g.

              Older mpv versions required passing single and each-frame as second  argument  (and
              did  not  have flags). This syntax is still understood, but deprecated and might be
              removed in the future.

              If you combine this command with another one using ;, you can use the async flag to
              make  encoding/writing the image file asynchronous. For normal standalone commands,
              this is always asynchronous, and the flag has no  effect.  (This  behavior  changed
              with mpv 0.29.0.)

       screenshot-to-file <filename> <flags>
              Take  a  screenshot  and  save  it  to a given file. The format of the file will be
              guessed by the extension (and --screenshot-format is ignored -  the  behavior  when
              the extension is missing or unknown is arbitrary).

              The  second  argument  is  like  the  first  argument  to  screenshot  and supports
              subtitles, video, window.

              If the file already exists, it's overwritten.

              Like all input command parameters, the filename is subject to property expansion as
              described in Property Expansion.

       playlist-next <flags>
              Go to the next entry on the playlist.

              First argument:

              weak (default)
                     If the last file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing.

              force  Terminate playback if there are no more files on the playlist.

       playlist-prev <flags>
              Go to the previous entry on the playlist.

              First argument:

              weak (default)
                     If the first file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing.

              force  Terminate playback if the first file is being played.

       loadfile <url> [<flags> [<options>]]
              Load the given file or URL and play it.

              Second argument:

              <replace> (default)
                     Stop playback of the current file, and play the new file immediately.

                     Append the file to the playlist.

                     Append  the  file,  and  if  nothing  is  currently playing, start playback.
                     (Always starts with the added file, even  if  the  playlist  was  not  empty
                     before running this command.)

              The  third  argument  is a list of options and values which should be set while the
              file is playing. It is of the form opt1=value1,opt2=value2,...  Not all options can
              be changed this way. Some options require a restart of the player.

       loadlist <url> [<flags>]
              Load the given playlist file or URL (like --playlist).

              Second argument:

              <replace> (default)
                     Stop playback and replace the internal playlist with the new one.

                     Append the new playlist at the end of the current internal playlist.

              Clear the playlist, except the currently played file.

       playlist-remove <index>
              Remove  the  playlist entry at the given index. Index values start counting with 0.
              The special value current removes the current entry. Note that removing the current
              entry also stops playback and starts playing the next entry.

       playlist-move <index1> <index2>
              Move  the playlist entry at index1, so that it takes the place of the entry index2.
              (Paradoxically, the moved playlist entry will not have the index value index2 after
              moving  if index1 was lower than index2, because index2 refers to the target entry,
              not the index the entry will have after moving.)

              Shuffle the playlist. This is similar to what is done on  start  if  the  --shuffle
              option is used.

              Attempt  to  revert  the  previous  playlist-shuffle  command. This works only once
              (multiple  successive  playlist-unshuffle  commands  do  nothing).   May  not  work
              correctly  if  new  recursive  playlists  have been opened since a playlist-shuffle

       run <command> [<arg1> [<arg2> [...]]]
              Run the given command. Unlike in  MPlayer/mplayer2  and  earlier  versions  of  mpv
              (0.2.x  and  older),  this  doesn't  call  the  shell.  Instead, the command is run
              directly, with each argument passed separately. Each argument is expanded  like  in
              Property Expansion.

              This  command  has  a  variable  number of arguments, and cannot be used with named

              The program is run in a detached  way.  mpv  doesn't  wait  until  the  command  is
              completed, but continues playback right after spawning it.

              To get the old behavior, use /bin/sh and -c as the first two arguments.


                        run "/bin/sh" "-c" "echo ${title} > /tmp/playing"

                        This  is  not  a  particularly  good  example,  because it doesn't handle
                        escaping, and a specially  prepared  file  might  allow  an  attacker  to
                        execute  arbitrary  shell  commands.  It  is recommended to write a small
                        shell script, and call that with run.

              Similar to run, but gives more control about process execution to the  caller,  and
              does does not detach the process.

              You  can  avoid  blocking  until  the  process  terminates  by running this command
              asynchronously. (For example mp.command_native_async() in Lua scripting.)

              This has the following named arguments. The order of them is not guaranteed, so you
              should always call them with named arguments, see Named arguments.

                     Array  of strings with the command as first argument, and subsequent command
                     line arguments following. This is just like the run command argument list.

                     The first array entry is either an absolute path to  the  executable,  or  a
                     filename  with  no  path  components,  in  which  case  the PATH environment
                     variable. On Unix, this is equivalent to posix_spawnp and execvp behavior.

              playback_only (MPV_FORMAT_FLAG)
                     Boolean indicating whether  the  process  should  be  killed  when  playback
                     terminates  (optional,  default:  yes).  If  enabled, stopping playback will
                     automatically kill the process, and you can't start it outside of playback.

              capture_size (MPV_FORMAT_INT64)
                     Integer setting the maximum number of stdout plus stderr bytes that  can  be
                     captured  (optional,  default:  64MB).  If the number of bytes exceeds this,
                     capturing is stopped. The limit is per captured stream.

              capture_stdout (MPV_FORMAT_FLAG)
                     Capture all data the process outputs  to  stdout  and  return  it  once  the
                     process ends (optional, default: no).

              capture_stderr (MPV_FORMAT_FLAG)
                     Same as capture_stdout, but for stderr.

              The command returns the following result (as MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP):

              status (MPV_FORMAT_INT64)
                     The  raw  exit  status  of  the  process.  It will be negative on error. The
                     meaning of negative values is undefined, other than meaning error (and  does
                     not necessarily correspond to OS low level exit status values).

                     On  Windows,  it can happen that a negative return value is returned even if
                     the process exits gracefully, because the win32 UINT exit code  is  assigned
                     to an int variable before being set as int64_t field in the result map. This
                     might be fixed later.

              stdout (MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY)
                     Captured stdout stream, limited to capture_size.

              stderr (MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY)
                     Same as stdout, but for stderr.

              error_string (MPV_FORMAT_STRING)
                     Empty string if the process exited gracefully.  The  string  killed  if  the
                     process  was  terminated  in  an unusual way. The string init if the process
                     could not be started.

                     On Windows, killed is only returned when the process has been killed by  mpv
                     as a result of playback_only being set to yes.

              killed_by_us (MPV_FORMAT_FLAG)
                     Set to yes if the process has been killed by mpv, for example as a result of
                     playback_only  being  set  to   yes,   aborting   the   command   (e.g.   by
                     mp.abort_async_command()), or if the player is about to exit.

              Note  that  the command itself will always return success as long as the parameters
              are correct. Whether the process could be spawned or whether it was somehow  killed
              or returned an error status has to be queried from the result value.

              This command can be asynchronously aborted via API.

              In  all  cases,  the  subprocess  will  be  terminated  on  player  exit.  Also see
              Asynchronous command details. Only the run command can start processes in  a  truly
              detached way.


                        Don't  forget  to set the playback_only field if you want the command run
                        while the player is in idle mode, or  if  you  don't  want  that  end  of
                        playback kills the command.

       quit [<code>]
              Exit the player. If an argument is given, it's used as process exit code.

       quit-watch-later [<code>]
              Exit player, and store current playback position. Playing that file later will seek
              to the previous position on start. The (optional) argument is  exactly  as  in  the
              quit command.

       sub-add <url> [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]
              Load  the  given  subtitle  file  or  stream. By default, it is selected as current
              subtitle  after loading.

              The flags argument is one of the following values:

                 Select the subtitle immediately (default).

                 Don't select the subtitle. (Or in  some  special  situations,  let  the  default
                 stream selection mechanism decide.)

                 Select  the  subtitle.  If  a subtitle with the same filename was already added,
                 that one is selected, instead of loading a  duplicate  entry.   (In  this  case,
                 title/language  are  ignored,  and if the was changed since it was loaded, these
                 changes won't be reflected.)

              The title argument sets the track title in the UI.

              The lang argument sets the track language, and can also influence stream  selection
              with flags set to auto.

       sub-remove [<id>]
              Remove  the given subtitle track. If the id argument is missing, remove the current
              track. (Works on external subtitle files only.)

       sub-reload [<id>]
              Reload the given subtitle tracks. If the id argument is missing, reload the current
              track. (Works on external subtitle files only.)

              This works by unloading and re-adding the subtitle track.

       sub-step <skip>
              Change subtitle timing such, that the subtitle event after the next <skip> subtitle
              events is displayed. <skip> can be negative to step backwards.

       sub-seek <skip>
              Seek to the next (skip set to 1) or the previous (skip set to -1)  subtitle.   This
              is  similar  to sub-step, except that it seeks video and audio instead of adjusting
              the subtitle delay.

              For embedded subtitles (like with Matroska), this works only with  subtitle  events
              that have already been displayed, or are within a short prefetch range.

       print-text <text>
              Print  text  to stdout. The string can contain properties (see Property Expansion).
              Take care to put the argument in quotes.

       show-text <text> [<duration>|-1 [<level>]]
              Show text on the OSD. The string can contain  properties,  which  are  expanded  as
              described  in Property Expansion. This can be used to show playback time, filename,
              and so on.

                     The time in ms to show the message for. By default, it uses the  same  value
                     as --osd-duration.

                     The minimum OSD level to show the text at (see --osd-level).

       expand-text <string>
              Property-expand  the argument and return the expanded string. This can be used only
              through the client API or from a  script  using  mp.command_native.  (see  Property

       expand-path <string>
              Expand  a  path's  double-tilde  placeholders  into  a  platform-specific path.  As
              expand-text, this can only be used through the client API or from  a  script  using


                        mp.osd_message(mp.command_native({"expand-path", "~~home/"}))

                        This  line of Lua would show the location of the user's mpv configuration
                        directory on the OSD.

              Show the progress bar, the elapsed time and the total duration of the file  on  the

              Write the resume config file that the quit-watch-later command writes, but continue
              playback normally.

       stop   Stop playback and clear playlist. With default settings, this is  essentially  like
              quit.  Useful  for  the client API: playback can be stopped without terminating the

       mouse <x> <y> [<button> [<mode>]]
              Send a mouse event with given coordinate (<x>, <y>).

              Second argument:

                     The button number of clicked mouse button. This should be one of  0-19.   If
                     <button> is omitted, only the position will be updated.

              Third argument:

              <single> (default)
                     The mouse event represents regular single click.

                     The mouse event represents double-click.

       keypress <name>
              Send  a  key  event  through  mpv's  input handler, triggering whatever behavior is
              configured to that key. name  uses  the  input.conf  naming  scheme  for  keys  and
              modifiers.  Useful  for  the client API: key events can be sent to libmpv to handle

       keydown <name>
              Similar to keypress, but sets the KEYDOWN flag so that if the key  is  bound  to  a
              repeatable  command,  it  will be run repeatedly with mpv's key repeat timing until
              the keyup command is called.

       keyup [<name>]
              Set the KEYUP flag, stopping any repeated behavior that had been triggered. name is
              optional.  If  name  is  not  given or is an empty string, KEYUP will be set on all
              keys. Otherwise, KEYUP will only be set on the key specified by name.

       keybind <name> <command>
              Binds a key to an input command. command must be a complete command containing  all
              the  desired  arguments  and flags. Both name and command use the input.conf naming
              scheme. This is primarily useful for the client API.

       audio-add <url> [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]
              Load the given audio file. See sub-add command.

       audio-remove [<id>]
              Remove the given audio track. See sub-remove command.

       audio-reload [<id>]
              Reload the given audio tracks. See sub-reload command.

       video-add <url> [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]
              Load the given video file. See sub-add command.

       video-remove [<id>]
              Remove the given video track. See sub-remove command.

       video-reload [<id>]
              Reload the given video tracks. See sub-reload command.

       rescan-external-files [<mode>]
              Rescan external files according to the  current  --sub-auto  and  --audio-file-auto
              settings. This can be used to auto-load external files after the file was loaded.

              The mode argument is one of the following:

              <reselect> (default)
                     Select  the  default  audio  and  subtitle  streams, which typically selects
                     external files with the  highest  preference.  (The  implementation  is  not
                     perfect, and could be improved on request.)

                     Do not change current track selections.

   Input Commands that are Possibly Subject to Change
       af <operation> <value>
              Change audio filter chain. See vf command.

       vf <operation> <value>
              Change video filter chain.

              The  semantics  are exactly the same as with option parsing (see VIDEO FILTERS). As
              such the text below is a redundant and incomplete summary.

              The first argument decides what happens:

              <set>  Overwrite the previous filter chain with the new one.

              <add>  Append the new filter chain to the previous one.

                     Check if the given filter (with the exact  parameters)  is  already  in  the
                     video  chain. If yes, remove the filter. If no, add the filter.  (If several
                     filters are passed to the command, this is done for each filter.)

                     A special variant is combining this with labels,  and  using  @name  without
                     filter  name and parameters as filter entry. This toggles the enable/disable

              <del>  Remove the given filters from the video chain. Unlike in  the  other  cases,
                     the  second  parameter  is a comma separated list of filter names or integer
                     indexes. 0 would denote the first filter. Negative indexes  start  from  the
                     last filter, and -1 denotes the last filter. Deprecated.

              <clr>  Remove  all  filters.  Note  that like the other sub-commands, this does not
                     control automatically inserted filters.

              The argument is always needed. E.g. in case of clr use vf clr "".

              You can assign labels to filter by prefixing them with  @name:  (where  name  is  a
              user-chosen  arbitrary  identifier). Labels can be used to refer to filters by name
              in all of the filter chain modification commands.  For add, using an  already  used
              label will replace the existing filter.

              The  vf  command  shows the list of requested filters on the OSD after changing the
              filter  chain.  This  is  roughly  equivalent  to  show-text   ${vf}.   Note   that
              auto-inserted  filters  for  format conversion are not shown on the list, only what
              was requested by the user.

              Normally,  the  commands  will  check  whether  the  video   chain   is   recreated
              successfully,  and will undo the operation on failure. If the command is run before
              video is configured (can happen if the command is run immediately after  opening  a
              file  and  before  a  video frame is decoded), this check can't be run. Then it can
              happen that creating the video chain fails.

                 Example for input.conf

                 · a vf set flip turn video upside-down on the a key

                 · b vf set "" remove all video filters on b

                 · c vf toggle gradfun toggle debanding on c

                 Example how to toggle disabled filters at runtime

                 · Add something like vf-add=@deband:!gradfun to mpv.conf.  The @deband:  is  the
                   label,  an  arbitrary, user-given name for this filter entry. The ! before the
                   filter name disables the filter by  default.  Everything  after  this  is  the
                   normal  filter  name  and  possibly filter parameters, like in the normal --vf

                 · Add a vf toggle @deband to input.conf. This toggles the  "disabled"  flag  for
                   the filter with the label deband when the a key is hit.

       cycle-values [<"!reverse">] <property> <value1> [<value2> [...]]
              Cycle  through  a list of values. Each invocation of the command will set the given
              property to the next value in the list. The command will use the current  value  of
              the  property/option,  and  use it to determine the current position in the list of
              values. Once it has found it, it will set the next  value  in  the  list  (wrapping
              around to the first item if needed).

              This  command  has  a  variable  number of arguments, and cannot be used with named

              The special argument !reverse can be used to cycle the value list in  reverse.  The
              only  advantage  is  that  you  don't  need to reverse the value list yourself when
              adding a second key binding for cycling backwards.

       enable-section <name> [<flags>]
              This command is deprecated, except for mpv-internal uses.

              Enable all key bindings in the named input section.

              The enabled input sections form a stack. Bindings in sections on  the  top  of  the
              stack  are preferred to lower sections. This command puts the section on top of the
              stack. If  the  section  was  already  on  the  stack,  it  is  implicitly  removed
              beforehand. (A section cannot be on the stack more than once.)

              The flags parameter can be a combination (separated by +) of the following flags:

                     All  sections  enabled  before the newly enabled section are disabled.  They
                     will be re-enabled as soon as all exclusive sections above them are removed.
                     In other words, the new section shadows all previous sections.

                     This feature can't be used through the public API.


       disable-section <name>
              This command is deprecated, except for mpv-internal uses.

              Disable the named input section. Undoes enable-section.

       define-section <name> <contents> [<flags>]
              This command is deprecated, except for mpv-internal uses.

              Create  a named input section, or replace the contents of an already existing input
              section. The contents parameter uses the same syntax as the input.conf file (except
              that using the section syntax in it is not allowed), including the need to separate
              bindings with a newline character.

              If the contents parameter is an empty string, the section is removed.

              The section with the name default is the normal input section.

              In general, input sections have to be enabled with the enable-section  command,  or
              they are ignored.

              The last parameter has the following meaning:

              <default> (also used if parameter omitted)
                     Use  a  key  binding defined by this section only if the user hasn't already
                     bound this key to a command.

                     Always bind a key. (The input section that was  made  active  most  recently
                     wins if there are ambiguities.)

              This  command  can  be  used to dispatch arbitrary keys to a script or a client API
              user. If the input section defines script-binding commands, it is also possible  to
              get  separate  events on key up/down, and relatively detailed information about the
              key state. The special key name unmapped can be used to match any unmapped key.

       overlay-add <id> <x> <y> <file> <offset> <fmt> <w> <h> <stride>
              Add an OSD overlay sourced from raw data. This might  be  useful  for  scripts  and
              applications  controlling mpv, and which want to display things on top of the video

              Overlays are usually displayed  in  screen  resolution,  but  with  some  VOs,  the
              resolution  is  reduced  to  that  of  the  video's. You can read the osd-width and
              osd-height properties. At least with --vo-xv and anamorphic video  (such  as  DVD),
              osd-par should be read as well, and the overlay should be aspect-compensated.

              This has the following named arguments. The order of them is not guaranteed, so you
              should always call them with named arguments, see Named arguments.

              id is an integer between 0 and 63 identifying the overlay element. The  ID  can  be
              used  to  add  multiple  overlay parts, update a part by using this command with an
              already existing ID, or to remove a part with overlay-remove.  Using  a  previously
              unused ID will add a new overlay, while reusing an ID will update it.

              x and y specify the position where the OSD should be displayed.

              file specifies the file the raw image data is read from. It can be either a numeric
              UNIX file descriptor prefixed with @ (e.g. @4), or a filename.  The  file  will  be
              mapped  into  memory  with  mmap(), copied, and unmapped before the command returns
              (changed in mpv 0.18.1).

              It is also possible to pass a raw memory  address  for  use  as  bitmap  memory  by
              passing  a  memory  address  as  integer prefixed with an & character.  Passing the
              wrong thing here will crash the player. This mode might  be  useful  for  use  with
              libmpv.  The  offset  parameter  is  simply  added to the memory address (since mpv
              0.8.0, ignored before).

              offset is the byte offset of the first pixel in  the  source  file.   (The  current
              implementation  always  mmap's  the  whole  file  from position 0 to the end of the
              image, so large offsets should  be  avoided.  Before  mpv  0.8.0,  the  offset  was
              actually passed directly to mmap, but it was changed to make using it easier.)

              fmt is a string identifying the image format. Currently, only bgra is defined. This
              format has 4 bytes per pixels, with 8 bits per component.  The least significant  8
              bits  are  blue,  and  the most significant 8 bits are alpha (in little endian, the
              components are B-G-R-A, with B as first byte). This uses premultiplied alpha: every
              color  component  is  already  multiplied  with the alpha component. This means the
              numeric value of each component is equal to or smaller than  the  alpha  component.
              (Violating  this  rule  will  lead to different results with different VOs: numeric
              overflows resulting from blending broken alpha values is considered something  that
              shouldn't  happen,  and  consequently  implementations  don't  ensure  that you get
              predictable behavior in this case.)

              w, h, and stride specify the size of the overlay. w is the  visible  width  of  the
              overlay,  while  stride gives the width in bytes in memory. In the simple case, and
              with the bgra format, stride==4*w.  In general, the total amount of memory accessed
              is  stride  * h.  (Technically, the minimum size would be stride * (h - 1) + w * 4,
              but for simplicity, the player will access all stride * h bytes.)

                 Before mpv 0.18.1, you had to do manual  "double  buffering"  when  updating  an
                 overlay  by  replacing  it with a different memory buffer. Since mpv 0.18.1, the
                 memory is simply copied and doesn't reference any of the memory indicated by the
                 command's  arguments after the commend returns.  If you want to use this command
                 before mpv 0.18.1, reads the old docs to see how to handle this correctly.

       overlay-remove <id>
              Remove an overlay added with overlay-add and  the  same  ID.  Does  nothing  if  no
              overlay with this ID exists.

              Add/update/remove an OSD overlay.

              (Although  this  sounds  similar  to overlay-add, osd-overlay is for text overlays,
              while overlay-add is for bitmaps. Maybe overlay-add will be merged into osd-overlay
              to remove this oddity.)

              You  can  use this to add text overlays in ASS format. ASS has advanced positioning
              and rendering tags, which can be used to render almost any kind of vector graphics.

              This command accepts the following parameters:

              id     Arbitrary integer that identifies the  overlay.  Multiple  overlays  can  be
                     added  by  calling  this  command with different id parameters. Calling this
                     command with the same id replaces the previously set overlay.

                     There is a separate namespace for each libmpv client (i.e.  IPC  connection,
                     script),  so  IDs  can  be  made  up  and  assigned  by the API user without
                     conflicting with other API users.

                     If the libmpv client is destroyed, all overlays associated with it are  also
                     deleted.   In  particular,  connecting  via  --input-ipc-server,  adding  an
                     overlay, and disconnecting will remove the overlay immediately again.

              format String that gives the type of the overlay. Accepts the following values:

                            The data parameter is a string. The string is split  on  the  newline
                            character.  Every line is turned into the Text part of a Dialogue ASS
                            event. Timing is unused (but behavior of timing  dependent  ASS  tags
                            may change in future mpv versions).

                            Note  that  it's  better  to put multiple lines into data, instead of
                            adding multiple OSD overlays.

                            This provides 2 ASS Styles. OSD contains the text style as defined by
                            the current --osd-... options. Default is similar, and contains style
                            that OSD would have if all options were set to the default.

                            In addition, the res_x and res_y options specify the value of the ASS
                            PlayResX  and  PlayResY header fields. If res_y is set to 0, PlayResY
                            is initialized to an arbitrary  default  value  (but  note  that  the
                            default  for  this  command  is  720,  not 0).  If res_x is set to 0,
                            PlayResX is set based on res_y such that a virtual ASS  pixel  has  a
                            square pixel aspect ratio.

                     none   Special  value that causes the overlay to be removed. Most parameters
                            other than id and format are mostly ignored.

              data   String defining the overlay contents according to the format parameter.

              res_x, res_y
                     Used if format is set to  ass-events  (see  description  there).   Optional,
                     defaults to 0/720.

              z      The Z order of the overlay. Optional, defaults to 0.

                     Note that Z order between different overlays of different formats is static,
                     and cannot be changed (currently, this means that bitmap overlays  added  by
                     overlay-add  are always on top of the ASS overlays added by osd-overlay). In
                     addition, the builtin OSD components are always below any of the custom OSD.
                     (This includes subtitles of any kind as well as text rendered by show-text.)

                     It's  possible  that  future  mpv  versions will randomly change how Z order
                     between different OSD formats and builtin OSD is handled.

              Note: always use named  arguments  (mpv_command_node()).  Scripts  should  use  the
              mp.create_osd_overlay() helper instead of invoking this command directly.

       script-message [<arg1> [<arg2> [...]]]
              Send  a  message to all clients, and pass it the following list of arguments.  What
              this message means, how many arguments it takes, and what  the  arguments  mean  is
              fully  up  to the receiver and the sender. Every client receives the message, so be
              careful about name clashes (or use script-message-to).

              This command has a variable number of arguments, and  cannot  be  used  with  named

       script-message-to <target> [<arg1> [<arg2> [...]]]
              Same  as script-message, but send it only to the client named <target>. Each client
              (scripts etc.) has a unique name. For example, Lua scripts can get their  name  via

              This  command  has  a  variable  number of arguments, and cannot be used with named

       script-binding <name>
              Invoke a script-provided key binding. This  can  be  used  to  remap  key  bindings
              provided by external Lua scripts.

              The argument is the name of the binding.

              It  can  optionally  be prefixed with the name of the script, using / as separator,
              e.g. script-binding scriptname/bindingname.

              For completeness, here is how this command  works  internally.  The  details  could
              change  any time. On any matching key event, script-message-to or script-message is
              called (depending on whether the script  name  is  included),  with  the  following

              1. The string key-binding.

              2. The name of the binding (as established above).

              3. The key state as string (see below).

              4. The key name (since mpv 0.15.0).

              5. The text the key would produce, or empty string if not applicable.

              The  5th argument is only set if no modifiers are present (using the shift key with
              a letter is normally not emitted as having a modifier, and results  in  upper  case
              text instead, but some backends may mess up).

              The key state consists of 2 characters:

              1. One of d (key was pressed down), u (was released), r (key is still down, and was
                 repeated; only if key repeat is enabled for this binding), p (key  was  pressed;
                 happens if up/down can't be tracked).

              2. Whether  the  event  originates  from  the  mouse,  either m (mouse button) or -
                 (something else).

              Future versions can add more arguments and more key  state  characters  to  support
              more input peculiarities.

              Cycle  through  A-B  loop  states.  The  first  command  will  set the A point (the
              ab-loop-a property); the second the B point, and the third will clear both points.

              Drop  audio/video/demuxer  buffers,  and  restart  from  fresh.  Might  help   with
              unseekable  streams  that  are going out of sync.  This command might be changed or
              removed in the future.

       screenshot-raw [<flags>]
              Return a screenshot in memory. This can be used only through the  client  API.  The
              MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP  returned  by  this  command has the w, h, stride fields set to
              obvious contents. The format field is set  to  bgr0  by  default.  This  format  is
              organized  as  B8G8R8X8  (where  B  is  the LSB). The contents of the padding X are
              undefined. The data field is of type MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY with  the  actual  image
              data.  The  image  is  freed as soon as the result mpv_node is freed. As usual with
              client API semantics, you are not allowed to write to the image data.

              The stride is the number of bytes from a pixel at (x0, y0) to the pixel at (x0,  y0
              +  1).  This  can  be  larger  than  w * 4 if the image was cropped, or if there is
              padding. This number can be negative as well.  You access a pixel with byte_index =
              y * stride + x * 4 (assuming the bgr0 format).

              The flags argument is like the first argument to screenshot and supports subtitles,
              video, window.

       vf-command <label> <command> <argument>
              Send a command to the filter with the given <label>. Use all  to  send  it  to  all
              filters  at  once.  The  command and argument string is filter specific. Currently,
              this only works with the lavfi filter - see the libavfilter documentation for which
              commands a filter supports.

              Note that the <label> is a mpv filter label, not a libavfilter filter name.

       af-command <label> <command> <argument>
              Same as vf-command, but for audio filters.

       apply-profile <name>
              Apply  the contents of a named profile. This is like using profile=name in a config
              file, except you can map it to a key binding to change it at runtime.

              There is no such thing as "unapplying" a profile - applying a profile  merely  sets
              all option values listed within the profile.

       load-script <filename>
              Load a script, similar to the --script option. Whether this waits for the script to
              finish initialization or not changed multiple times, and  the  future  behavior  is
              left undefined.

       change-list <name> <operation> <value>
              This  command  changes  list  options  as  described  in  List  Options. The <name>
              parameter is the normal option name, while <operation> is the suffix or action used
              on the option.

              Some  operations take no value, but the command still requires the value parameter.
              In these cases, the value must be an empty string.


                        change-list glsl-shaders append file.glsl

                        Add a filename to the glsl-shaders list. The command line  equivalent  is
                        --glsl-shaders-append=file.glsl or alternatively --glsl-shader=file.glsl.

       dump-cache <start> <end> <filename>
              Dump the current cache to the given filename. The <filename> file is overwritten if
              it already exists. <start> and <end> give the time range of what  to  dump.  If  no
              data is cached at the given time range, nothing may be dumped (creating a file with
              no packets).

              Dumping a larger part of the cache will freeze the player. No effort  was  made  to
              fix this, as this feature was meant mostly for creating small excerpts.

              See  --stream-record  for various caveats that mostly apply to this command too, as
              both use the same underlying code for writing the output file.

              If <filename> is an empty string, an ongoing dump-cache is stopped.

              If <end> is no, then  continuous  dumping  is  enabled.  Then,  after  dumping  the
              existing parts of the cache, anything read from network is appended to the cache as
              well. This behaves similar to --stream-record (although it does not  conflict  with
              that option, and they can be both active at the same time).

              If  the  <end> time is after the cache, the command will _not_ wait and write newly
              received data to it.

              The end of the resulting file may be slightly damaged or  incomplete  at  the  end.
              (Not enough effort was made to ensure that the end lines up properly.)

              Note  that  this  command  will  finish only once dumping ends. That means it works
              similar to the  screenshot  command,  just  that  it  can  block  much  longer.  If
              continuous  dumping is used, the command will not finish until playback is stopped,
              an  error  happens,  another  dump-cache  command  is   run,   or   an   API   like
              mp.abort_async_command  was  called to explicitly stop the command. See Synchronous
              vs. Asynchronous.

                 This was mostly created for network streams. For local files, there may be  much
                 better  methods  to  create  excerpts  and  such.  There  are  tons of much more
                 user-friendly Lua scripts, that will reencode parts of  a  file  by  spawning  a
                 separate  instance  of  ffmpeg.  With  network  streams, this is not that easily
                 possible,  as  the  stream  would  have  to  be  downloaded   again.   Even   if
                 --stream-record  is used to record the stream to the local filesystem, there may
                 be problems, because the recorded file is still written to.

              This command is experimental, and all details about it may change in the future.

       ab-loop-dump-cache <filename>
              Essentially calls dump-cache with the current AB-loop  points  as  arguments.  Like
              dump-cache, this will overwrite the file at <filename>. Likewise, if the B point is
              set to no, it will enter continuous dumping after the existing cache was dumped.

              The author reserves the right to remove this command if enough motivation is  found
              to move this functionality to a trivial Lua script.

              Re-adjust  the  A/B  loop  points  to  the  start  and  end  within  the  cache the
              ab-loop-dump-cache command will (probably) dump. Basically, it aligns the times  on
              keyframes.  The guess might be off especially at the end (due to granularity issues
              due to remuxing). If the cache shrinks in the  meantime,  the  points  set  by  the
              command will not be the effective parameters either.

              This  command  has  an even more uncertain future than ab-loop-dump-cache and might
              disappear without replacement if the author decides it's useless.

       Undocumented commands: ao-reload (experimental/internal).

       Hooks are synchronous events between player core and a script or similar. This applies  to
       client  API  (including  the Lua scripting interface). Normally, events are supposed to be
       asynchronous, and the hook API provides an awkward and obscure way to handle  events  that
       require  stricter  coordination. There are no API stability guarantees made. Not following
       the protocol exactly can make the player freeze randomly.  Basically,  nobody  should  use
       this API.

       The C API is described in the header files. The Lua API is described in the Lua section.

       The following hooks are currently defined:

              Called when a file is to be opened, before anything is actually done.  For example,
              you could read and write the stream-open-filename property to redirect  an  URL  to
              something  else  (consider support for streaming sites which rarely give the user a
              direct media URL), or you could set per-file options with by setting  the  property
              file-local-options/<option name>. The player will wait until all hooks are run.

              Called  after  after  a  file  has  been opened, but failed to. This can be used to
              provide a fallback in case native demuxers failed to recognize the file, instead of
              always  running before the native demuxers like on_load. Demux will only be retried
              if stream-open-filename was changed.

              Called after a file has been opened, and before tracks are  selected  and  decoders
              are  created.  This  has  some  usefulness  if  an API users wants to select tracks
              manually, based on the set of available tracks.  It's  also  useful  to  initialize
              --lavfi-complex  in  a specific way by API, without having to "probe" the available
              streams at first.

              Note that this does not yet apply default track selection. Which operations exactly
              can  be done and not be done, and what information is available and what is not yet
              available yet, is all subject to change.

              Run before closing a file, and before actually uninitializing everything. It's  not
              possible to resume playback in this state.

   Legacy hook API
          The legacy API is deprecated and will be removed soon.

       There  are two special commands involved. Also, the client must listen for client messages

       hook-add <hook-name> <id> <priority>
              Subscribe to the hook identified by the first  argument  (basically,  the  name  of
              event).  The  id  argument  is an arbitrary integer chosen by the user. priority is
              used to sort all hook  handlers  globally  across  all  clients.  Each  client  can
              register  multiple  hook  handlers  (even for the same hook-name). Once the hook is
              registered, it cannot be unregistered.

              When a specific event happens, all registered handlers are run serially.  This uses
              a  protocol  every  client  has to follow explicitly. When a hook handler is run, a
              client message (MPV_EVENT_CLIENT_MESSAGE) is sent to the  client  which  registered
              the hook. This message has the following arguments:

              1. the string hook_run

              2. the  id  argument  the  hook  was registered with as string (this can be used to
                 correctly handle multiple hooks registered by the same client, as long as the id
                 argument is unique in the client)

              3. something undefined, used by the hook mechanism to track hook execution

              Upon receiving this message, the client can handle the event. While doing this, the
              player core will still react to requests, but playback will typically be stopped.

              When the client is done, it must continue the core's hook execution by running  the
              hook-ack command.

       hook-ack <string>
              Run the next hook in the global chain of hooks. The argument is the 3rd argument of
              the client message that starts hook execution for the current client.

   Input Command Prefixes
       These prefixes are placed between key name and the actual command. Multiple  prefixes  can
       be specified. They are separated by whitespace.

              Use  the  default  behavior  for  this  command. This is the default for input.conf
              commands. Some libmpv/scripting/IPC APIs do not use this as default, but use no-osd

       no-osd Do not use any OSD for this command.

              If  possible,  show  a  bar with this command. Seek commands will show the progress
              bar, property changing commands may show the newly set value.

              If possible, show an OSD message with this command. Seek command show  the  current
              playback time, property changing commands show the newly set value as text.

              Combine osd-bar and osd-msg.

       raw    Do  not  expand properties in string arguments. (Like "${property-name}".)  This is
              the default for some libmpv/scripting/IPC APIs.

              All string arguments are expanded as described in Property Expansion.  This is  the
              default for input.conf commands.

              For  some commands, keeping a key pressed doesn't run the command repeatedly.  This
              prefix forces enabling key repeat in any case.

       async  Allow asynchronous execution (if possible). Note that  only  a  few  commands  will
              support   this   (usually   this  is  explicitly  documented).  Some  commands  are
              asynchronous by default (or rather, their effects might manifest  after  completion
              of the command). The semantics of this flag might change in the future. Set it only
              if you don't rely on the effects of this  command  being  fully  realized  when  it
              returns. See Synchronous vs. Asynchronous.

       sync   Allow  synchronous  execution (if possible). Normally, all commands are synchronous
              by default, but some are asynchronous  by  default  for  compatibility  with  older

       All of the osd prefixes are still overridden by the global --osd-level settings.

   Synchronous vs. Asynchronous
       The  async  and  sync  prefix  matter  only for how the issuer of the command waits on the
       completion of the command. Normally it does not affect how the command behaves by  itself.
       There are the following cases:

       · Normal  input.conf  commands  are  always  run asynchronously. Slow running commands are
         queued up or run in parallel.

       · "Multi" input.conf commands (1 key binding, concatenated with ;)  will  be  executed  in
         order,  except  for  commands  that  are  async (either prefixed with async, or async by
         default for some commands). The async commands are run in a detached manner, possibly in
         parallel to the remaining sync commands in the list.

       · Normal Lua and libmpv commands (e.g. mpv_command()) are run in a blocking manner, unless
         the async prefix is used, or the command is async by default. This  means  in  the  sync
         case  the  caller  will  block, even if the core continues playback. Async mode runs the
         command in a detached manner.

       · Async libmpv command API (e.g. mpv_command_async()) never blocks the caller, and  always
         notify their completion with a message. The sync and async prefixes make no difference.

       · Lua  also  provides  APIs  for  running  async  commands,  which behave similar to the C

       · In all cases, async mode can still  run  commands  in  a  synchronous  manner,  even  in
         detached  mode.  This  can  for  example happen in cases when a command does not have an
         asynchronous implementation. The async libmpv API still never blocks the caller in these

       Before  mpv  0.29.0,  the async prefix was only used by screenshot commands, and made them
       run the file saving code in a detached manner. This is the default now, and async  changes
       behavior only in the ways mentioned above.

       Currently  the  following  commands  have  different waiting characteristics with sync vs.
       async: sub-add, audio-add, sub-reload,  audio-reload,  rescan-external-files,  screenshot,
       screenshot-to-file, dump-cache, ab-loop-dump-cache.

   Asynchronous command details
       On the API level, every asynchronous command is bound to the context which started it. For
       example, an asynchronous command started by mpv_command_async is bound to  the  mpv_handle
       passed  to  the  function.  Only  this  mpv_handle  receives  the  completion notification
       (MPV_EVENT_COMMAND_REPLY), and  only  this  handle  can  abort  a  still  running  command
       directly.  If the mpv_handle is destroyed, any still running async. commands started by it
       are terminated.

       The scripting APIs and JSON IPC give each script/connection its own implicit mpv_handle.

       If the player is closed, the core may abort all pending async. commands on its own (like a
       forced mpv_abort_async_command() call for each pending command on behalf of the API user).
       This happens at the same time MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN is sent, and there is no way  to  prevent

   Input Sections
       Input  sections  group  a  set  of  bindings,  and  enable  or  disable  them at once.  In
       input.conf, each key binding is assigned to an input section, rather than actually  having
       explicit text sections.

       See also: enable-section and disable-section commands.

       Predefined bindings:

              Bindings  without  input  section  are  implicitly  assigned to this section. It is
              enabled by default during normal playback.

       encode Section which is active in encoding  mode.  It  is  enabled  exclusively,  so  that
              bindings in the default sections are ignored.

       Properties  are used to set mpv options during runtime, or to query arbitrary information.
       They can be manipulated with the set/add/cycle commands, and retrieved with show-text,  or
       anything else that uses property expansion. (See Property Expansion.)

       The  property  name  is  annotated  with  RW to indicate whether the property is generally

       If an option is referenced, the property will normally take/return exactly the same values
       as the option. In these cases, properties are merely a way to change an option at runtime.

   Property list
          Most  options  can be set as runtime via properties as well. Just remove the leading --
          from the option name. These are not documented. Only properties which do not  exist  as
          option  with  the same name, or which have very different behavior from the options are
          documented below.

       audio-speed-correction, video-speed-correction
              Factor multiplied with speed at which the player attempts to play the file. Usually
              it's exactly 1. (Display sync mode will make this useful.)

              OSD formatting will display it in the form of +1.23456%, with the number being (raw
              - 1) * 100 for the given raw property value.

              Return whether --video-sync=display is actually active.

              Currently played file, with path stripped. If this is an URL, try to  undo  percent
              encoding  as  well.  (The  result  is not necessarily correct, but looks better for
              display purposes. Use the path property to get an unmodified filename.)

              This has a sub-property:

                     Like the filename property, but if the text contains a  .,  strip  all  text
                     after the last .. Usually this removes the file extension.

              Length  in bytes of the source file/stream. (This is the same as ${stream-end}. For
              segmented/multi-part files, this will return the size of the main or manifest file,
              whatever it is.)

              Total number of frames in current file.

                 This is only an estimate. (It's computed from two unreliable quantities: fps and
                 stream length.)

              Number of current frame in current stream.

                 This is only an estimate. (It's computed from two unreliable quantities: fps and
                 possibly rounded timestamps.)

       path   Full path of the currently played file. Usually this is exactly the same string you
              pass on the mpv command line or the loadfile command, even if it's a relative path.
              If you expect an absolute path, you will have to determine it yourself, for example
              by using the working-directory property.

              The full path to the currently played media. This is different only  from  path  in
              special  cases.  In  particular,  if --ytdl=yes is used, and the URL is detected by
              youtube-dl, then the script will set this property to the actual  media  URL.  This
              property  should be set only during the on_load or on_load_fail hooks, otherwise it
              will have no effect (or may do something implementation defined in the future). The
              property is reset if playback of the current media ends.

              If the currently played file has a title tag, use that.

              Otherwise, return the filename property.

              Symbolic  name of the file format. In some cases, this is a comma-separated list of
              format names, e.g. mp4 is mov,mp4,m4a,3gp,3g2,mj2 (the list may grow in the  future
              for any format).

              Name of the current demuxer. (This is useless.)

              (Renamed from demuxer.)

              Filename (full path) of the stream layer filename. (This is probably useless and is
              almost never different from path.)

              Raw byte position in source stream. Technically, this returns the position  of  the
              most recent packet passed to a decoder.

              Raw end position in bytes in source stream.

              Duration  of  the current file in seconds. If the duration is unknown, the property
              is unavailable. Note that the file duration is not always exactly known, so this is
              an estimate.

              This  replaces the length property, which was deprecated after the mpv 0.9 release.
              (The semantics are the same.)

       avsync Last A/V synchronization difference. Unavailable if audio or video is disabled.

              Total A-V sync correction done. Unavailable if audio or video is disabled.

              Video frames dropped by decoder, because video is too far behind audio (when  using
              --framedrop=decoder).  Sometimes, this may be incremented in other situations, e.g.
              when video packets are damaged, or the decoder  doesn't  follow  the  usual  rules.
              Unavailable if video is disabled.

              drop-frame-count is a deprecated alias.

              Frames dropped by VO (when using --framedrop=vo).

              vo-drop-frame-count is a deprecated alias.

              Number  of  video frames that were not timed correctly in display-sync mode for the
              sake of keeping A/V sync. This does not include  external  circumstances,  such  as
              video  rendering being too slow or the graphics driver somehow skipping a vsync. It
              does not include rounding errors either  (which  can  happen  especially  with  bad
              source  timestamps). For example, using the display-desync mode should never change
              this value from 0.

              For how many vsyncs  a  frame  is  displayed  on  average.  This  is  available  if
              display-sync  is  active  only. For 30 FPS video on a 60 Hz screen, this will be 2.
              This is the moving average of what actually has been scheduled, so 24 FPS on 60  Hz
              will never remain exactly on 2.5, but jitter depending on the last frame displayed.

              Estimated  number  of  frames delayed due to external circumstances in display-sync
              mode. Note that in general, mpv has to guess that this is happening, and the  guess
              can be inaccurate.

       percent-pos (RW)
              Position  in  current  file  (0-100).  The  advantage  over  using  this instead of
              calculating it out of other properties is that it properly falls back to estimating
              the playback position from the byte position, if the file duration is not known.

       time-pos (RW)
              Position in current file in seconds.

              Deprecated.  Always  returns 0. Before mpv 0.14, this used to return the start time
              of the file (could affect e.g. transport streams). See --rebase-start-time option.

              Remaining length of the file in seconds. Note that the file duration is not  always
              exactly known, so this is an estimate.

       audio-pts (R)
              Current  audio  playback position in current file in seconds. Unlike time-pos, this
              updates more often than  once  per  frame.  For  audio-only  files,  it  is  mostly
              equivalent to time-pos, while for video-only files this property is not available.

              time-remaining scaled by the current speed.

       playback-time (RW)
              Position  in  current  file in seconds. Unlike time-pos, the time is clamped to the
              range of the file. (Inaccurate file durations etc. could make it go out  of  range.
              Useful  on  attempts  to  seek  outside  of  the  file,  as the seek target time is
              considered the current position during seeking.)

       chapter (RW)
              Current chapter number. The number of the first chapter is 0.

       edition (RW)
              Current MKV edition number. Setting this property to a different value will restart
              playback. The number of the first edition is 0.

              Before  mpv  0.31.0,  this  showed  the  actual edition selected at runtime, if you
              didn't set the option or  property  manually.  With  mpv  0.31.0  and  later,  this
              strictly  returns  the  user-set  option or property value, and the current-edition
              property was added to return  the  runtime  selected  edition  (this  matters  with
              --edition=auto, the default).

              Currently  selected  edition. This property is unavailable if no file is loaded, or
              the file has no editions. (Matroska files  make  a  difference  between  having  no
              editions and a single edition, which will be reflected by the property, although in
              practice it does not matter.)

              Number of chapters.

              Number of MKV editions.

              List of editions, current entry  marked.  Currently,  the  raw  property  value  is

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based edition index.

                     Number  of  editions.  If  there  are  no editions, this can be 0 or 1 (1 if
                     there's a useless dummy edition).

                     Edition ID as integer. Use this to set  the  edition  property.   Currently,
                     this is the same as the edition index.

                     yes if this is the default edition, no otherwise.

                     Edition title as stored in the file. Not always available.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each edition)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "title"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "default"           MPV_FORMAT_FLAG

              Metadata key/value pairs.

              If the property is accessed with Lua's mp.get_property_native, this returns a table
              with  metadata  keys  mapping to metadata values. If it is accessed with the client
              API, this returns a MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP, with tag keys mapping to tag values.

              For OSD, it returns a formatted list. Trying to retrieve this  property  as  a  raw
              string doesn't work.

              This has a number of sub-properties:

                     Value of metadata entry <key>.

                     Number of metadata entries.

                     Key name of the Nth metadata entry. (The first entry is 0).

                     Value of the Nth metadata entry.

                     Old  version  of  metadata/by-key/<key>.  Use  is  discouraged,  because the
                     metadata key string could conflict with other sub-properties.

              The layout of this property might be subject to change. Suggestions are welcome how
              exactly this property should work.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     (key and string value for each metadata entry)

              Like metadata, but includes only fields listed in the --display-tags  option.  This
              is the same set of tags that is printed to the terminal.

              Metadata of current chapter. Works similar to metadata property. It also allows the
              same access methods (using sub-properties).

              Per-chapter metadata is very rare. Usually, only the chapter name (title) is set.

              For accessing other information, like chapter start, see the chapter-list property.

              Metadata added by video filters. Accessed  by  the  filter  label,  which,  if  not
              explicitly specified using the @filter-label: syntax, will be <filter-name>NN.

              Works  similar  to  metadata  property.  It  allows  the same access methods (using

              An example  of  this  kind  of  metadata  are  the  cropping  parameters  added  by

              Equivalent to vf-metadata/<filter-label>, but for audio filters.

              Return  yes  if  no file is loaded, but the player is staying around because of the
              --idle option.

              (Renamed from idle.)

              Return yes if the playback core is paused, otherwise  no.  This  can  be  different
              pause  in  special  situations,  such  as  when the player pauses itself due to low
              network cache.

              This also returns yes if playback is restarting or if nothing is playing at all. In
              other  words,  it's  only no if there's actually video playing. (Behavior since mpv

       cache-speed (R)
              Current I/O read speed between the cache and the lower layer (like network).   This
              gives  the  number  bytes  per  seconds  over  a  1  second  window (using the type
              MPV_FORMAT_INT64 for the client API).

              Approximate duration of video buffered in the demuxer, in  seconds.  The  guess  is
              very  unreliable, and often the property will not be available at all, even if data
              is buffered.

              Approximate  time  of  video  buffered  in  the  demuxer,  in  seconds.   Same   as
              demuxer-cache-duration but returns the last timestamp of buffered data in demuxer.

              Returns  yes if the demuxer is idle, which means the demuxer cache is filled to the
              requested amount, and is currently not reading more data.

              Various undocumented or half-documented things.

              Each entry in seekable-ranges represents a region in the demuxer cache that can  be
              seeked  to.  If  there  are multiple demuxers active, this only returns information
              about the "main" demuxer,  but  might  be  changed  in  future  to  return  unified
              information  about  all  demuxers. The ranges are in arbitrary order. Often, ranges
              will overlap for a bit, before being joined.  In broken corner  cases,  ranges  may
              overlap all over the place.

              The  end  of  a  seek  range  is  usually  smaller  than  the value returned by the
              demuxer-cache-time property, because that property returns  the  guessed  buffering
              amount, while the seek ranges represent the buffered data that can actually be used
              for cached seeking.

              bof-cached indicates whether the seek range with the lowest timestamp points to the
              beginning of the stream (BOF). This implies you cannot seek before this position at
              all. eof-cached indicates whether the seek range with the highest timestamp  points
              to  the  end of the stream (EOF). If both bof-cached and eof-cached are set to yes,
              and there's only 1 cache range, the entire stream is cached.

              fw-bytes is the number of bytes of packets buffered in the range starting from  the
              current  decoding position. This is a rough estimate (may not account correctly for
              various overhead), and stops at the demuxer position (it ignores seek ranges  after

              file-cache-bytes is the number of bytes stored in the file cache. This includes all
              overhead, and possibly unused data (like pruned data). This member  is  missing  if
              the file cache is not active.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     "seekable-ranges"   MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                             "start"             MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                             "end"               MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "bof-cached"        MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                     "eof-cached"        MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                     "fw-bytes"          MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "file-cache-bytes"  MPV_FORMAT_INT64

              Other fields (might be changed or removed in the future):

              eof    True if the reader thread has hit the end of the file.

                     True if the reader thread could not satisfy a decoder's request  for  a  new

              idle   True if the thread is currently not reading.

                     Sum  of  packet  bytes  (plus some overhead estimation) of the entire packet
                     queue, including cached seekable ranges.

              Returns yes if the stream demuxed via the main demuxer is most  likely  played  via
              network.  What  constitutes  "network" is not always clear, might be used for other
              types of untrusted streams, could be wrong in certain  cases,  and  its  definition
              might  be  changing. Also, external files (like separate audio files or streams) do
              not influence the value of this property (currently).

       demuxer-start-time (R)
              Returns the start time reported by the demuxer in fractional seconds.

              Returns yes when playback is paused because of waiting for the cache.

              Return the percentage (0-100) of the  cache  fill  status  until  the  player  will
              unpause (related to paused-for-cache).

              Returns yes if end of playback was reached, no otherwise. Note that this is usually
              interesting only if  --keep-open  is  enabled,  since  otherwise  the  player  will
              immediately play the next file (or exit or enter idle mode), and in these cases the
              eof-reached property will logically be cleared immediately after it's set.

              Returns yes if the player is currently seeking,  or  otherwise  trying  to  restart
              playback.  (It's  possible  that  it  returns  yes  while a file is loaded. This is
              because the same underlying code is used for seeking and resyncing.)

              Return yes if the audio mixer is active, no otherwise.

              This option is relatively useless. Before mpv 0.18.1, it could  be  used  to  infer
              behavior of the volume property.

       ao-volume (RW)
              System  volume.  This  property  is available only if mpv audio output is currently
              active, and only if the underlying implementation  supports  volume  control.  What
              this  option  does  depends  on  the API. For example, on ALSA this usually changes
              system-wide audio, while with PulseAudio this controls per-application volume.

       ao-mute (RW)
              Similar to ao-volume, but controls the mute state. May  be  unimplemented  even  if
              ao-volume works.

              Audio codec selected for decoding.

              Audio codec.

              Audio format as output by the audio decoder.  This has a number of sub-properties:

                     The  sample  format  as  string.  This  uses the same names as used in other
                     places of mpv.


                     The channel layout as a string. This is similar to what the --audio-channels

                     As  channels,  but instead of the possibly cryptic actual layout sent to the
                     audio device, return a hopefully more human readable  form.   (Usually  only
                     audio-out-params/hr-channels makes sense.)

                     Number  of audio channels. This is redundant to the channels field described

              When querying the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     "format"            MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "samplerate"        MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "channels"          MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "channel-count"     MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "hr-channels"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              Same as audio-params, but the format of the data written to the audio API.

       colormatrix (R)
              Redirects to video-params/colormatrix. This parameter (as well as similar ones) can
              be overridden with the format video filter.

       colormatrix-input-range (R)
              See colormatrix.

       colormatrix-primaries (R)
              See colormatrix.

       hwdec (RW)
              Reflects the --hwdec option.

              Writing to it  may  change  the  currently  used  hardware  decoder,  if  possible.
              (Internally,  the  player  may reinitialize the decoder, and will perform a seek to
              refresh the video properly.) You can  watch  the  other  hwdec  properties  to  see
              whether this was successful.

              Unlike  in mpv 0.9.x and before, this does not return the currently active hardware
              decoder. Since mpv 0.18.0, hwdec-current is available for this purpose.

              Return the current hardware decoding in use. If decoding is active, return  one  of
              the values used by the hwdec option/property. no indicates software decoding. If no
              decoder is loaded, the property is unavailable.

              This returns the currently loaded hardware decoding/output interop driver.  This is
              known  only  once the VO has opened (and possibly later). With some VOs (like gpu),
              this might be never known in advance, but only when the decoder attempted to create
              the  hw  decoder  successfully. (Using --gpu-hwdec-interop can load it eagerly.) If
              there are multiple drivers loaded, they will be separated by ,.

              If no VO is active or no interop driver is known, this property is unavailable.

              This does not necessarily use the same values  as  hwdec.  There  can  be  multiple
              interop drivers for the same hardware decoder, depending on platform and VO.

              Video format as string.

              Video codec selected for decoding.

       width, height
              Video  size.  This  uses the size of the video as decoded, or if no video frame has
              been decoded yet, the (possibly incorrect) container indicated size.

              Video parameters, as output  by  the  decoder  (with  overrides  like  aspect  etc.
              applied). This has a number of sub-properties:

                     The pixel format as string. This uses the same names as used in other places
                     of mpv.

                     Average bits-per-pixel as integer. Subsampled planar formats use a different
                     resolution,  which  is  the  reason  this  value  can  sometimes  be  odd or
                     confusing. Can be unavailable with some formats.

                     Bit depth for each color component as integer.  This  is  only  exposed  for
                     planar or single-component formats, and is unavailable for other formats.

              video-params/w, video-params/h
                     Video size as integers, with no aspect correction applied.

              video-params/dw, video-params/dh
                     Video size as integers, scaled for correct aspect ratio.

                     Display aspect ratio as float.

                     Pixel aspect ratio.

                     The colormatrix in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     The colorlevels as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     The primaries in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     The gamma function in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     The video file's tagged signal peak as float.

                     The light type in use as a string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     Chroma location as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     Intended display rotation in degrees (clockwise).

                     Source  file  stereo  3D  mode.  (See  the  format  video filter's stereo-in

              When querying the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     "pixelformat"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "w"                 MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "h"                 MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "dw"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "dh"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "aspect"            MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "par"               MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "colormatrix"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "colorlevels"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "primaries"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "gamma"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "sig-peak"          MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "light"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "chroma-location"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "rotate"            MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "stereo-in"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING

       dwidth, dheight
              Video  display  size.  This is the video size after filters and aspect scaling have
              been applied. The actual video window size can still be different from  this,  e.g.
              if the user resized the video window manually.

              These have the same values as video-out-params/dw and video-out-params/dh.

              Exactly like video-params, but no overrides applied.

              Same  as  video-params,  but after video filters have been applied. If there are no
              video filters in use, this will contain the same values as video-params. Note  that
              this is still not necessarily what the video window uses, since the user can change
              the window size, and all real VOs do  their  own  scaling  independently  from  the
              filter chain.

              Has the same sub-properties as video-params.

              Approximate information of the current frame. Note that if any of these are used on
              OSD, the information might be off by a few frames due to OSD  redrawing  and  frame
              display  being  somewhat  disconnected,  and  you  might  have to pause and force a



              Container FPS. This can easily contain bogus values. For  videos  that  use  modern
              container formats or video codecs, this will often be incorrect.

              (Renamed from fps.)

              Estimated/measured  FPS  of the video filter chain output. (If no filters are used,
              this corresponds to decoder output.) This uses the average of  the  10  past  frame
              durations to calculate the FPS. It will be inaccurate if frame-dropping is involved
              (such as when framedrop is explicitly enabled, or  after  precise  seeking).  Files
              with imprecise timestamps (such as Matroska) might lead to unstable results.

       window-scale (RW)
              Window  size  multiplier.  Setting  this will resize the video window to the values
              contained in dwidth and dheight multiplied with the value set with  this  property.
              Setting  1  will  resize to original video size (or to be exact, the size the video
              filters output). 2 will set the double size, 0.5 halves the size.

              See current-window-scale for the value derived from the actual window size.

              Since mpv 0.31.0, this always returns the previously  set  value  (or  the  default
              value), instead of the value implied by the actual window size.  Before mpv 0.31.0,
              this returned what current-window-scale returns now, after the window was created.

              The window-scale value calculated from the current window size. This has  the  same
              value  as window-scale if the window size was not changed since setting the option,
              and the window size was not restricted in other ways. The property  is  unavailable
              if no video is active.

              Names  of  the  displays  that  the mpv window covers. On X11, these are the xrandr
              names (LVDS1, HDMI1, DP1,  VGA1,  etc.).  On  Windows,  these  are  the  GDI  names
              (\.DISPLAY1,  \.DISPLAY2,  etc.)  and the first display in the list will be the one
              that  Windows  considers  associated  with  the  window  (as  determined   by   the
              MonitorFromWindow API.) On macOS these are the Display Product Names as used in the
              System Information and only one display name is returned since a window can only be
              on one screen.

              The  refresh  rate of the current display. Currently, this is the lowest FPS of any
              display covered by the video, as retrieved by  the  underlying  system  APIs  (e.g.
              xrandr  on  X11). It is not the measured FPS. It's not necessarily available on all
              platforms. Note that any of the listed facts may change any time without a warning.

              Writing to this property is deprecated. It  has  the  same  effect  as  writing  to
              override-display-fps.  Since mpv 0.31.0, this property is unavailable if no display
              FPS was reported (e.g. if no video is active), while in older versions, it returned
              the --display-fps option value.

              Only  available  if  display-sync  mode  (as  selected  by --video-sync) is active.
              Returns the actual rate at which display  refreshes  seem  to  occur,  measured  by
              system time.

              Estimated deviation factor of the vsync duration.

              The HiDPI scale factor as reported by the windowing backend. If no VO is active, or
              if the VO does not report a value, this property is unavailable.  It may  be  saner
              to report an absolute DPI, however, this is the way HiDPI support is implemented on
              most OS APIs. See also --hidpi-window-scale.

       video-aspect (RW)
              Deprecated. This is tied to --video-aspect-override, but always reports the current
              video aspect if video is active.

              The   read   and   write   components   of   this  option  can  be  split  up  into
              video-params/aspect and video-aspect-override respectively.

       osd-width, osd-height
              Last known OSD width (can be 0). This is needed if you want to use the  overlay-add
              command.  It  gives you the actual OSD size, which can be different from the window
              size in some cases.

              Alias to osd-dimensions/w and osd-dimensions/h.

              Last known OSD display pixel aspect (can be 0).

              Alias to osd-dimensions/osd-par.

              Last known OSD dimensions.

              Has the following sub-properties (which can be read as MPV_FORMAT_NODE or Lua table
              with mp.get_property_native):

              w      Size of the VO window in OSD render units (usually pixels, but may be scaled
                     pixels with VOs like xv).

              h      Size of the VO window in OSD render units,

              par    Pixel aspect ratio of the OSD (usually 1).

              aspect Display aspect ratio of  the  VO  window.  (Computing  from  the  properties

              mt, mb, ml, mr
                     OSD  to  video  margins  (top, bottom, left, right). This describes the area
                     into which the video is rendered.

              Any of these properties may be unavailable or set to dummy values if the VO  window
              is not created or visible.

              Return  the  current  subtitle  text  regardless  of sub visibility.  Formatting is
              stripped. If the subtitle is not  text-based  (i.e.  DVD/BD  subtitles),  an  empty
              string is returned.

              This property is experimental and might be removed in the future.

              Return  the  current  subtitle start time (in seconds). If there's multiple current
              subtitles, returns the first start time. If no current subtitle is present null  is
              returned instead.

              Return  the  current  subtitle start time (in seconds). If there's multiple current
              subtitles, return the last end time. If no current subtitle is present, or if  it's
              present but has unknown or incorrect duration, null is returned instead.

       playlist-pos (RW)
              Current  position  on  playlist.  The  first entry is on position 0. Writing to the
              property will restart playback at the written entry.

       playlist-pos-1 (RW)
              Same as playlist-pos, but 1-based.

              Number of total playlist entries.

              Playlist, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value is useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N  with  the  0-based  playlist  entry

                     Number of playlist entries (same as playlist-count).

                     Filename of the Nth entry.

              playlist/N/current, playlist/N/playing
                     yes if this entry is currently playing (or being loaded).  Unavailable or no
                     otherwise. When changing  files,  current  and  playing  can  be  different,
                     because  the  currently playing file hasn't been unloaded yet; in this case,
                     current refers to the new selection. (Since mpv 0.7.0.)

                     Name of the Nth entry. Only available if the  playlist  file  contains  such
                     fields, and only if mpv's parser supports it for the given playlist format.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each playlist entry)
                         "filename"  MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "current"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG (might be missing; since mpv 0.7.0)
                         "playing"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG (same)
                         "title"     MPV_FORMAT_STRING (optional)

              List of audio/video/sub tracks, current entry marked. Currently, the  raw  property
              value is useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based track index.

                     Total number of tracks.

                     The  ID  as  it's used for -sid/--aid/--vid. This is unique within tracks of
                     the same type (sub/audio/video), but otherwise not.

                     String describing the media type. One of audio, video, sub.

                     Track ID as used in the source file. Not always available. (It is missing if
                     the  format  has  no native ID, if the track is a pseudo-track that does not
                     exist in this way in the actual  file,  or  if  the  format  is  handled  by
                     libavformat, and the format was not whitelisted as having track IDs.)

                     Track title as it is stored in the file. Not always available.

                     Track language as identified by the file. Not always available.

                     yes  if  this  is  a  video  track  that consists of a single picture, no or
                     unavailable otherwise. This  is  used  for  video  tracks  that  are  really
                     attached pictures in audio files.

                     yes if the track has the default flag set in the file, no otherwise.

                     yes if the track has the forced flag set in the file, no otherwise.

                     The  codec  name  used  by this track, for example h264. Unavailable in some
                     rare cases.

                     yes if the track is an external file, no otherwise. This is set for separate
                     subtitle files.

                     The filename if the track is from an external file, unavailable otherwise.

                     yes if the track is currently decoded, no otherwise.

                     The stream index as usually used by the FFmpeg utilities. Note that this can
                     be potentially wrong if a demuxer other than libavformat (--demuxer=lavf) is
                     used.  For  mkv  files,  the  index  will  usually match even if the default
                     (builtin) demuxer is used, but there is no hard guarantee.

                     If this track is being decoded, the human-readable decoder name,

              track-list/N/demux-w, track-list/N/demux-h
                     Video size hint as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

                     Number of audio channels as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate
                     -  in  particular,  the  track  could  be  decoded  as a different number of

                     Channel layout as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

                     Audio sample rate as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

                     Video FPS as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

                     Audio average bitrate, in bits per second. (Not always accurate.)

                     Video clockwise rotation metadata, in degrees.

                     Pixel aspect ratio.

              track-list/N/audio-channels (deprecated)
                     Deprecated alias for track-list/N/demux-channel-count.

              track-list/N/replaygain-track-peak, track-list/N/replaygain-track-gain
                     Per-track  replaygain  values.  Only  available  for   audio   tracks   with
                     corresponding information stored in the source file.

              track-list/N/replaygain-album-peak, track-list/N/replaygain-album-gain
                     Per-album  replaygain  values.  If  the  file has per-track but no per-album
                     information, the per-album values will be copied from the  per-track  values
                     currently. It's possible that future mpv versions will make these properties
                     unavailable instead in this case.

              When querying the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each track)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "type"              MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "src-id"            MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "title"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "lang"              MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "albumart"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "default"           MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "forced"            MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "selected"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "external"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "external-filename" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "codec"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "ff-index"          MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "decoder-desc"      MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "demux-w"           MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-h"           MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-channel-count" MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-channels"    MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "demux-samplerate"  MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-fps"         MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "demux-bitrate"     MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-rotation"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-par"         MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "audio-channels"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "replaygain-track-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "replaygain-track-gain" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "replaygain-album-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "replaygain-album-gain" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE

              List  of  chapters,  current  entry  marked.  Currently,  the raw property value is

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based chapter index.

                     Number of chapters.

                     Chapter title as stored in the file. Not always available.

                     Chapter start time in seconds as float.

              When querying the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each chapter)
                         "title" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "time"  MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE

       af, vf (RW)
              See --vf/--af and the vf/af command.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each filter entry)
                         "name"      MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "label"     MPV_FORMAT_STRING [optional]
                         "enabled"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG [optional]
                         "params"    MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP [optional]
                             "key"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                             "value" MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              It's also possible to write the property using this format.

              Return whether it's generally possible to seek in the current file.

              Return yes if the current file is considered seekable, but only because  the  cache
              is  active.  This means small relative seeks may be fine, but larger seeks may fail
              anyway. Whether a seek will succeed or not is generally not known in advance.

              If this property returns true, seekable will also return true.

              Return whether playback is  stopped  or  is  to  be  stopped.  (Useful  in  obscure
              situations  like  during  on_load hook processing, when the user can stop playback,
              but the script has to explicitly end processing.)

       cursor-autohide (RW)
              See --cursor-autohide. Setting this to a new value will always update  the  cursor,
              and reset the internal timer.

              Inserts  the  current  OSD symbol as opaque OSD control code (cc). This makes sense
              only with the show-text command or options which set  OSD  messages.   The  control
              code is implementation specific and is useless for anything else.

              ${osd-ass-cc/0}  disables  escaping  ASS  sequences of text in OSD, ${osd-ass-cc/1}
              enables it again. By  default,  ASS  sequences  are  escaped  to  avoid  accidental
              formatting,  and  this property can disable this behavior. Note that the properties
              return an opaque OSD control code, which only makes sense for the show-text command
              or options which set OSD messages.


                 · --osd-status-msg='This is ${osd-ass-cc/0}{\\b1}bold text'

                 · show-text "This is ${osd-ass-cc/0}{\b1}bold text"

              Any ASS override tags as understood by libass can be used.

              Note that you need to escape the \ character, because the string is processed for C
              escape sequences before passing it to the OSD code.

              A list of tags can be found here:

              Return whether the VO is configured right now. Usually this corresponds to  whether
              the  video window is visible. If the --force-window option is used, this is usually
              always returns yes.

              Contains introspection about the VO's active  render  passes  and  their  execution
              times. Not implemented by all VOs.

              This  is  further subdivided into two frame types, vo-passes/fresh for fresh frames
              (which have to be uploaded, scaled, etc.) and vo-passes/redraw for  redrawn  frames
              (which only have to be re-painted).  The number of passes for any given subtype can
              change from frame to frame, and should not be relied upon.

              Each frame type has a number of further sub-properties. Replace TYPE with the frame
              type, N with the 0-based pass index, and M with the 0-based sample index.

                     Number of passes.

                     Human-friendy description of the pass.

                     Last measured execution time, in nanoseconds.

                     Average  execution  time  of  this pass, in nanoseconds. The exact timeframe
                     varies, but it should generally be a handful of seconds.

                     The peak execution time (highest value)  within  this  averaging  range,  in

                     The number of samples for this pass.

                     The raw execution time of a specific sample for this pass, in nanoseconds.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 "TYPE" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                         "desc"    MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "last"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "avg"     MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "peak"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "count"   MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "samples" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY

              Note that directly accessing this structure via subkeys is not supported, the  only
              access is through aforementioned MPV_FORMAT_NODE.

       video-bitrate, audio-bitrate, sub-bitrate
              Bitrate  values calculated on the packet level. This works by dividing the bit size
              of all packets between two keyframes  by  their  presentation  timestamp  distance.
              (This  uses  the timestamps are stored in the file, so e.g. playback speed does not
              influence the returned values.) In particular, the video bitrate will  update  only
              per  keyframe,  and show the "past" bitrate. To make the property more UI friendly,
              updates to these properties are throttled in a certain way.

              The unit is bits per second. OSD formatting turns  these  values  in  kilobits  (or
              megabits,  if appropriate), which can be prevented by using the raw property value,
              e.g. with ${=video-bitrate}.

              Note that the accuracy of these properties is influenced by a few factors.  If  the
              underlying  demuxer  rewrites the packets on demuxing (done for some file formats),
              the bitrate might be slightly off. If  timestamps  are  bad  or  jittery  (like  in
              Matroska), even constant bitrate streams might show fluctuating bitrate.

              How exactly these values are calculated might change in the future.

              In  earlier  versions  of  mpv,  these properties returned a static (but bad) guess
              using a completely different method.

       packet-video-bitrate, packet-audio-bitrate, packet-sub-bitrate
              Old and deprecated properties for video-bitrate, audio-bitrate,  sub-bitrate.  They
              behave  exactly the same, but return a value in kilobits. Also, they don't have any
              OSD formatting, though the same can be achieved with e.g. ${=video-bitrate}.

              These properties shouldn't be used anymore.

              Return the list of discovered audio devices. This is mostly for use with the client
              API, and reflects what --audio-device=help with the command line player returns.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each device entry)
                         "name"          MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "description"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              The name is what is to be passed to the --audio-device option (and often  a  rather
              cryptic audio API-specific ID), while description is human readable free form text.
              The description is set to the device name (minus mpv-specific <driver>/ prefix)  if
              no description is available or the description would have been an empty string.

              The special entry with the name set to auto selects the default audio output driver
              and the default device.

              The property can be watched with the property observation mechanism in  the  client
              API and in Lua scripts. (Technically, change notification is enabled the first time
              this property is read.)

       audio-device (RW)
              Set the audio device. This directly reads/writes the --audio-device option, but  on
              write accesses, the audio output will be scheduled for reloading.

              Writing this property while no audio output is active will not automatically enable
              audio.  (This  is  also  true  in  the  case  when  audio  was  disabled   due   to
              reinitialization failure after a previous write access to audio-device.)

              This property also doesn't tell you which audio device is actually in use.

              How these details are handled may change in the future.

              Current video output driver (name as used with --vo).

              Current audio output driver (name as used with --ao).

       shared-script-properties (RW)
              This  is  a  key/value  map of arbitrary strings shared between scripts for general
              use. The player itself does not use any data in it (although some  builtin  scripts
              may). The property is not preserved across player restarts.

              This is very primitive, inefficient, and annoying to use. It's a makeshift solution
              which could go  away  any  time  (for  example,  when  a  better  solution  becomes
              available).  This  is also why this property has an annoying name. You should avoid
              using it, unless you absolutely have to.

              Lua scripting has helpers starting with  utils.shared_script_property_.   They  are
              undocumented because you should not use this property. If you still think you must,
              you should use the helpers instead of the property directly.

              You are supposed to use the change-list command to modify the  contents.   Reading,
              modifying,  and writing the property manually could data loss if two scripts update
              different keys at the same time due to lack of  synchronization.  The  Lua  helpers
              take care of this.

              (There  is  no  way to ensure synchronization if two scripts try to update the same
              key at the same time.)

              Return the working directory of the mpv process. Can be useful for JSON IPC  users,
              because the command line player usually works with relative paths.

              List  of  protocol prefixes potentially recognized by the player. They are returned
              without trailing :// suffix (which is still always required).  In some  cases,  the
              protocol  will  not actually be supported (consider https if ffmpeg is not compiled
              with TLS support).

              List of decoders supported. This lists decoders which can be  passed  to  --vd  and

              codec  Canonical codec name, which identifies the format the decoder can handle.

              driver The name of the decoder itself. Often, this is the same as codec.  Sometimes
                     it can be different. It is used to distinguish  multiple  decoders  for  the
                     same codec.

                     Human readable description of the decoder and codec.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each decoder entry)
                         "codec"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "driver"        MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "description"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              List of libavcodec encoders. This has the same format as decoder-list.  The encoder
              names  (driver  entries) can be passed to --ovc and --oac (without the lavc: prefix
              required by --vd and --ad).

              List of available libavformat demuxers' names.  This  can  be  used  to  check  for
              support for a specific format or use with --demuxer-lavf-format.

              Return  the mpv version/copyright string. Depending on how the binary was built, it
              might contain either a release version, or just a git hash.

              Return the configuration arguments which were passed to the build system (typically
              the way ./waf configure ... was invoked).

              Return  the  contents  of  the  av_version_info()  API call. This is a string which
              identifies the build in some way, either through a release version number, or a git
              hash.  This  applies  to Libav as well (the property is still named the same.) This
              property is unavailable if mpv is linked against older FFmpeg and Libav versions.

       options/<name> (RW)
              Read-only access to value of option  --<name>.  Most  options  can  be  changed  at
              runtime  by  writing to this property. Note that many options require reloading the
              file for changes to take effect. If there is an equivalent property, prefer setting
              the property instead.

              There shouldn't be any reason to access options/<name> instead of <name>, except in
              situations  in  which  the  properties  have  different  behavior  or   conflicting

              Similar  to  options/<name>,  but when setting an option through this property, the
              option is reset to its old value once the current file has stopped playing.  Trying
              to  write  an  option  while  no file is playing (or is being loaded) results in an

              (Note that if an option is marked as file-local,  even  options/  will  access  the
              local  value,  and the old value, which will be restored on end of playback, cannot
              be read or written until end of playback.)

              Additional per-option information.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace <name> with the name  of  a  top-level
              option.  No  guarantee  of stability is given to any of these sub-properties - they
              may change radically in the feature.

                     Returns the name of the option.

                     Return the name of the option  type,  like  String  or  Integer.   For  many
                     complex types, this isn't very accurate.

                     Return  yes  if  the option was set from the mpv command line, no otherwise.
                     What this is set to if the  option  is  e.g.  changed  at  runtime  is  left
                     undefined (meaning it could change in the future).

                     Return  yes  if  the  option  was  set  per-file.  This  is  the  case  with
                     automatically loaded profiles, file-dir configs, and other cases.  It  means
                     the  option  value  will be restored to the value before playback start when
                     playback ends.

                     The default value of the option. May not always be available.

              option-info/<name>/min, option-info/<name>/max
                     Integer minimum and maximum values allowed for the option. Only available if
                     the  options  are  numeric, and the minimum/maximum has been set internally.
                     It's also possible that only one of these is set.

                     If the option is a choice option, the possible  choices.  Choices  that  are
                     integers  may  or  may not be included (they can be implied by min and max).
                     Note that options which behave like  choice  options,  but  are  not  actual
                     choice options internally, may not have this info available.

              Return the list of top-level properties.

              Return    the   list   of   profiles   and   their   contents.   This   is   highly
              implementation-specific, and may change any time. Currently, it returns an array of
              options  for  each  profile.  Each  option  has  a name and a value, with the value
              currently always being a string. Note that the options array is not a map, as order
              matters  and  duplicate  entries are possible. Recursive profiles are not expanded,
              and show up as special profile options.

              Return the list of input commands. This returns an array of maps,  where  each  map
              node represents a command. This map currently only has a single entry: name for the
              name  of  the  command.  (This  property  is  supposed  to  be  a  replacement  for
              --input-cmdlist.  The  option dumps some more information, but it's a valid feature
              request to extend this property if needed.)

              Return list of current input key bindings. This returns an  array  of  maps,  where
              each  map  node  represents  a  binding  for a single key/command. This map has the
              following entries:

              key    The key name. This is normalized and may look slightly different from how it
                     was specified in the source (e.g. in input.conf).

              cmd    The  command  mapped to the key. (Currently, this is exactly the same string
                     as specified in the source, other than stripping  whitespace  and  comments.
                     It's possible that it will be normalized in the future.)

                     If set to true, any existing and active user bindings will take priority.

              owner  If  this  entry exists, the name of the script (or similar) which added this

                     Name of the section  this  binding  is  part  of.  This  is  a  rarely  used
                     mechanism. This entry may be removed or change meaning in the future.

                     A  number.  Bindings  with a higher value are preferred over bindings with a
                     lower value. If the value is negative, this binding is inactive and will not
                     be triggered by input. Note that mpv does not use this value internally, and
                     matching of bindings  may  work  slightly  differently  in  some  cases.  In
                     addition, this value is dynamic and can change around at runtime.

                     If  available,  the  comment  following  the  command on the same line. (For
                     example, the input.conf entry f cycle bla # toggle bla would  result  in  an
                     entry with comment = "toggle bla", cmd = "cycle bla".)

              This  property  is read-only, and change notification is not supported.  Currently,
              there is no mechanism to change key bindings at runtime, other than scripts  adding
              or removing their own bindings.

   Inconsistencies between options and properties
       You can access (almost) all options as properties, though there are some caveats with some
       properties (due to historical reasons):

       vid, aid, sid
              While playback is active, these result the actually active tracks. For example,  if
              you set aid=5, and the currently played file contains no audio track with ID 5, the
              aid property will return no.

              Before mpv 0.31.0, you could set existing tracks at runtime only.

              This inconsistent behavior is deprecated. Post-deprecation, the reported value  and
              the option value are cleanly separated (override-display-fps for the option value).

       vf, af If  you  set  the  properties  during  playback,  and  the  filter  chain  fails to
              reinitialize, the option will be set, but the runtime filter chain does not change.
              On  the  other  hand,  the  next  video to be played will fail, because the initial
              filter chain cannot be created.

              This behavior changed in mpv 0.31.0. Before this, the new value  was  rejected  iff
              video  (for  vf)  or  audio  (for  af)  was active. If playback was not active, the
              behavior was the same as the current behavior.

              The property is read-only and returns the current internal playlist. The option  is
              for  loading  playlist during command line parsing. For client API uses, you should
              use the loadlist command instead.

       profile, include
              These are write-only, and will perform actions as they are written to,  exactly  as
              if  they  were used on the mpv CLI commandline. Their only use is when using libmpv
              before mpv_initialize(), which in turn is probably only useful  in  encoding  mode.
              Normal libmpv users should use other mechanisms, such as the apply-profile command,
              and the mpv_load_config_file API function. Avoid these properties.

   Property Expansion
       All  string  arguments  to   input   commands   as   well   as   certain   options   (like
       --term-playing-msg)  are  subject to property expansion. Note that property expansion does
       not work in places where e.g. numeric parameters are  expected.   (For  example,  the  add
       command  does not do property expansion. The set command is an exception and not a general

          Example for input.conf

          i show-text Filename: ${filename}
                 shows the filename of the current file when pressing the i key

       Within input.conf, property expansion can be inhibited by putting the raw prefix in  front
       of commands.

       The following expansions are supported:

              Expands to the value of the property NAME. If retrieving the property fails, expand
              to an error string. (Use ${NAME:} with a trailing : to expand to  an  empty  string
              instead.)  If NAME is prefixed with =, expand to the raw value of the property (see
              section below).

              Expands to the value of the property  NAME,  or  STR  if  the  property  cannot  be
              retrieved. STR is expanded recursively.

              Expands to STR (recursively) if the property NAME is available.

              Expands to STR (recursively) if the property NAME cannot be retrieved.

              Expands  to  STR  (recursively)  if  the property NAME expands to a string equal to
              VALUE. You can prefix NAME with = in order to compare the raw value of  a  property
              (see  section  below).  If the property is unavailable, or other errors happen when
              retrieving it, the value is never considered equal.  Note that VALUE can't  contain
              any of the characters : or }.  Also, it is possible that escaping with " or % might
              be added in the future, should the need arise.

              Same as with the ? variant, but STR is expanded if the value is not  equal.  (Using
              the same semantics as with ?.)

       $$     Expands to $.

       $}     Expands to }. (To produce this character inside recursive expansion.)

       $>     Disable property expansion and special handling of $ for the rest of the string.

       In places where property expansion is allowed, C-style escapes are often accepted as well.

          · \n becomes a newline character

          · \\ expands to \

   Raw and Formatted Properties
       Normally, properties are formatted as human-readable text, meant to be displayed on OSD or
       on  the terminal. It is possible to retrieve an unformatted (raw) value from a property by
       prefixing its name with =. These raw values can be parsed by other programs and follow the
       same conventions as the options associated with the properties.


          · ${time-pos} expands to 00:14:23 (if playback position is at 14 minutes 23 seconds)

          · ${=time-pos}  expands  to  863.4 (same time, plus 400 milliseconds - milliseconds are
            normally not shown in the formatted case)

       Sometimes, the difference in amount of information carried by raw and  formatted  property
       values  can  be  rather  big. In some cases, raw values have more information, like higher
       precision than seconds with time-pos. Sometimes it is the other way around, e.g. aid shows
       track title and language in the formatted case, but only the track number if it is raw.


       The  On Screen Controller (short: OSC) is a minimal GUI integrated with mpv to offer basic
       mouse-controllability. It is intended to make interaction easier  for  new  users  and  to
       enable precise and direct seeking.

       The  OSC  is  enabled  by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support. It can be disabled
       entirely using the --osc=no option.

   Using the OSC
       By default, the OSC will show up whenever the mouse is moved inside the player window  and
       will hide if the mouse is not moved outside the OSC for 0.5 seconds or if the mouse leaves
       the window.

   The Interface
          | pl prev | pl next  |  title                                   |    cache |
          | play | skip | skip | time    |  seekbar  | time | audio | sub | vol | fs |
          |      | back | frwd | elapsed |           | left |       |     |     |    |

       pl prev

                               │left-click    │ play previous file in playlist │
                               │right-click   │ show playlist                  │
                               │shift+L-click │ show playlist                  │

       pl next

                                 │left-click    │ play next file in playlist │
                                 │right-click   │ show playlist              │
                                 │shift+L-click │ show playlist              │

              Displays current media-title, filename, or custom title

                               │left-click  │ show   playlist   position   and │
                               │            │ length and full title            │
                               │right-click │ show filename                    │

              Shows current cache fill status


                                       │left-click │ toggle play/pause │

       skip back

                              │left-click    │ go  to  beginning  of  chapter / │
                              │              │ previous chapter                 │
                              │right-click   │ show chapters                    │
                              │shift+L-click │ show chapters                    │

       skip frwd

                                     │left-click    │ go to next chapter │
                                     │right-click   │ show chapters      │
                                     │shift+L-click │ show chapters      │

       time elapsed
              Shows current playback position timestamp

                                │left-click │ toggle displaying timecodes with │
                                │           │ milliseconds                     │

              Indicates current playback position and position of chapters

                                        │left-click │ seek to position │

       time left
              Shows remaining playback time timestamp

                                │left-click │ toggle    between    total   and │
                                │           │ remaining time                   │

       audio and sub
              Displays selected track and amount of available tracks

                              │left-click    │ cycle audio/sub tracks forward   │
                              │right-click   │ cycle audio/sub tracks backwards │
                              │shift+L-click │ show available audio/sub tracks  │


                                        │left-click  │ toggle mute    │
                                        │mouse wheel │ volume up/down │


                                       │left-click │ toggle fullscreen │

   Key Bindings
       These key bindings are active by default if nothing else is already bound to  these  keys.
       In  case  of  collision, the function needs to be bound to a different key. See the Script
       Commands section.

                                │del │ Cycles visibility between  never │
                                │    │ / auto (mouse-move) / always     │

       The  OSC offers limited configuration through a config file script-opts/osc.conf placed in
       mpv's user dir and through the --script-opts command-line option. Options provided through
       the command-line will override those from the config file.

   Config Syntax
       The config file must exactly follow the following syntax:

          # this is a comment

       #  can  only be used at the beginning of a line and there may be no spaces around the = or
       anywhere else.

   Command-line Syntax
       To avoid collisions with other scripts, all options need to be prefixed with osc-.



   Configurable Options
       layout Default: bottombar

              The layout for the OSC.  Currently  available  are:  box,  slimbox,  bottombar  and
              topbar. Default pre-0.21.0 was 'box'.

              Default: bar

              Sets  the  style  of the playback position marker and overall shape of the seekbar:
              bar, diamond or knob.

              Default: 0.6

              Size ratio of the seek handle if seekbarstyle is set to dimaond or  knob.  This  is
              relative to the full height of the seekbar.

              Default: yes

              Controls the mode used to seek when dragging the seekbar. By default, keyframes are
              used. If set to false, exact seeking on mouse drags will be used instead. Keyframes
              are  preferred,  but  exact  seeks may be useful in cases where keyframes cannot be
              found. Note that using exact seeks can potentially make mouse dragging much slower.

              Default: inverted

              Display seekable ranges on the seekbar. bar shows them on the full  height  of  the
              bar,  line  as  a  thick  line  and  inverted  as a thin line that is inverted over
              playback position markers. none will hide them. Additionally, slider  will  show  a
              permanent  handle  inside  the  seekbar with cached ranges marked inside. Note that
              these will look differently based on the seekbarstyle option. Also, slider does not
              work with seekbarstyle set to bar.

              Default: yes

              Controls  whether  to  show  line-style  seekable  ranges  on top of the seekbar or
              separately if seekbarstyle is set to bar.

              Default: 200

              Alpha of the seekable ranges, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent).

              Default: 0.5

              Size of the deadzone. The deadzone is an area that makes the mouse act like leaving
              the  window. Movement there won't make the OSC show up and it will hide immediately
              if the mouse enters it. The deadzone starts at the window border  opposite  to  the
              OSC  and  the size controls how much of the window it will span. Values between 0.0
              and 1.0, where 0 means the OSC will always popup with mouse movement in the window,
              and  1 means the OSC will only show up when the mouse hovers it. Default pre-0.21.0
              was 0.

              Default: 0

              Minimum amount of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make the  OSC  show
              up. Default pre-0.21.0 was 3.

              Default: yes

              Enable the OSC when windowed

              Default: yes

              Enable the OSC when fullscreen

              Default: 1.0

              Scale factor of the OSC when windowed.

              Default: 1.0

              Scale factor of the OSC when fullscreen

              Default: 2.0

              Scale factor of the OSC when rendered on a forced (dummy) window

              Default: yes

              Scale  the OSC with the video no tries to keep the OSC size constant as much as the
              window size allows

       valign Default: 0.8

              Vertical alignment, -1 (top) to 1 (bottom)

       halign Default: 0.0

              Horizontal alignment, -1 (left) to 1 (right)

              Default: 0

              Margin from bottom (bottombar) or top (topbar), in pixels

              Default: 80

              Alpha of the background box, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent)

              Default: 500

              Duration in ms until the OSC hides if no mouse movement, must not be negative

              Default: 200

              Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade

       title  Default: ${media-title}

              String that supports property expansion that will be displayed as OSC  title.   ASS
              tags are escaped, and newlines and trailing slashes are stripped.

              Default: 1

              Size of the tooltip outline when using bottombar or topbar layouts

              Default: no

              Show total time instead of time remaining

       timems Default: no

              Display timecodes with milliseconds

              Default: auto (auto hide/show on mouse move)

              Also supports never and always

              Default: 80

              Max  chars for the osc title at the box layout. mpv does not measure the text width
              on screen and so it  needs  to  limit  it  by  number  of  chars.  The  default  is
              conservative  to  allow wide fonts to be used without overflow.  However, with many
              common fonts a bigger number can be used. YMMV.

              Default: no

              Whether to overlay the osc over the video (no), or to  box  the  video  within  the
              areas  not  covered  by the osc (yes). If this option is set, the osc may overwrite
              the --video-margin-ratio-* options, even if the user has set  them.  (It  will  not
              overwrite them if all of them are set to default values.)

              Currently,  this  is  supported for the bottombar and topbar layout only. The other
              layouts do not change if this option is set. Separately,  if  window  controls  are
              present  (see  below),  they  will be affected regardless of which osc layout is in

              The border is static and appears even if the OSC is configured to  appear  only  on
              mouse  interaction.  If  the OSC is invisible, the border is simply filled with the
              background color (black by default).

              This currently still makes the OSC overlap with subtitles (if the --sub-use-margins
              option is set to yes, the default). This may be fixed later.

              This does not work correctly with video outputs like --vo=xv, which render OSD into
              the unscaled video.

              Default: auto (Show window controls if there is no window border)

              Whether to show window management controls over the video, and if so, which side of
              the window to place them. This may be desirable when the window has no decorations,
              either because they have  been  explicitly  disabled  (border=no)  or  because  the
              current platform doesn't support them (eg: gnome-shell with wayland).

              The set of window controls is fixed, offering minimize, maximize, and quit. Not all
              platforms implement minimize and maximize, but quit will always work.

              Default: right

              If window controls are shown, indicates which side should they be aligned to.

              Supports left and right which will place the controls on those respective sides.

              Default: no

              Set to yes to reduce festivity (i.e. disable santa hat in December.)

   Script Commands
       The OSC script listens to certain script commands. These commands can bound in input.conf,
       or sent by other scripts.

              Show  a  message on screen using the OSC. First argument is the message, second the
              duration in seconds.

              Controls visibility mode never / auto (on mouse move) / always and  also  cycle  to
              cycle between the modes


       You  could  put  this  into input.conf to hide the OSC with the a key and to set auto mode
       (the default) with b:

          a script-message osc-visibility never
          b script-message osc-visibility auto

       osc-playlist, osc-chapterlist, osc-tracklist
              Shows a limited view of the respective type of list using the OSC.  First  argument
              is duration in seconds.


       This  builtin script displays information and statistics for the currently played file. It
       is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support.  It can be  disabled  entirely
       using the --load-stats-overlay=no option.

       The following key bindings are active by default unless something else is already bound to

                                 │i │ Show stats for a fixed duration  │
                                 │I │ Toggle   stats   (shown    until │
                                 │  │ toggled again)                   │

       While the stats are visible on screen the following key bindings are active, regardless of
       existing bindings. They allow you to switch between pages of stats:

                                        │1 │ Show usual stats   │
                                        │2 │ Show frame timings │
                                        │3 │ Input cache stats  │

       For optimal visual experience, a font with support for many font  weights  and  monospaced
       digits is recommended. By default, the open source font Source Sans Pro is used.

       This script can be customized through a config file script-opts/stats.conf placed in mpv's
       user directory and through the --script-opts command-line option. The configuration syntax
       is described in ON SCREEN CONTROLLER.

   Configurable Options
              Default: i

              Default: I

              Key bindings to display stats.

              Default: 1

              Default: 2

              Default: 3

              Key bindings for page switching while stats are displayed.

              Default: 4

              How long the stats are shown in seconds (oneshot).

              Default: 1

              How long it takes to refresh the displayed stats in seconds (toggling).

              Default: no

              When  no,  other  scripts  printing  text to the screen can overwrite the displayed
              stats. When  yes,  displayed  stats  are  persistently  shown  for  the  respective
              duration. This can result in overlapping text when multiple scripts decide to print
              text at the same time.

              Default: yes

              Show graphs for performance data (page 2).

              Default: yes

              Default: yes

              Show graphs for vsync and jitter values (page 1). Only when toggled.

              Default: yes

              Clear data buffers used for drawing graphs when toggling.

       font   Default: Source Sans Pro

              Font name. Should support as many font  weights  as  possible  for  optimal  visual

              Default: Source Sans Pro

              Font  name  for  parts  where  monospaced  characters  are necessary to align text.
              Currently, monospaced digits are sufficient.

              Default: 8

              Font size used to render text.

              Default: FFFFFF

              Font color.

              Default: 0.8

              Size of border drawn around the font.

              Default: 262626

              Color of drawn border.

       alpha  Default: 11

              Transparency for drawn text.

              Default: 0000FF

              Border color used for drawing graphs.

              Default: 262626

              Background color used for drawing graphs.

              Default: FFFFFF

              Color used for drawing graphs.

       Note: colors are given as hexadecimal values and use ASS tag  order:  BBGGRR  (blue  green

   Different key bindings
       A  different  key  binding  can be defined with the aforementioned options key_oneshot and
       key_toggle but also with commands in input.conf, for example:

          e script-binding stats/display-stats
          E script-binding stats/display-stats-toggle

       Using input.conf, it is also possible to directly display a certain page:

          i script-binding stats/display-page-1
          e script-binding stats/display-page-2


       The console is a REPL for mpv input commands. It is displayed on the video window. It also
       shows log messages. It can be disabled entirely using the --load-osd-console=no option.

       `      Show the console.

       ESC    Hide the console.

       ENTER  Run the typed command.

              Type a literal newline character.

       Ctrl+LEFT and Ctrl+RIGHT
              Move cursor to previous/next word.

       UP and DOWN
              Navigate command history.

       PGUP   Go to the first command in the history.

       PGDN   Stop navigating command history.

       INSERT Toggle insert mode.

              Paste text (uses the primary selection on X11.)

       TAB    Complete the command or property name at the cursor.

       Ctrl+C Clear current line.

              Delete text from the cursor to the end of the line.

       Ctrl+L Clear all log messages from the console.

       Ctrl+U Delete text from the cursor to the beginning of the line.

       Ctrl+V Paste text (uses the clipboard on X11.)

       Ctrl+W Delete text from the cursor to the beginning of the current word.

       script-message-to console type <text>
              Show the console and pre-fill it with the provided text.

   Known issues
       · Pasting text is slow on Windows

       · Non-ASCII keyboard input has restrictions

       · The cursor keys move between Unicode code-points, not grapheme clusters

       This  script  can  be  customized through a config file script-opts/console.conf placed in
       mpv's user directory and through the --script-opts command-line option. The  configuration
       syntax is described in ON SCREEN CONTROLLER.

       Key bindings can be changed in a standard way, see for example stats.lua documentation.

   Configurable Options
       scale  Default: 1

              All drawing is scaled by this value, including the text borders and the cursor.

              If the VO backend in use has HiDPI scale reporting implemented, the option value is
              scaled with the reported HiDPI scale.

       font   Default: unset (picks a hardcoded font depending on detected platform)

              Set the font used for the REPL and the console. This probably doesn't have to be  a
              monospaced font.

              Default: 16

              Set  the  font  size  used for the REPL and the console. This will be multiplied by


       mpv can load Lua scripts. Scripts passed to the --script option, or found in  the  scripts
       subdirectory  of  the mpv configuration directory (usually ~/.config/mpv/scripts/) will be
       loaded on program start. mpv also appends the scripts subdirectory to  the  end  of  Lua's
       path  so  you  can  import scripts from there too. Since it's added to the end, don't name
       scripts you want to import the same as Lua libraries because they will be overshadowed  by

       mpv  provides the built-in module mp, which contains functions to send commands to the mpv
       core and to retrieve information about playback state, user  settings,  file  information,
       and so on.

       These scripts can be used to control mpv in a similar way to slave mode.  Technically, the
       Lua code uses the client API internally.

       A script which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:

          function on_pause_change(name, value)
              if value == true then
                  mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no")
          mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change)

   Details on the script initialization and lifecycle
       Your script will be loaded by the player at program start from the  scripts  configuration
       subdirectory,  or  from a path specified with the --script option. Some scripts are loaded
       internally (like --osc). Each script runs in its own thread. Your script is first run  "as
       is",  and  once  that  is  done,  the event loop is entered. This event loop will dispatch
       events received by mpv and call your own event handlers which  you  have  registered  with
       mp.register_event,  or  timers  added  with mp.add_timeout or similar. Note that since the
       script starts execution concurrently with player initialization, some properties  may  not
       be populated with meaningful values until the relevant subsystems have initialized.

       When the player quits, all scripts will be asked to terminate. This happens via a shutdown
       event, which by default will make the event loop  return.  If  your  script  got  into  an
       endless  loop,  mpv will probably behave fine during playback, but it won't terminate when
       quitting, because it's waiting on your script.

       Internally, the C code will call the  Lua  function  mp_event_loop  after  loading  a  Lua
       script. This function is normally defined by the default prelude loaded before your script
       (see player/lua/defaults.lua in the mpv sources).  The event loop will wait for events and
       dispatch  events  registered with mp.register_event. It will also handle timers added with
       mp.add_timeout and similar (by waiting with a timeout).

       Since mpv 0.6.0, the player will wait until the script is fully loaded  before  continuing
       normal  operation.  The  player  considers  a  script as fully loaded as soon as it starts
       waiting for mpv events (or it exits). In practice this means the player will more or  less
       hang  until  the  script returns from the main chunk (and mp_event_loop is called), or the
       script calls mp_event_loop or  mp.dispatch_events  directly.  This  is  done  to  make  it
       possible  for a script to fully setup event handlers etc. before playback actually starts.
       In older mpv versions,  this  happened  asynchronously.  With  mpv  0.29.0,  this  changes
       slightly,  and  it  merely  waits  for scripts to be loaded in this manner before starting
       playback as part of the player initialization phase. Scripts run though initialization  in
       parallel. This might change again.

   mp functions
       The  mp  module  is  preloaded,  although  it can be loaded manually with require 'mp'. It
       provides the core client API.

              Run the given command. This is similar to the commands  used  in  input.conf.   See
              List of Input Commands.

              By  default,  this will show something on the OSD (depending on the command), as if
              it was used in input.conf. See Input Command Prefixes how to  influence  OSD  usage
              per command.

              Returns true on success, or nil, error on error.

       mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)
              Similar  to  mp.command, but pass each command argument as separate parameter. This
              has the advantage that you don't have to care about quoting and  escaping  in  some


                 mp.command("loadfile " .. filename .. " append")
                 mp.commandv("loadfile", filename, "append")

              These  two  commands  are  equivalent,  except that the first version breaks if the
              filename contains spaces or certain special characters.

              Note that properties  are  not  expanded.   You  can  use  either  mp.command,  the
              expand-properties prefix, or the mp.get_property family of functions.

              Unlike  mp.command,  this  will  not  use  OSD  by  default either (except for some
              OSD-specific commands).

       mp.command_native(table [,def])
              Similar to mp.commandv, but pass the argument list as table. This has the advantage
              that  in  at  least  some  cases,  arguments can be passed as native types. It also
              allows you to use named argument.

              If the table is an array, each array item is like an argument in mp.commandv() (but
              can be a native type instead of a string).

              If  the  table  contains  string  keys,  it's  interpreted  as  command  with named
              arguments. This requires at least an entry with the key name to be  present,  which
              must  be  a  string,  and  contains  the  command name. The special entry _flags is
              optional, and if present, must be an array of Input Command Prefixes to apply.  All
              other entries are interpreted as arguments.

              Returns  a  result table on success (usually empty), or def, error on error. def is
              the second parameter provided to the function, and is nil if it's missing.

       mp.command_native_async(table [,fn])
              Like mp.command_native(),  but  the  command  is  ran  asynchronously  (as  far  as
              possible),  and  upon  completion,  fn is called. fn has two arguments: fn(success,
              result, error). success is always  a  Boolean  and  is  true  if  the  command  was
              successful,  otherwise false. The second parameter is the result value (can be nil)
              in case of success, nil otherwise (as returned by mp.command_native()).  The  third
              parameter is the error string in case of an error, nil otherwise.

              Returns  a  table  with  undefined  contents,  which  can  be  used as argument for

              If starting the command failed for some reason, nil, error is returned, and  fn  is
              called indicating failure, using the same error value.

              Abort  a  mp.command_native_async  call.  The  argument is the return value of that
              command (which starts asynchronous execution of the command).  Whether  this  works
              and  how  long  it  takes  depends on the command and the situation. The abort call
              itself is asynchronous. Does not return anything.

       mp.get_property(name [,def])
              Return the value of the given property as string. These are the same properties  as
              used in input.conf. See Properties for a list of properties. The returned string is
              formatted similar to ${=name} (see Property Expansion).

              Returns the string on success, or def, error on error. def is the second  parameter
              provided to the function, and is nil if it's missing.

       mp.get_property_osd(name [,def])
              Similar  to  mp.get_property, but return the property value formatted for OSD. This
              is the same string as printed with ${name} when used in input.conf.

              Returns the string on success, or def, error on error. def is the second  parameter
              provided  to  the  function,  and  is  an  empty  string  if  it's  missing. Unlike
              get_property(), assigning the return value to a variable will always  result  in  a

       mp.get_property_bool(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value as Boolean.

              Returns a Boolean on success, or def, error on error.

       mp.get_property_number(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value as number.

              Note that while Lua does not distinguish between integers and floats, mpv internals
              do. This function simply request a double float from  mpv,  and  mpv  will  usually
              convert integer property values to float.

              Returns a number on success, or def, error on error.

       mp.get_property_native(name [,def])
              Similar  to  mp.get_property, but return the property value using the best Lua type
              for the property. Most time, this will return a string, Boolean,  or  number.  Some
              properties (for example chapter-list) are returned as tables.

              Returns  a  value  on  success,  or  def,  error on error. Note that nil might be a
              possible, valid value too in some corner cases.

       mp.set_property(name, value)
              Set the  given  property  to  the  given  string  value.  See  mp.get_property  and
              Properties for more information about properties.

              Returns true on success, or nil, error on error.

       mp.set_property_bool(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property to the given Boolean value.

       mp.set_property_number(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property to the given numeric value.

              Note that while Lua does not distinguish between integers and floats, mpv internals
              do. This function will test whether the number can be represented as  integer,  and
              if so, it will pass an integer value to mpv, otherwise a double float.

       mp.set_property_native(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property using its native type.

              Since  there  are several data types which cannot represented natively in Lua, this
              might not always work as expected. For example, while the Lua wrapper can  do  some
              guesswork  to decide whether a Lua table is an array or a map, this would fail with
              empty tables. Also, there are not many properties for which it makes sense  to  use
              this,  instead  of set_property, set_property_bool, set_property_number.  For these
              reasons, this function should probably be avoided for now,  except  for  properties
              that use tables natively.

              Return  the current mpv internal time in seconds as a number. This is basically the
              system time, with an arbitrary offset.

       mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])
              Register callback to be run on a key binding. The binding will  be  mapped  to  the
              given  key,  which  is a string describing the physical key. This uses the same key
              names as in input.conf, and also allows combinations (e.g. ctrl+a). If the  key  is
              empty  or  nil,  no  physical  key is registered, but the user still can create own
              bindings (see below).

              After calling this function, key presses will cause the function fn  to  be  called
              (unless the user remapped the key with another binding).

              The  name  argument  should be a short symbolic string. It allows the user to remap
              the key binding via input.conf using the script-message command, and  the  name  of
              the  key binding (see below for an example). The name should be unique across other
              bindings in the same script - if not, the previous binding with the same name  will
              be  overwritten.  You  can  omit the name, in which case a random name is generated
              internally. (Omitting works as follows: either pass nil for name, or  pass  the  fn
              argument  in  place  of  the name. The latter is not recommended and is handled for
              compatibility only.)

              The last argument is used for optional flags. This is a table, which can  have  the
              following entries:

                        If set to true, enables key repeat for this specific binding.

                        If set to true, then fn is called on both key up and down events (as well
                        as key repeat, if enabled), with the first argument being a  table.  This
                        table has the following entries (and may contain undocumented ones):

                        event  Set to one of the strings down, repeat, up or press (the latter if
                               key up/down can't be tracked).

                               Boolean Whether the event was caused by a mouse button.

                               The name of they key  that  triggered  this,  or  nil  if  invoked
                               artificially. If the key name is unknown, it's an empty string.

                               Text if triggered by a text key, otherwise nil. See description of
                               script-binding command for details (this field  is  equivalent  to
                               the 5th argument).

              Internally, key bindings are dispatched via the script-message-to or script-binding
              input commands and mp.register_script_message.

              Trying to map multiple commands to a key will essentially prefer a random  binding,
              while  the  other  bindings  are  not  called.  It  is guaranteed that user defined
              bindings in the central input.conf are preferred  over  bindings  added  with  this
              function (but see mp.add_forced_key_binding).


                 function something_handler()
                     print("the key was pressed")
                 mp.add_key_binding("x", "something", something_handler)

              This will print the message the key was pressed when x was pressed.

              The  user can remap these key bindings. Then the user has to put the following into
              their input.conf to remap the command to the y key:

                 y script-binding something

              This will print the message when the key y is pressed. (x will still  work,  unless
              the user remaps it.)

              You  can  also  explicitly  send a message to a named script only. Assume the above
              script was using the filename fooscript.lua:

                 y script-binding fooscript/something

              This works almost the same as mp.add_key_binding, but registers the key binding  in
              a  way  that  will  overwrite  the  user's  custom  bindings  in  their input.conf.
              (mp.add_key_binding overwrites default key bindings only,  but  not  those  by  the
              user's input.conf.)

              Remove  a  key  binding added with mp.add_key_binding or mp.add_forced_key_binding.
              Use the same name as you used when adding the bindings. It's not possible to remove
              bindings for which you omitted the name.

       mp.register_event(name, fn)
              Call a specific function when an event happens. The event name is a string, and the
              function fn is a Lua function value.

              Some events have associated data. This is put  into  a  Lua  table  and  passed  as
              argument  to  fn. The Lua table by default contains a name field, which is a string
              containing the event name. If the event has an error associated, the error field is
              set to a string describing the error, on success it's not set.

              If  multiple  functions  are  registered  for  the  same  event,  they  are  run in
              registration order, which the first registered  function  running  before  all  the
              other ones.

              Returns true if such an event exists, false otherwise.

              See Events and List of events for details.

              Undo  mp.register_event(..., fn). This removes all event handlers that are equal to
              the fn parameter. This uses normal Lua == comparison, so be  careful  when  dealing
              with closures.

       mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)
              Watch  a  property  for changes. If the property name is changed, then the function
              fn(name) will be called. type can be nil, or be set to one of none,  native,  bool,
              string, or number.  none is the same as nil. For all other values, the new value of
              the property will be passed as second argument to fn, using  mp.get_property_<type>
              to  retrieve  it. This means if type is for example string, fn is roughly called as
              in fn(name, mp.get_property_string(name)).

              If possible, change events are coalesced. If a property is changed a bunch of times
              in  a  row,  only the last change triggers the change function. (The exact behavior
              depends on timing and other things.)

              If a property is unavailable, or on error, the value argument to fn  is  nil.  (The
              observe_property() call always succeeds, even if a property does not exist.)

              In  some  cases  the  function  is  not  called even if the property changes.  This
              depends on the property, and it's a valid feature request to ask for better  update
              handling of a specific property.

              If  the  type  is  none  or nil, sporadic property change events are possible. This
              means the change function fn can be called even if the  property  doesn't  actually

              You  always  get  an  initial  change notification. This is meant to initialize the
              user's state to the current value of the property.

              Undo mp.observe_property(..., fn). This removes  all  property  handlers  that  are
              equal  to  the fn parameter. This uses normal Lua == comparison, so be careful when
              dealing with closures.

       mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)
              Call the given function fn when the given number of seconds has elapsed.  Note that
              the  number of seconds can be fractional. For now, the timer's resolution may be as
              low as 50 ms, although this will be improved in the future.

              This is a one-shot timer: it will be removed when it's fired.

              Returns a timer object. See mp.add_periodic_timer for details.

       mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)
              Call the given function periodically. This is like mp.add_timeout, but the timer is
              re-added after the function fn is run.

              Returns a timer object. The timer object provides the following methods:

                     stop() Disable  the  timer.  Does  nothing if the timer is already disabled.
                            This will remember the current elapsed time when  stopping,  so  that
                            resume() essentially unpauses the timer.

                     kill() Disable the timer. Resets the elapsed time. resume() will restart the

                            Restart the timer. If the timer was disabled with stop(),  this  will
                            resume  at  the  time  it was stopped. If the timer was disabled with
                            kill(), or if it's a previously  fired  one-shot  timer  (added  with
                            add_timeout()),  this  starts the timer from the beginning, using the
                            initially configured timeout.

                            Whether the timer is currently enabled  or  was  previously  disabled
                            (e.g. by stop() or kill()).

                     timeout (RW)
                            This  field  contains  the  current timeout period. This value is not
                            updated as time progresses. It's only  used  to  calculate  when  the
                            timer should fire next when the timer expires.

                            If  you  write  this, you can call t:kill() ; t:resume() to reset the
                            current timeout to the new one. (t:stop() won't use the new timeout.)

                     oneshot (RW)
                            Whether the timer is periodic (false) or fires just once (true). This
                            value  is  used when the timer expires (but before the timer callback
                            function fn is run).

              Note that these are methods, and you have to call them using : instead of .  (Refer
              to .)


                 seconds = 0
                 timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, function()
                     print("called every second")
                     # stop it after 10 seconds
                     seconds = seconds + 1
                     if seconds >= 10 then

              Return  a setting from the --script-opts option. It's up to the user and the script
              how this mechanism is used. Currently, all scripts can access this equally, so  you
              should be careful about collisions.

              Return  the name of the current script. The name is usually made of the filename of
              the script, with directory and file extension removed. If there are several scripts
              which would have the same name, it's made unique by appending a number.


                        The script /path/to/fooscript.lua becomes fooscript.

       mp.osd_message(text [,duration])
              Show  an  OSD  message on the screen. duration is in seconds, and is optional (uses
              --osd-duration by default).

   Advanced mp functions
       These also live in the mp module, but are documented separately as they are useful only in
       special situations.

              This  function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting with mpv
              0.23.0 (no replacement).

              This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting with  mpv
              0.23.0 (no replacement).

              This  function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting with mpv
              0.23.0 (no replacement).

              Calls mpv_get_wakeup_pipe() and returns the read end of the wakeup  pipe.  This  is
              deprecated, but still works. (See client.h for details.)

              Return  the  relative  time  in  seconds  when  the  next timer (mp.add_timeout and
              similar) expires. If there is no timer, return nil.

              This can be used to run custom event loops. If you want to have direct control what
              the  Lua  script  does (instead of being called by the default event loop), you can
              set the global variable mp_event_loop to your own function running the event  loop.
              From  your event loop, you should call mp.dispatch_events() to dequeue and dispatch
              mpv events.

              If the allow_wait parameter is set to true, the function will block until the  next
              event  is  received  or  the next timer expires. Otherwise (and this is the default
              behavior), it returns  as  soon  as  the  event  loop  is  emptied.  It's  strongly
              recommended   to  use  mp.get_next_timeout()  and  mp.get_wakeup_pipe()  if  you're
              interested in properly working notification of new events and working timers.

              Register an event loop idle handler. Idle handlers are  called  before  the  script
              goes  to sleep after handling all new events. This can be used for example to delay
              processing of property change events: if you're observing  multiple  properties  at
              once,  you  might not want to act on each property change, but only when all change
              notifications have been received.

              Undo mp.register_idle(fn). This removes all idle handlers that are equal to the  fn
              parameter.  This  uses  normal  Lua  == comparison, so be careful when dealing with

              Set the minimum log level of which mpv message output to  receive.  These  messages
              are  normally  printed  to  the terminal. By calling this function, you can set the
              minimum log level of messages which should be received with the log-message  event.
              See  the description of this event for details.  The level is a string, see msg.log
              for allowed log levels.

       mp.register_script_message(name, fn)
              This is a helper to dispatch script-message or script-message-to invocations to Lua
              functions. fn is called if script-message or script-message-to (with this script as
              destination) is run with name as first parameter. The other parameters  are  passed
              to fn.  If a message with the given name is already registered, it's overwritten.

              Used by mp.add_key_binding, so be careful about name collisions.

              Undo  a  previous registration with mp.register_script_message. Does nothing if the
              name wasn't registered.

              Create an OSD overlay. This is a very thin wrapper around the osd-overlay  command.
              The  function  returns a table, which mostly contains fields that will be passed to
              osd-overlay. The format parameter is used to initialize the format field. The  data
              field  contains  the  text  to be used as overlay. For details, see the osd-overlay

              In addition, it provides the following methods:

                     Commit the OSD overlay to the screen, or in other words, run the osd-overlay
                     command with the current fields of the overlay table.

                     Remove the overlay from the screen. A update() call will add it again.


                 ov = mp.create_osd_overlay("ass-events")
        = "{\\an5}{\\b1}hello world!"

              The advantage of using this wrapper (as opposed to running osd-overlay directly) is
              that the id field is allocated automatically.

              Returns a tuple of osd_width, osd_height, osd_par. The first two give the  size  of
              the OSD in pixels (for video ouputs like --vo=xv, this may be "scaled" pixels). The
              third is the display pixel aspect ratio.

              May return invalid/nonsense values if OSD is not initialized yet.

   mp.msg functions
       This module allows outputting messages to the terminal, and can  be  loaded  with  require

       msg.log(level, ...)
              The level parameter is the message priority. It's a string and one of fatal, error,
              warn, info, v, debug, trace. The user's settings  will  determine  which  of  these
              messages  will  be visible. Normally, all messages are visible, except v, debug and

              The parameters after that are all converted to  strings.  Spaces  are  inserted  to
              separate multiple parameters.

              You don't need to add newlines.

       msg.fatal(...),    msg.error(...),    msg.warn(...),,   msg.verbose(...),
       msg.debug(...), msg.trace(...)
              All of these are shortcuts and equivalent to the corresponding msg.log(level,  ...)

   mp.options functions
       mpv comes with a built-in module to manage options from config-files and the command-line.
       All you have to do is to supply a table with default options to the read_options function.
       The  function  will  overwrite the default values with values found in the config-file and
       the command-line (in that order).

       options.read_options(table [, identifier [, on_update]])
              A table with key-value pairs. The type of  the  default  values  is  important  for
              converting  the  values  read from the config file or command-line back. Do not use
              nil as a default value!

              The identifier is used to identify the config-file and  the  command-line  options.
              These  needs  to  unique  to  avoid  collisions  with  other  scripts.  Defaults to
              mp.get_script_name() if the parameter is nil or missing.

              The on_update parameter enables run-time updates of all matching option values  via
              the script-opts option/property. If any of the matching options changes, the values
              in the table (which was  originally  passed  to  the  function)  are  changed,  and
              on_update(list)  is  called.  list  is  a  table  where  each  updated option has a
              list[option_name] = true entry.  There is no initial on_update() call.  This  never
              re-reads  the  config  file.   script-opts is always applied on the original config
              file, ignoring previous script-opts values (for example, if an  option  is  removed
              from  script-opts  at  runtime, the option will have the value in the config file).
              table entries are only written for option values whose  values  effectively  change
              (this is important if the script changes table entries independently).

       Example implementation:

          require 'mp.options'
          local options = {
              optionA = "defaultvalueA",
              optionB = -0.5,
              optionC = true,
          read_options(options, "myscript")

       The  config  file  will  be  stored  in  script-opts/identifier.conf in mpv's user folder.
       Comment lines can be started with # and stray spaces are not removed.  Boolean values will
       be represented with yes/no.

       Example config:

          # comment
          optionA=Hello World

       Command-line  options  are read from the --script-opts parameter. To avoid collisions, all
       keys have to be prefixed with identifier-.

       Example command-line:


   mp.utils functions
       This built-in module provides generic helper functions for Lua, and have strictly speaking
       nothing  to  do  with mpv or video/audio playback. They are provided for convenience. Most
       compensate for Lua's scarce standard library.

       Be warned that any of these functions might disappear any time. They are not strictly part
       of the guaranteed API.

              Returns the directory that mpv was launched from. On error, nil, error is returned.

       utils.readdir(path [, filter])
              Enumerate  all  entries  at  the  given  path on the filesystem, and return them as
              array. Each entry is a directory entry (without the path).  The  list  is  unsorted
              (in whatever order the operating system returns it).

              If the filter argument is given, it must be one of the following strings:

                 files  List  regular  files only. This excludes directories, special files (like
                        UNIX device files or FIFOs), and dead symlinks. It includes UNIX symlinks
                        to regular files.

                 dirs   List  directories  only,  or  symlinks  to directories. . and ..  are not

                 normal Include the results of both files and dirs. (This is the default.)

                 all    List all entries, even device files, dead symlinks, FIFOs, and the .  and
                        .. entries.

              On error, nil, error is returned.

              Stats  the  given  path  for  information  and  returns  a table with the following

                 mode   protection bits (on Windows, always 755 (octal) for directories  and  644
                        (octal) for files)

                 size   size in bytes

                 atime  time of last access

                 mtime  time of last modification

                 ctime  time of last metadata change (Linux) / time of creation (Windows)

                        Whether path is a regular file (boolean)

                 is_dir Whether path is a directory (boolean)

              mode  and  size  are  integers.   Timestamps  (atime,  mtime and ctime) are integer
              seconds since the Unix epoch (Unix time).  The  booleans  is_file  and  is_dir  are
              provided as a convenience; they can be and are derived from mode.

              On error (eg. path does not exist), nil, error is returned.

              Split  a path into directory component and filename component, and return them. The
              first return value is always the directory. The second return value is the trailing
              part of the path, the directory entry.

       utils.join_path(p1, p2)
              Return the concatenation of the 2 paths. Tries to be clever. For example, if `p2 is
              an absolute path, p2 is returned without change.

              Runs an external process and waits until it exits. Returns process status  and  the
              captured  output.  This  is  a legacy wrapper around calling the subprocess command
              with mp.command_native. It does the following things:

              · copy the table t

              · rename cancellable field to playback_only

              · rename max_size to capture_size

              · set capture_stdout field to true if unset

              · set name field to subprocess

              · call mp.command_native(copied_t)

              · if the command failed, create a dummy result table

              · copy error_string to error field if the string is non-empty

              · return the result table

              It is recommended to use  mp.command_native  or  mp.command_native_async  directly,
              instead of calling this legacy wrapper. It is for compatibility only.

              See the subprocess documentation for semantics and further parameters.

              Runs an external process and detaches it from mpv's control.

              The parameter t is a table. The function reads the following entries:

                 args   Array of strings of the same semantics as the args used in the subprocess

              The function returns nil.

              This is a legacy wrapper around calling the run command with mp.commandv and  other

              Returns the process ID of the running mpv process. This can be used to identify the
              calling mpv when launching (detached) subprocesses.

       utils.parse_json(str [, trail])
              Parses the given string argument as JSON, and returns it as a Lua table. On  error,
              returns nil, error. (Currently, error is just a string reading error, because there
              is no fine-grained error reporting of any kind.)

              The  returned  value  uses  similar  conventions  as  mp.get_property_native()   to
              distinguish empty objects and arrays.

              If  the  trail  parameter  is  true  (or  any  value  equal to true), then trailing
              non-whitespace text is tolerated by the function, and the trailing text is returned
              as  3rd return value. (The 3rd return value is always there, but with trail set, no
              error is raised.)

              Format the given Lua table (or value) as a JSON string and  return  it.  On  error,
              returns  nil,  error.  (Errors usually only happen on value types incompatible with

              The  argument  value  uses  similar  conventions  as  mp.set_property_native()   to
              distinguish empty objects and arrays.

              Turn the given value into a string. Formats tables and their contents. This doesn't
              do anything special; it is only needed because Lua is terrible.

       Events are notifications from player core to scripts. You can register  an  event  handler
       with mp.register_event.

       Note  that all scripts (and other parts of the player) receive events equally, and there's
       no such thing as blocking other scripts from receiving events.


          function my_fn(event)
              print("start of playback!")

          mp.register_event("file-loaded", my_fn)

   List of events
              Happens right before a new file is loaded. When you receive  this,  the  player  is
              loading the file (or possibly already done with it).

              Happens  after  a  file was unloaded. Typically, the player will load the next file
              right away, or quit if this was the last file.

              The event has the reason field, which takes one of these values:

              eof    The file has ended. This can (but doesn't have to) include incomplete  files
                     or broken network connections under circumstances.

              stop   Playback was ended by a command.

              quit   Playback was ended by sending the quit command.

              error  An  error  happened.  In this case, an error field is present with the error

                     Happens with playlists and similar. Details see MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT
                     in the C API.

                     Unknown. Normally doesn't happen, unless the Lua API is out of sync with the
                     C API. (Likewise, it could happen that your script gets reason strings  that
                     did not exist yet at the time your script was written.)

              Happens after a file was loaded and begins playback.

       seek   Happens  on  seeking.  (This  might include cases when the player seeks internally,
              even without user interaction. This includes  e.g.  segment  changes  when  playing
              ordered chapters Matroska files.)

              Start of playback after seek or after file was loaded.

       idle   Idle  mode is entered. This happens when playback ended, and the player was started
              with --idle or --force-window. This mode is implicitly ended when the start-file or
              shutdown events happen.

       tick   Called  after  a  video  frame  was displayed. This is a hack, and you should avoid
              using it. Use timers instead and maybe  watch  pausing/unpausing  events  to  avoid
              wasting CPU when the player is paused.

              Sent  when  the  player  quits,  and  the script should terminate. Normally handled
              automatically. See Details on the script initialization and lifecycle.

              Receives messages enabled with mp.enable_messages. The message data is contained in
              the  table  passed as first parameter to the event handler.  The table contains, in
              addition to the default event fields, the following fields:

              prefix The module prefix, identifies the sender of the message. This  is  what  the
                     terminal player puts in front of the message text when using the --v option,
                     and is also what is used for --msg-level.

              level  The log level as string. See msg.log for possible  log  level  names.   Note
                     that  later  versions  of  mpv might add new levels or remove (undocumented)
                     existing ones.

              text   The log message. The text will end with a newline  character.  Sometimes  it
                     can contain multiple lines.

              Keep  in  mind that these messages are meant to be hints for humans. You should not
              parse them, and prefix/level/text of messages might change any time.

              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

              Undocumented (used internally).

              Happens on video output or filter reconfig.

              Happens on audio output or filter reconfig.

       The following events also happen,  but  are  deprecated:  tracks-changed,  track-switched,
       pause, unpause, metadata-update, chapter-change. Use mp.observe_property() instead.

       This  documents  experimental  features, or features that are "too special" to guarantee a
       stable interface.

       mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)
              Add a hook callback for type (a string identifying a certain kind of  hook).  These
              hooks  allow  the  player  to  call  script  functions  and  wait  for their result
              (normally, the Lua scripting interface is asynchronous from the point  of  view  of
              the player core). priority is an arbitrary integer that allows ordering among hooks
              of the same kind. Using the value 50 is recommended as neutral default value. fn is
              the function that will be called during execution of the hook.

              See  Hooks  for  currently  existing hooks and what they do - only the hook list is
              interesting;  handling  hook  execution  is  done  by  the  Lua   script   function


       JavaScript  support  in  mpv  is  near  identical  to its Lua support. Use this section as
       reference on differences and availability of APIs, but otherwise you should refer  to  the
       Lua documentation for API details and general scripting in mpv.

       JavaScript code which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:

          function on_pause_change(name, value) {
              if (value == true)
                  mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no");
          mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change);

   Similarities with Lua
       mpv  tries  to  load a script file as JavaScript if it has a .js extension, but otherwise,
       the documented Lua options, script directories, loading, etc  apply  to  JavaScript  files

       Script initialization and lifecycle is the same as with Lua, and most of the Lua functions
       at the modules mp, mp.utils, mp.msg  and  mp.options  are  available  to  JavaScript  with
       identical  APIs  -  including  running  commands,  getting/setting properties, registering
       events/key-bindings/hooks, etc.

   Differences from Lua
       No need to load modules. mp, mp.utils,  mp.msg and mp.options are preloaded, and  you  can
       use e.g. var cwd = mp.utils.getcwd(); without prior setup.

       Errors  are  slightly  different.  Where the Lua APIs return nil for error, the JavaScript
       ones return  undefined.  Where  Lua  returns  something,  error  JavaScript  returns  only
       something  -  and  makes  error  available via mp.last_error(). Note that only some of the
       functions have this additional error value - typically the same ones which have it in Lua.

       Standard APIs are preferred. For instance setTimeout and JSON.stringify are available, but
       mp.add_timeout and mp.utils.format_json are not.

       No  standard  library. This means that interaction with anything outside of mpv is limited
       to the available APIs, typically via mp.utils. However, some file  functions  were  added,
       and  CommonJS require is available too - where the loaded modules have the same privileges
       as normal scripts.

   Language features - ECMAScript 5
       The scripting backend which mpv  currently  uses  is  MuJS  -  a  compatible  minimal  ES5
       interpreter.  As  such, String.substring is implemented for instance, while the common but
       non-standard String.substr is not. Please consult the MuJS pages on language features  and
       platform support - .

   Unsupported Lua APIs and their JS alternatives
       mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)  JS: id = setTimeout(fn, ms)

       mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)  JS: id = setInterval(fn, ms)

       utils.parse_json(str [, trail])  JS: JSON.parse(str)

       utils.format_json(v)  JS: JSON.stringify(v)

       utils.to_string(v)  see dump below.

       mp.suspend() JS: none (deprecated).

       mp.resume() JS: none (deprecated).

       mp.resume_all() JS: none (deprecated).

       mp.get_next_timeout() see event loop below.

       mp.dispatch_events([allow_wait]) see event loop below.

   Scripting APIs - identical to Lua
       (LE)  -  Last-Error, indicates that mp.last_error() can be used after the call to test for
       success (empty string) or failure (non empty reason string).  Where the Lua APIs  use  nil
       to indicate error, JS APIs use undefined.

       mp.command(string) (LE)

       mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...) (LE)

       mp.command_native(table [,def]) (LE)

       id  =  mp.command_native_async(table  [,fn])  (LE) Notes: id is true-thy on success, fn is
       called always a-sync, error is empty string on success.


       mp.get_property(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_osd(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_bool(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_number(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_native(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.set_property(name, value) (LE)

       mp.set_property_bool(name, value) (LE)

       mp.set_property_number(name, value) (LE)

       mp.set_property_native(name, value) (LE)


       mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])



       mp.register_event(name, fn)


       mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)




       mp.osd_message(text [,duration])





       mp.register_script_message(name, fn)



       mp.get_osd_size()  (returned object has properties: width, height, aspect)

       mp.msg.log(level, ...)







       mp.utils.getcwd() (LE)

       mp.utils.readdir(path [, filter]) (LE)

       mp.utils.file_info(path) (LE)


       mp.utils.join_path(p1, p2)



       mp.utils.getpid() (LE)

       mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)

       mp.options.read_options(obj [, identifier [, on_update]]) (types: string/boolean/number)

   Additional utilities
              If used after an API call which updates last error, returns an empty string if  the
              API call succeeded, or a non-empty error reason string otherwise.

       Error.stack (string)
              When  using  try  {  ... } catch(e) { ... }, then e.stack is the stack trace of the
              error - if it was created using the Error(...) constructor.

       print (global)
              A convenient alias to

       dump (global)
              Like print but also expands objects and arrays recursively.

              Returns the value of the host  environment  variable  name,  or  undefined  if  the
              variable is not defined.

              Expands  (mpv)  meta  paths like ~/x, ~~/y, ~~desktop/z etc.  read_file, write_file
              and require already use this internaly.

       mp.utils.read_file(fname [,max])
              Returns the content of file fname as string. If max is provided and  not  negative,
              limit the read to max bytes.

       mp.utils.write_file(fname, str)
              (Over)write  file  fname with text content str. fname must be prefixed with file://
              as    simple    protection    against    accidental    arguments    switch,    e.g.
              mp.utils.write_file("file://~/abc.txt", "hello world").

       Note: read_file and write_file throw on errors, allow text content only.

              Same as mp.get_time() but in ms instead of seconds.

              Returns the file name of the current script.

       exit() (global)
              Make  the script exit at the end of the current event loop iteration.  Note: please
              remove added key bindings before calling exit().

       mp.utils.compile_js(fname, content_str)
              Compiles the JS code content_str as file name fname (without loading anything  from
              the  filesystem),  and  returns  it  as  a  function.  Very  similar  to a Function
              constructor, but shows at stack traces as fname.

              Global modules search paths array for the require function (see below).

   Timers (global)
       The standard HTML/node.js timers are available:

       id = setTimeout(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])

       id = setTimeout(code_string [,duration])


       id = setInterval(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])

       id = setInterval(code_string [,duration])


       setTimeout and setInterval return id, and later call fn  (or  execute  code_string)  after
       duration ms. Interval also repeat every duration.

       duration  has  a  minimum  and  default value of 0, code_string is a plain string which is
       evaluated as JS code, and [,arg1 [,arg2..]] are  used  as  arguments  (if  provided)  when
       calling back fn.

       The clear...(id) functions cancel timer id, and are irreversible.

       Note:  timers  always  call  back  asynchronously,  e.g. setTimeout(fn) will never call fn
       before returning. fn will be called either at the end of this event loop iteration or at a
       later  event  loop iteration. This is true also for intervals - which also never call back
       twice at the same event loop iteration.

       Additionally, timers are processed after the event queue is empty, so it's  valid  to  use
       setTimeout(fn) as a one-time idle observer.

   CommonJS modules and require(id)
       CommonJS  Modules  are a standard system where scripts can export common functions for use
       by other scripts. Specifically, a module is a script  which  adds  properties  (functions,
       etc)   to   its  pre-existing  exports  object,  which  another  script  can  access  with
       require(module-id). This runs the module and returns its exports object. Further calls  to
       require  for  the  same  module  will return its cached exports object without running the
       module again.

       Modules and require are supported, standard compliant, and generally similar  to  node.js.
       However,  most  node.js modules won't run due to missing modules such as fs, process, etc,
       but some node.js modules with minimal dependencies do work. In general, this  is  for  mpv
       modules and not a node.js replacement.

       A  .js  file  extension  is  always  added to id, e.g. require("./foo") will load the file
       ./foo.js and return its exports object.

       An id is relative (to the script which  require'd  it)  if  it  starts  with  ./  or  ../.
       Otherwise, it's considered a "top-level id" (CommonJS term).

       Top  level  id  is  evaluated  as  absolute filesystem path if possible, e.g. /x/y or ~/x.
       Otherwise, it's considered a global module id and searched at scripts/modules.js/  in  mpv
       config  dirs  - in normal config search order. E.g.  require("x") is searched as file x.js
       at those dirs, and id foo/x is searched as file x.js inside dir foo at those dirs.

       Search paths for global module id's are at the array mp.module_paths, which is searched in
       order.  Initially  it  contains  one  item:  ~~/scripts/modules.js such that it behaves as
       described above. Modifying it will affect future require calls  with  global  module  id's
       which are not already loaded/cached.

       No  global  variable,  but a module's this at its top lexical scope is the global object -
       also in strict mode. If you have a module which needs global as  the  global  object,  you
       could do = this; before require.

       Functions and variables declared at a module don't pollute the global object.

   The event loop
       The  event loop poll/dispatch mpv events as long as the queue is not empty, then processes
       the timers, then waits for the next event, and repeats this forever.

       You could put this code at your script to replace the built-in event loop, and also  print
       every event which mpv sends to your script:

          function mp_event_loop() {
              var wait = 0;
              do {
                  var e = mp.wait_event(wait);
                  dump(e);  // there could be a lot of prints...
                  if (e.event != "none") {
                      wait = 0;
                  } else {
                      wait = mp.process_timers() / 1000;
                      if (wait != 0) {
                          wait = mp.peek_timers_wait() / 1000;
              } while (mp.keep_running);

       mp_event_loop  is  a  name  which  mpv tries to call after the script loads.  The internal
       implementation is similar to this (without dump though..).

       e = mp.wait_event(wait) returns when the next mpv event arrives, or after wait seconds  if
       positive  and  no mpv events arrived. wait value of 0 returns immediately (with e.event ==
       "none" if the queue is empty).

       mp.dispatch_event(e) calls back the handlers registered for e.event,  if  there  are  such
       (event handlers, property observers, script messages, etc).

       mp.process_timers() calls back the already-added, non-canceled due timers, and returns the
       duration in ms till the next due timer (possibly 0), or -1 if there are no pending timers.
       Must not be called recursively.

       mp.notify_idle_observers()  calls back the idle observers, which we do when we're about to
       sleep (wait != 0), but the observers may add timers or  take  non-negligible  duration  to
       complete, so we re-calculate wait afterwards.

       mp.peek_timers_wait()  returns  the  same  values as mp.process_timers() but without doing
       anything. Invalid result if called from a timer callback.

       Note: exit() is also registered for the shutdown event, and its implementation is a simple
       mp.keep_running = false.


       mpv  can  be controlled by external programs using the JSON-based IPC protocol.  It can be
       enabled by specifying the path to  a  unix  socket  or  a  named  pipe  using  the  option
       --input-ipc-server.  Clients can connect to this socket and send commands to the player or
       receive events from it.

          This is not intended to be a secure network protocol. It is explicitly insecure:  there
          is  no authentication, no encryption, and the commands themselves are insecure too. For
          example, the run command is exposed, which  can  run  arbitrary  system  commands.  The
          use-case  is  controlling  the  player  locally. This is not different from the MPlayer
          slave protocol.

   Socat example
       You can use the socat tool to send commands (and receive replies) from the shell. Assuming
       mpv was started with:

          mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=/tmp/mpvsocket

       Then you can control it using socat:

          > echo '{ "command": ["get_property", "playback-time"] }' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket

       In this case, socat copies data between stdin/stdout and the mpv socket connection.

       See the --idle option how to make mpv start without exiting immediately or playing a file.

       It's also possible to send input.conf style text-only commands:

          > echo 'show-text ${playback-time}' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket

       But  you  won't  get  a reply over the socket. (This particular command shows the playback
       time on the player's OSD.)

   Command Prompt example
       Unfortunately, it's not as easy to test the IPC protocol on Windows, since  Windows  ports
       of  socat  (in  Cygwin and MSYS2) don't understand named pipes. In the absence of a simple
       tool to send and receive from bidirectional pipes, the echo command can be  used  to  send
       commands, but not receive replies from the command prompt.

       Assuming mpv was started with:

          mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=\\.\pipe\mpvsocket

       You can send commands from a command prompt:

          echo show-text ${playback-time} >\\.\pipe\mpvsocket

       To  be  able  to  simultaneously  read  and  write  from the IPC pipe, like on Linux, it's
       necessary to write an external program that uses overlapped file I/O (or some wrapper like
       .NET's NamedPipeClientStream.)

       The protocol uses UTF-8-only JSON as defined by RFC-8259. Unlike standard JSON, "u" escape
       sequences are not allowed to construct surrogate pairs. To avoid getting conflicts, encode
       all text characters including and above codepoint U+0020 as UTF-8. mpv might output broken
       UTF-8 in corner cases (see "UTF-8" section below).

       Clients can execute commands on the player by sending JSON messages of the following form:

          { "command": ["command_name", "param1", "param2", ...] }

       where command_name is the name of the command to  be  executed,  followed  by  a  list  of
       parameters.  Parameters  must  be  formatted  as  native  JSON  values (integers, strings,
       booleans, ...). Every message must be terminated with \n. Additionally, \n must not appear
       anywhere  inside  the  message.  In  practice  this means that messages should be minified
       before being sent to mpv.

       mpv will then send back a reply indicating whether the command was run correctly,  and  an
       additional field holding the command-specific return data (it can also be null).

          { "error": "success", "data": null }

       mpv will also send events to clients with JSON messages of the following form:

          { "event": "event_name" }

       where  event_name  is  the name of the event. Additional event-specific fields can also be
       present. See List of events for a list of all supported events.

       Because events can occur at any time, it may be difficult  at  times  to  determine  which
       response  goes  with which command. Commands may optionally include a request_id which, if
       provided in the command request, will be copied verbatim into the response. mpv  does  not
       intrepret  the  request_id in any way; it is solely for the use of the requester. The only
       requirement is that the request_id field must be an integer (a number  without  fractional
       parts in the range -2^63..2^63-1). Using other types is deprecated and will currently show
       a warning. In the future, this will raise an error.

       For example, this request:

          { "command": ["get_property", "time-pos"], "request_id": 100 }

       Would generate this response:

          { "error": "success", "data": 1.468135, "request_id": 100 }

       If you don't specify a request_id, command replies will set it to 0.

       Commands may run asynchronously in the future, instead of blocking  the   socket  until  a
       reply is sent.

       All  commands,  replies,  and  events  are  separated  from  each  other with a line break
       character (\n).

       If the first character  (after  skipping  whitespace)  is  not  {,  the  command  will  be
       interpreted   as   non-JSON   text   command,   as   they   are  used  in  input.conf  (or
       mpv_command_string() in the client API). Additionally, lines starting  with  #  and  empty
       lines are ignored.

       Currently, embedded 0 bytes terminate the current line, but you should not rely on this.

       In  addition to the commands described in List of Input Commands, a few extra commands can
       also be used as part of the protocol:

              Return the name of the client as string. This is the string ipc-N with N  being  an
              integer number.

              Return the current mpv internal time in microseconds as a number. This is basically
              the system time, with an arbitrary offset.

              Return the value of the given property. The value will be sent in the data field of
              the replay message.


                 { "command": ["get_property", "volume"] }
                 { "data": 50.0, "error": "success" }

              Like get_property, but the resulting data will always be a string.


                 { "command": ["get_property_string", "volume"] }
                 { "data": "50.000000", "error": "success" }

              Set  the  given  property  to  the given value. See Properties for more information
              about properties.


                 { "command": ["set_property", "pause", true] }
                 { "error": "success" }

              Alias for set_property. Both commands accept native values and strings.

              Watch a property for changes. If the given property is changed, then  an  event  of
              type property-change will be generated


                 { "command": ["observe_property", 1, "volume"] }
                 { "error": "success" }
                 { "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": 52.0, "name": "volume" }

                 If  the  connection  is  closed, the IPC client is destroyed internally, and the
                 observed properties are unregistered. This  happens  for  example  when  sending
                 commands  to  a  socket  with separate socat invocations.  This can make it seem
                 like property observation does not work. You must keep the IPC  connection  open
                 to make it work.

              Like observe_property, but the resulting data will always be a string.


                 { "command": ["observe_property_string", 1, "volume"] }
                 { "error": "success" }
                 { "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": "52.000000", "name": "volume" }

              Undo  observe_property  or  observe_property_string.  This  requires the numeric id
              passed to the observed command as argument.


                 { "command": ["unobserve_property", 1] }
                 { "error": "success" }

              Enable output of mpv log messages. They will be received as events.  The  parameter
              to this command is the log-level (see mpv_request_log_messages C API function).

              Log  message output is meant for humans only (mostly for debugging).  Attempting to
              retrieve information by parsing these messages will just  lead  to  breakages  with
              future  mpv  releases.  Instead, make a feature request, and ask for a proper event
              that returns the information you need.

       enable_event, disable_event
              Enables or disables the named event. Mirrors the mpv_request_event C API  function.
              If  the  string  all  is  used  instead of an event name, all events are enabled or

              By default, most events are enabled, and there is not much use for this command.

              Returns the client API version the C API of the remote mpv instance provides.

              See also: DOCS/client-api-changes.rst.

       Normally, all strings are in UTF-8. Sometimes it can  happen  that  strings  are  in  some
       broken  encoding  (often happens with file tags and such, and filenames on many Unixes are
       not required to be in UTF-8 either). This means that mpv sometimes sends invalid JSON.  If
       that  is  a problem for the client application's parser, it should filter the raw data for
       invalid UTF-8 sequences and perform the desired replacement, before feeding  the  data  to
       its JSON parser.

       mpv  will  not  attempt  to construct invalid UTF-8 with broken "u" escape sequences. This
       includes surrogate pairs.

   JSON extensions
       The following non-standard extensions are supported:

          · a list or object item can have a trailing ","

          · object syntax accepts "=" in addition of ":"

          · object keys can be unquoted, if they start with a character in "A-Za-z_" and  contain
            only characters in "A-Za-z0-9_"

          · byte escapes with "xAB" are allowed (with AB being a 2 digit hex number)


          { objkey = "value\x0A" }

       Is equivalent to:

          { "objkey": "value\n" }


       There is no real changelog, but you can look at the following things:

       · The  release  changelog,  which  should contain most user-visible changes, including new
         features and bug fixes:

       · The git log, which is the "real" changelog

       · The files client-api-changes.rst and interface-changes.rst in the DOCS  sub  directoryon
         the  git  repository,  which document API and user interface changes (the latter usually
         documents breaking changes only, rather than additions).

       · The file mplayer-changes.rst in the DOCS sub directory on the git repository, which used
         to  be  in place of this section. It documents some changes that happened since mplayer2
         forked off MPlayer. (Not updated anymore.)


       mpv can be embedded into other programs as video/audio playback backend.  The  recommended
       way  to do so is using libmpv. See libmpv/client.h in the mpv source code repository. This
       provides a C API. Bindings for other languages might be available (see wiki).

       Since libmpv merely allows access to underlying mechanisms that can control  mpv,  further
       documentation is spread over a few places:







       You  can  write  C plugins for mpv. These use the libmpv API, although they do not use the
       libmpv library itself.

       Currently, they must be explicitly enabled at build time with --enable-cplugins. They  are
       available on Linux/BSD platforms only.

   C plugins location
       C  plugins  are  put into the mpv scripts directory in its config directory (see the FILES
       section for details). They must have a .so file extension.  They can  also  be  explicitly
       loaded with the --script option.

       A C plugin must export the following function:

          int mpv_open_cplugin(mpv_handle *handle)

       The  plugin function will be called on loading time. This function does not return as long
       as your plugin is loaded (it runs in its own thread). The handle will  be  deallocated  as
       soon as the plugin function returns.

       The  return  value is interpreted as error status. A value of 0 is interpreted as success,
       while -1 signals an error. In the latter case, the player prints  an  uninformative  error
       message that loading failed.

       Return values other than 0 and -1 are reserved, and trigger undefined behavior.

       Within  the  plugin  function, you can call libmpv API functions. The handle is created by
       mpv_create_client() (or actually an internal equivalent), and belongs to you. You can call
       mpv_wait_event() to wait for things happening, and so on.

       Note  that  the  player might block until your plugin calls mpv_wait_event() for the first
       time. This gives you a chance to install initial hooks etc.  before playback begins.

       The details are quite similar to Lua scripts.

   Linkage to libmpv
       The current implementation requires that your plugins are not linked against libmpv.  What
       your  plugins  uses  are  not  symbols from a libmpv binary, but symbols from the mpv host




       There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control  the  behavior  of

              Used   to   determine   mpv  config  directory.  If  XDG_CONFIG_HOME  is  not  set,
              $HOME/.config/mpv is used.

              $HOME/.mpv is always added to  the  list  of  config  search  paths  with  a  lower

              If  set,  XDG-style  system configuration directories are used. Otherwise, the UNIX
              convention (PREFIX/etc/mpv/) is used.

              Directory where mpv looks for user settings. Overrides HOME, and mpv  will  try  to
              load the config file as $MPV_HOME/mpv.conf.

       MPV_VERBOSE (see also -v and --msg-level)
              Set  the  initial verbosity level across all message modules (default: 0).  This is
              an integer, and the resulting verbosity corresponds to the number  of  --v  options
              passed to the command line.

              If  set  to  1,  enable  internal  talloc  leak reporting. If set to another value,
              disable leak reporting. If unset, use the default, which normally is 0. If mpv  was
              built  with  --enable-ta-leak-report,  the  default  is  1.  If  leak reporting was
              disabled at compile time (NDEBUG in custom CFLAGS), this  environment  variable  is

              Specifies  the search path for LADSPA plugins. If it is unset, fully qualified path
              names must be used.

              Standard X11 display name to use.

              This  library  accesses  various  environment  variables.  However,  they  are  not
              centrally  documented, and documenting them is not our job. Therefore, this list is

              Notable environment variables:

                     URL to proxy for http:// and https:// URLs.

                     List of domain patterns for which no proxy should be used.  List entries are
                     separated by ,. Patterns can include *.


                     Specify  a  directory in which to store title key values. This will speed up
                     descrambling of DVDs which are in the cache. The DVDCSS_CACHE  directory  is
                     created  if it does not exist, and a subdirectory is created named after the
                     DVD's title or manufacturing date. If DVDCSS_CACHE is not set or  is  empty,
                     libdvdcss  will  use  the default value which is ${HOME}/.dvdcss/ under Unix
                     and the roaming application data directory (%APPDATA%)  under  Windows.  The
                     special value "off" disables caching.

                     Sets  the  authentication  and  decryption method that libdvdcss will use to
                     read scrambled discs. Can be one of title, key or disc.

                     key    is the default method. libdvdcss will use a set of calculated  player
                            keys  to try to get the disc key. This can fail if the drive does not
                            recognize any of the player keys.

                     disc   is a fallback method when key has failed.  Instead  of  using  player
                            keys,  libdvdcss  will  crack  the  disc  key  using  a  brute  force
                            algorithm. This process is CPU intensive and requires 64 MB of memory
                            to store temporary data.

                     title  is  the fallback when all other methods have failed. It does not rely
                            on a key exchange with the DVD drive, but rather uses a crypto attack
                            to  guess the title key. On rare cases this may fail because there is
                            not enough encrypted data  on  the  disc  to  perform  a  statistical
                            attack,  but  on  the  other hand it is the only way to decrypt a DVD
                            stored on a hard disc, or a DVD with the  wrong  region  on  an  RPC2

                     Specify  the  raw  device  to use. Exact usage will depend on your operating
                     system, the Linux utility to set up raw  devices  is  raw(8)  for  instance.
                     Please  note  that  on  most  operating systems, using a raw device requires
                     highly aligned buffers: Linux requires a 2048 bytes alignment (which is  the
                     size of a DVD sector).

                     Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.

                     0      Outputs no messages at all.

                     1      Outputs error messages to stderr.

                     2      Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

                     Skip retrieving all keys on startup. Currently disabled.

              HOME   FIXME: Document this.


       Normally  mpv  returns  0  as  exit code after finishing playback successfully.  If errors
       happen, the following exit codes can be returned:

          1      Error initializing mpv. This is also returned if unknown options are  passed  to

          2      The  file  passed  to mpv couldn't be played. This is somewhat fuzzy: currently,
                 playback of a file is considered to be successful if initialization  was  mostly
                 successful, even if playback fails immediately after initialization.

          3      There were some files that could be played, and some files which couldn't (using
                 the definition of success from above).

          4      Quit due to a signal, Ctrl+c in a VO window (by default), or  from  the  default
                 quit key bindings in encoding mode.

       Note  that  quitting  the  player manually will always lead to exit code 0, overriding the
       exit code that would be returned normally. Also, the quit input command can take  an  exit
       code: in this case, that exit code is returned.


       For Windows-specifics, see FILES ON WINDOWS section.

              mpv  system-wide settings (depends on --prefix passed to configure - mpv in default
              configuration will use /usr/local/etc/mpv/ as config directory,  while  most  Linux
              distributions will set it to /etc/mpv/).

              mpv user settings (see CONFIGURATION FILES section)

              key bindings (see INPUT.CONF section)

              Fontconfig  fonts.conf  that  is  customized  for  mpv.  You  should include system
              fonts.conf in this file or mpv would not know about fonts that you already have  in
              the system.

              Only available when libass is built with fontconfig.

              fallback subtitle font

              Font files in this directory are used by mpv/libass for subtitles. Useful if you do
              not want to install fonts to your system. Note that files  in  this  directory  are
              loaded  into  memory before being used by mpv. If you have a lot of fonts, consider
              using  fonts.conf  (see  above)  to  include  additional  fonts,  which   is   more

              All  files  in  this  directory  are  loaded as if they were passed to the --script
              option. They are loaded in alphabetical order. Directory entries other  than  files
              are  ignored.  Files  with unknown extension lead to an initialization error. Files
              with .disable extension are ignored. The --load-scripts=no option disables  loading
              these files.

              Contains  temporary  config  files  needed  for resuming playback of files with the
              watch later feature. See for example the Q key  binding,  or  the  quit-watch-later
              input command.

              Each file is a small config file which is loaded if the corresponding media file is
              loaded. It contains the playback position and some (not necessarily  all)  settings
              that  were changed during playback. The filenames are hashed from the full paths of
              the media files. It's in general not possible to extract the  media  filename  from
              this  hash. However, you can set the --write-filename-in-watch-later-config option,
              and the player will add the media filename to the contents  of  the  resume  config

              This is loaded by the OSC script. See the ON SCREEN CONTROLLER docs for details.

              Other  files  in  this directory are specific to the corresponding scripts as well,
              and the mpv core doesn't touch them.

       Note that the environment  variables  $XDG_CONFIG_HOME  and  $MPV_HOME  can  override  the
       standard directory ~/.config/mpv/.

       Also,  the  old  config location at ~/.mpv/ is still read, and if the XDG variant does not
       exist, will still be preferred.


       On win32 (if compiled with MinGW, but not Cygwin), the default config file  locations  are
       different.  They  are  generally  located  under %APPDATA%/mpv/.  For example, the path to
       mpv.conf is %APPDATA%/mpv/mpv.conf, which maps to a system  and  user-specific  path,  for

       You can find the exact path by running echo %APPDATA%\mpv\mpv.conf in cmd.exe.

       Other  config  files (such as input.conf) are in the same directory. See the FILES section

       The environment variable $MPV_HOME completely overrides these, like on UNIX.

       If a directory named portable_config next to the mpv.exe exists, all config will be loaded
       from  this directory only. Watch later config files are written to this directory as well.
       (This exists on Windows only and is redundant with $MPV_HOME. However,  since  Windows  is
       very  scripting  unfriendly, a wrapper script just setting $MPV_HOME, like you could do it
       on other systems, won't work. portable_config is provided for convenience  to  get  around
       this restriction.)

       Config files located in the same directory as mpv.exe are loaded with lower priority. Some
       config files are loaded only once, which means that e.g. of 2 input.conf files located  in
       two  config  directories,  only  the  one  from the directory with higher priority will be

       A third config directory with the lowest priority is the directory named mpv in  the  same
       directory  as mpv.exe. This used to be the directory with the highest priority, but is now
       discouraged to use and might be removed in the future.

       Note that mpv likes to mix / and \ path separators for simplicity.   kernel32.dll  accepts
       this, but cmd.exe does not.